JOURNAL of the ADELAIDE BOTANIC GARDENS SNAGUV*) OINVLOG AGIVTaGY 943 Jo IVNUNOL Board of the Volume 245 LELIN Government of South Australia Botanic Gardens and : q. +; Department of Environment State Herbarium 10 July 2012 is and Natural Resources ae TLO7 AINE OF A | OQOURNAL of the ADELAIDE BOTANIC GARDENS AN OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FOR AUSTRALIAN SYSTEMATIC BOTANY flora.sa.gov.au/jabg Published by the STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA on behalf of the BOARD OF THE BOTANIC GARDENS AND STATE HERBARIUM © Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium, Adelaide, South Australia © Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Government of South Australia All rights reserved State Herbarium of South Australia PO Box 2732 Kent Town SA 5071 Australia Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium a) Government — of South Australia Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 1-4 =) © 2012 Board of the Botanic Gardens & State Herbarium, Government of South Australia © 2012 Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Govt of South Australia Gahnia halmaturina (Cyperaceae: Schoeneae), a new species from Kangaroo Island, South Australia Russell L. Barrett®":° & Karen L. Wilson? “Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, 6005, Western Australia E-mail: russell.barrett@bgpa.wa.gov.au ’ School of Plant Biology, Faculty of Natural and Agricultural Sciences, The University of Western Australia, Crawley, 6009, Western Australia “Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, 6983, Western Australia “National Herbarium of NSW, Royal Botanic Garden, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney 2000, New South Wales Abstract As a precursor to the fifth edition of the Flora of South Australia, Gahnia halmaturina R.L.Barrett & K.L.Wilson is described as a new species from Kangaroo Island. This species was previously known by the phrase name Gahnia sp. West Bay (B.M.Overton 2685) R.L.Taplin. A revised key to South Australian species of Gahnia 1s provided. Keywords: Cyperaceae, Schoeneae, Gahnia, South Australia, Kangaroo Island, taxonomy. Introduction Systematic studies in Cyperaceae, tribe Schoeneae, have shown that there are a number of undescribed taxa in many of the Australian genera. A potentially new species on Kangaroo Island was first collected in 1998 by Bev Overton and was unknown when the previous edition of the Flora of South Australia (Jessop & Weber 1986) was published. Rosemary Taplin gave it the informal name Gahnia sp. West Bay (B.M. Overton 2685) R.L.Taplin in the South Australian Herbarium (Barker et al. 2005). Study of herbarium material of this taxon and comparison with collections of all other named Australian species of Gahnia J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. have confirmed that it represents a novel species. Molecular data have confirmed the relationships of this taxon (Barrett et al., unpubl.). The description is based on herbarium material. Gahnia halmaturina R.L.Barrett & K.L.Wilson, Sp. NOV. Gahniae hystrici /.M Black similis, sed habitu altiore, inflorescentia non contracta, foliis longioribus flexuo- sisque non pungentibus, antheris quattuor, differt. Gahniae microstachyae (R.Br) Benth. similis, sed foliis non applanatis, spiculis grandioribus pallidisque distinguitur. Ab ambobus speciebus foltis culmisque papillatis distinguitur. Typus: South Australia: Kangaroo Island: Flinders Chase National Park, West Bay Creek S Tributary, 2.3 km E of West Bay, N side of West Bay track, 35°53'20"S, 136°37°50”E, 12 Apr. 1999, B.M. Overton 2744 (holo.: AD 99920049; iso.: NSW). Gahnia sp. West Bay (B.M.Overton 2685) R.L.Taplin in W.R. Barker et al., J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 189 (2005). Tufted perennial with short, compact rhizomes. Culms and leaves spirodistichous; leaf to culm length ratio 0.6—0.9:1. Leaves flexuose, erect to spreading, margins tightly inrolled when dried, sometimes appearing terete with a groove on one side, finely striate, dull green (pale to cream at base), not glaucous, covered in very fine papillae, silica bodies prominent on upper surface, 23—70 cm long, 0.7—1.8 mm wide (when dried and margins inrolled), 0.2—0.5 mm thick (when flat); margins very finely scabrous due to papillae; sheath 3.5-10 cm long, pinkish brown to dark chocolate- brown, finely striate and covered in very fine papillae; ligule a pale band of tissue, glabrous, c. 0.5 mm high. Culms terete, often paler than leaves, otherwise as for leaves, 14-65 cm tall, 0.7—1.7 mm diam. /nflorescence + linear in outline, 7-16 cm long, 7—20 mm wide, with several lateral branches, | lateral branch per node; basal lateral branch 18—95 mm long (note majority of peduncle is hidden by sheath of involucral bract) with 9—19 spikelets; primary involucral bract 20-31 cm long, leaf-like. Spikelets 3.6-4.4 mm long, the upper flower bisexual, the lower flower functionally male; glumes c. 10, pale to dark brown, darkest at the keel, glabrous, apex obtuse, mucronate; lowest 6 glumes sterile; fertile upper glumes 2.5—3.1 mm long, c. 1.1 mm wide (when incurved). Stamens 4; anthers 1.3—1.7 mm long, 0.3—0.5 mm wide, apical appendage 0.2—0.3 mm long; filaments J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) R.L. Barrett & K.L. Wilson B Fig. 1. Gahnia halmaturina: A inflorescences; B culm bases. Scale bar: 1 cm. B.M. Overton 2744. —_ - ~~ 5 @& > , » _ . ait _ y 7 PEAR : oa ai cuenta “1. 7 le - j ‘ —— - ae a 4tp wa wi, - ¢ 7 rae 2 - - 7 + “~ = - if “ns + - ie ‘ > «' - : iw 7 “=. 7 i an en’ nu + 4 : - _ - 4 ” Le a ia 7 7 r , ° m ~ << - : J + |! ‘ ‘’ Y a . } , ma r en Fr, ; . il * '; “i _° . ; ae a. - ad J . i s > . >. - | Fig. 2. Gahnia halmaturina: A spikelets; B leaf margins (arrows); C leaf ligule (arrow). Scale bar: 5 mm. B.M. Overton 2744. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 3.0—3.7 mm long at maturity. Style 3-fid (occasionally 1 of these further branched dichotomously, producing a 4-fid style), undivided portion c. 1.9 mm long, branches 1.6—2.2 mm long. Nut not held by the staminal filaments at maturity, cream to pale brown, smooth, narrowly ovate in outline, tapering towards the base, terete in cross-section to obscurely 3-angled, 3.0—3.3 mm long, 1.05—1.18 mm wide; epidermal cells narrowly oblong to subhexagonal or almost linear in outline. Figs 1, 2, 3. Distribution and habitat. Endemic to Kangaroo Island, apparently restricted to the vicinity of West Bay in Flinders Chase National Park. This species is only known from the margins of freshwater creeks, growing on rocky areas along the banks and floodplains. Phenology. Flowering recorded for April-May. Fruit collected in April, May and August. Conservation status. Listed as ‘Rare’ (under its phrase name synonym) in Schedule 9 of National Parks and Wildlife 1972, 2008 Amendment (South Australia), as reflected in Barker et al. (2005). Based on collection notes, at least 1,200 individuals are known from several subpopulations over a distance of about 1.5 km. Given the limited distribution, the current listing 1s considered to be appropriate. Etymology. Derived from Halmaturus, a generic name once applied to kangaroos (Smith 1870), ultimately derived from the Greek halme, a leap or bound, and commonly used as an epithet for species from Kangaroo Island. New species of Gahnia (Cyperaceae) Notes. Molecular data place this species as related to Gahnia hystrix J.M.Black, also endemic to Kangaroo Island, and G. trifida Labill. (Barrett 2012). G. halmaturina and G. hystrix are very easily distinguished by their growth habit and habitat, G. hystrix being a small cushion-forming plant growing on limestone, while G. halmaturina 1s a much taller, clumping plant growing on creek margins. The two are somewhat morphologically similar in having leaves exceeding the inflorescence and relatively few, large spikelets. Gahnia trifida is easily distinguished in the field from G. halmaturina by its much larger stature. This species is superficially similar to Gahnia microstachya (R.Br.) Benth. from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania, differing from that species in the inflorescence being held below the level of the leaves, the leaves not clearly flattened and spread more evenly along the culms rather than all strongly clustered at the base, and the larger, paler spikelets. G. microstachya prefers dry rocky sites (Wilson 1993). Both Gahnia hystrix and G. microstachya \ack the distinctive papillae found on the leaf blades and sheaths and culms of G. halmaturina. Other specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island: Track to Cape Borda from West Bay, 1.7 km N of gate from West Bay track (200 m upstream), 3 May 2006, D./J. Duval 471, A. Quarmby & R.T. Taplin (AD; K n.v.); Flinders Chase National Park, 2.3 km E of West Bay camping ground, 2nd West Bay creeklet, 12 Feb. 1998, B.M. Overton 2685 (AD, PERTH); 12 Aug. 1998, B.M. Overton 2697 (AD, PERTH); West Bay, Flinders Chase National Park, at West Bay Creek fork, almost 2 km E Key to Gahnia species in South Australia (adapted from Jessop & Weber 1986) 1. Inflorescence held within plant, shorter than the leaves, small, not paniculate; spikelets 4-19 2. Spikelets 9-19 in a shortly branched inflorescence; plant to 70 cm tall... 20... . ee ee G. halmaturina 2: Spikelets c, 4a asumple-spike-hke- imflorescenee? Gwark Plants ...4 ac. 2.59 5ach eleehs, exe ack dood bpp eeea elas ore a G. hystrix 1: Inflorescence distinctly longer than the leaves (occasionally less in G. ancistrophylla but then leaf tips are distinctively coiled), paniculate; spikelets numerous 3. Mature nut adhering to the persistent staminal filaments; culms stout, usually 1-2 m high; glumes and bracts broadish, never long-acuminate; nut 2-4 mm long, shining 4. Glumes 12-17, the lowest 7-10 much shorter, all more or less obtuse, the lowermost without awns ......... G. clarkei 4: Glumes 5-10, of similar length, mostly acute, the lowermost long-mucronate ...................005. G. sieberiana 3: Mature nut never held by the staminal filaments; culms slender, usually 15—100 cm high; at least the outer bracts long-acuminate; nut c. 2 mm long or less, often dull or greyish 5. Spikelets 1-flowered, densely clustered 6. Lower leaf-like bracts of inflorescence smooth or minutely scabrid, conspicuously reddish-purple below; nut c. 5 mm long, more or less linear to very narrow-ovate in outline, triquetrous in cross- section; pale vellow-browiiie veryidark BLOW .. as exc wes a Re SE CAN Oa EO Ee FR A G. filum 6: Lower leaf-like bracts of inflorescence coarsely scabrid, green or slightly yellow-tinted below; nut 2—2.5 mm long, narrow-obovate to narrow-elliptical in outline, trigonous in cross-section, grey to black .. G. trifida 5: Spikelets 2-flowered, more or less loosely arranged 7. Ligule a dark brown chartaceous band to 2 mm wide; panicle broadly oblong with branches somewhat SPrEACIne Or EV et CUTS me ree Sacetn dence eee cle FE WS EOE 2 Satin pei ad dom ODE SE OF AOE SMe pbk idiy ate EATS WE OEE G. radula 7: Ligule ciliate to woolly with hairs 2—4 mm long; panicle linear or linear-lanceolate with branches stiffly erect $.. Leaves very scabrous-at-least-on the marems m the-wpper halt oz... cscescetelsece gre aed Hoop tate elena eee 4 G. deusta 8: Leaves smooth 9, Leaves with curved or coiled filiform tips; leaf sheaths dull ...........0... 0... .0......005. G. ancistrophylla 9: Leaves with straight tips; basal leaf sheaths shining at least in part..... 20... 0.0... 0. cee eee G. lanigera R.L. Barrett & K.L. Wilson 5 Calwwa 2 e now . Wet fay gaya whe eluent , mr KL ee he PAY $199 Frwkd tae ' ie ~~ lL. | bt ling 7 ‘ : ‘ t 4 " Een. 1 ’ Lee (Siete Region + } ue ; * 1 + ; 7 rere iw 7h _- ’ 7 Poptay f 4“ ' - b. hal . ‘ au *\ . yer r Y A5Cu ; ao | we me nots as Go" Te | be ae A r Lo s ‘ ” | -4 -* ° a G, me 19) 23) a jaflez j eevee oJ ye ~) mats) "3S 405 Lory Yh 5] SOE aw ’ ts ted ft / «! . _ = ~ ; : =" me cr {legA—enct 2 } >the} cls jn hy —m | Ais at at cee em } isola a | = ne vulay : eh iw“ c | rk \ { f 4ua sorte ot Sat dreoosal Ot r Het ACiaGh YAR GS ce 9 +o @Scmr “a ae . he 44 _— ““ N\olk=, _ with) iO to GoQun hyip — Bart Woo \ J Loewe 9 SADE chon OA LOM mg Awl — , Alay ~ YA ' ay } J ’ = Pada M. bet) — 7 Borin \onss Pruile ole we, 4 , . lorralsy oat ; rH \po vee Ad = Loce! names Noles Se ula i @~ JY ae ; a NOS Om rd vas wal on (sus Ne “ G, +. nated ' 263 :) u oxy whan =r LOAN wine j sb ¥ r - ~ peel of m9 ats 2744 ia Apa: g Foe = pew (AI J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) aD99920048 State Herbariurn of South Awets ale ADS9920049 Gahnia Aa lmaatiupina RL Barrett & KL LAhen HOLOTYPE perenminavit CO Barret! 1% Ob. oat Western Australia Herbararn (PERTH) STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA (AD) Cyperacese ( ADI9O92004G Gahnia "West Bay" det. R Z ' South Australut Region 12) Kangaroo lala upaen Flinders Chase National Park. West Bay Creek S tributary, 2.3 tm E of West Bay, N side of West Ray track (Coord, ex collector 39 47° W'S | 36°S7' SIE; preen 2) Con ots extrcinity of seas el areas Dense tussock - 2 to 45 cn at base, leaves 10 to 96 crn high Leaves at hase cream. becoming cull-green, Flowers pale yellow, inflorescence to 60 cm long Fruits Obevoul, barely shiny, brawn Lo population is at extension of the original ane (see AD 2685) seperated by m > inted 437. Flood-out area and drainage of uno tributary - teadiag to S arm rock. Batalt boulder and lodges, sandy-loansy ecil Plast only found on the my sw BLM, Overton 2744 12 Apr 1999 Thatahareed je ALERTS (prem, gooe OR) Fig. 3. Holotype of Gahnia halmaturina (AD), B.M. Overton 2744. Scale bar: 5 cm. of west coast, 11 Apr. 1999, B.M. Overton 2743, D. Walters, C. Graham & S. Graham (AD); Flinders Chase National Park, West Bay Creek, upper portion of S tributary, 400 m E of gate to old Cape Borda track, 12 Apr. 1999, B.M. Overton 2745, D. Walters, C. Graham & S. Graham (AD, NSW); Flinders Chase National Park, West Bay Creek, N tributary, 1.7 km N of West Bay track on old Cape Borda track, 12 Apr. 1999, B.M. Overton 2746, D. Walters, C. Graham & S. Graham (AD); Southern tributary of West Bay creek, 2.3 km E of West Bay camp ground northern side of West Bay track, Flinders Chase National Park, 12 Apr. 1999, B.M. Overton BM 2749, D. Walters, C. Graham, S. Graham (AD, PERTH: 2 sheets). Acknowledgements We would like to thank Rosemary Taplin, Jiirgen Kellermann, Bill and Robyn Barker, and Helen Vonow for assistance at AD, and National Parks South Australia staff for assisting with associated fieldwork in South Australia. Neville Walsh (MEL) is thanked for taking RLB to examine G. microstachya in the field in Victoria. References Barker, W.R., Barker, R.M., Jessop, J.P. & Vonow, H.P. (eds.) (2005). Census of South Australian vascular plants: edition 5.00. Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State Herbarium: Adelaide). [Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens Supplement 1|.| Barrett, R.L. (2012). Systematic studies 1n Cyperaceae tribe Schoeneae: Lepidosperma and allied genera. PhD thesis, The University of Western Australia. Jessop, J.P. & Weber, J.Z. (1986). Cyperaceae. In: Jessop, J.P. & Toelken, H.R. (eds), Flora of South Australia 4: 2001- 2053. (South Australian Government Printing Division: Adelaide.) Smith, W. (1870). Dr Smiths smaller English-Latin dictionary. (John Murray: London). Wilson, K.L. 1993. Cyperaceae. In: Harden, G.J. (ed.), Flora of New South Wales 4: 293-396. (University of New South Wales Press: Kensington. ). A | OQOURNAL of the ADELAIDE BOTANIC GARDENS AN OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FOR AUSTRALIAN SYSTEMATIC BOTANY flora.sa.gov.au/jabg Published by the STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA on behalf of the BOARD OF THE BOTANIC GARDENS AND STATE HERBARIUM © Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium, Adelaide, South Australia © Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Government of South Australia All rights reserved State Herbarium of South Australia PO Box 2732 Kent Town SA 5071 Australia Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium a) Government — of South Australia Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) 5—10 © 2012 Board of the Botanic Gardens & State Herbarium, Government of South Australia © 2012 Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Govt of South Australia Boletus edulis (Boletaceae), a new record for Australia Pamela S. Catcheside*’ & David E.A. Catcheside’ “State Herbarium of South Australia, DENR Science Resource Centre, P.O. Box 2732, Kent Town, South Australia 5071 E-mail: pam.catcheside@sa.gov.au ’ School of Biological Sciences, Flinders University, P.O. Box 2100, Adelaide, South Australia 5001 E-mail: david.catcheside@flinders.edu.au Abstract Fungi belonging to Boletus section Boletus, known in Italy as porcini, in France as ceps, are prized for their good flavour and command a high price. They are ectomycorrhizal, forming symbiotic associations with a wide range of host plants, and although endemic to the Northern Hemisphere have been introduced into South Africa and New Zealand. We report here that Boletus edulis Bull. has become established broadly across the higher parts of the Adelaide Hills in South Australia in mycorrhizal association with at least three species of exotic trees. ITS sequence and morphological data were utilised to confirm the identity of the fungus and a full description of the Adelaide Hills collections 1s provided. Keywords: naturalised and introduced fungi, edible fungi, Boletus, porcini, ceps, Quercus, Pinus, Castanea, Australia. Introduction Boletus section Boletus comprising Boletus edulis and several allied species are of significant economic importance due to their excellent flavour both when fresh and dry and to their high nutritional value (Caglarlrmak et al. 2002; Ribeiro et al. 2008; Sitta & Floriani 2008). Annual worldwide consumption of porcini has been estimated to be between 20,000 and 100,000 tons (Hall et al. 1998) with a world market value exceeding $250 million. Prices range from $20-$80/kg in the northern hemisphere autumn but have reached as high as $231/ kg in a poor fruiting season in New York in 1997 (Hall et al. 2003). Boletus sect. Boletus is characterised by the spongy hymenial surface of tubes and pores which 1s initially whitish due to the pores being covered with a white hyphal mass. The tubes and pores become yellow to olive-yellow and lose the hyphal web on maturity. The flesh does not discolour on cutting or bruising. The stipe is usually bulbous and has a raised reticulum, at least on the upper part. The pileus is hemispherical when young and brown to chestnut in colour (Watling 1970; Singer 1986; Breitenbach & Kranzlin 1991; Cortecuisse 1999; Beugelsdiyjk et al. 2008). Species in Boletus sect. Boletus are ectomycorrhizal, erowing in association with a wide range of tree species in the families Fagaceae, Betulaceae, Malvaceae, Cistaceae, Salicaceae and Pinaceae (Hall et al. 1998; Agueda et al. 2006; Beugelsdijk et al. 2008; Dentinger et al. 2010). Boletus sect. Boletus is endemic in the northern hemisphere and does not occur naturally in the southern hemisphere. However, B. edulis has been introduced into South Africa (Marais and Kotze 1977; Hawley 2008) and New Zealand (Wang et al. 1995; Hall et al. 1998; Stringer et al. 2001). B. edulis has not previously been reported from Australia (Watling & Li 1999; Roy Halling, pers. com., 2010) although an endemic true porcini with the provisional generic name “J/nferiboletus”, estimated to have diverged from Boletus 34 Mya, has recently been reported for Australia (Dentinger et al. 2010). We first observed and collected material (PSC 2651) consistent with the macroscopic and microscopic characters of Boletus sect. Boletus in South Australia in May 2007 associated with Quercus robur L., although it is likely to have been present and known to European immigrants somewhat earlier. More material was found fruiting in May 2009, April 2010 and March 2011 (Fig. 1) at the same and a nearby site and another collection (PSC 3004) was made. Further reports in April and December 2010 of porcini-like boletes associated respectively with Castanea sativa Mill. and Pinus radiata D. Don, led to more collections (PSC 3273 and PSC 3458). Following early autumn rain in 2011, a report appeared in the Adelaide press on 2 Apr. 2011 of porcini being collected in the Adelaide Hills and sold at up to $120/kg in the Adelaide Market (Wilkinson 2011). A short survey on 12 Apr. 2011 led to finding a further six locations in the Adelaide Hills where the fungus was associated with QO. robur or P. radiata. A full evaluation of the collections was made due to the importance of porcini as a high value commercial crop and _ their potential to form mycorrhizal associations with a wide range of tree species. P.S. Catcheside & D.E.A. Catcheside J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Fig 1. Boletus edulis. Adelaide Hills, March 2011, under Quercus robur. See back cover of journal for colour reproduction of this photograph. Methods Morphology Habitat and associated plant communities were noted in the field. Collection locations were recorded by GPS (Garmin GPS12) and in situ photographs taken using a Nikon 4500 camera. Macroscopic characters were described directly from fresh material. Colours are described in general terms and more precisely according to the Royal Botanic Gardens Edinburgh Colour Chart (1969) (given as colour descriptor and number e.g. rust 13) and Kornerup & Wanscher (1978) (page number, column letter, row number e.g. 2B4). Fresh material was dried in a food dehydrator at 35°C for 24 h (Hydraflo LOOOFD). Sections of fresh and dried material were mounted in 5% aqueous KOH, then stained with ammoniacal Congo Red. Measurements were made at <400 or x 1000 with an ocular micrometer. Illustrations of microscopic characters were made using an Olympus drawing tube system. Measurements are the normal range observed with outliers, if any, in brackets. Spore dimensions are given as length range < width range (n = 30). The length: width ratio (Q) of individual spores is presented as the range and mean of Q values. Measurements do not include the apiculus. Basidia and cystidia dimensions are recorded as length range < width range (n = 20). All illustrations are based on collections PSC 2651, PSC 3004, PSC 3273 and PSC 3458. All collections have been accessioned into the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD). DNA Extraction, amplification and processing DNA was extracted from 5—10 mg of dried specimens by freezing with liquid nitrogen and grinding in a pestle and mortar with 500 ul of pH 8.0 isolation buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, 170 mM EDTA, 1% N-lauroylsarcosine). The frozen paste was allowed to thaw, transferred to a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube and incubated at 65°C for 5 min. Following addition of 300 ul 7.5 M ammonium acetate, the tubes were mixed by inversion, incubated on ice for 10 min. and then centrifuged at 13,000 g for 5 min. The supernatant (700 ul) was transferred to a fresh tube, mixed with 500 ul of isopropanol and held on ice for 10 min. Following centrifugation at 13,000 g for 3 min., the supernatant was discarded and the tubes drained by inversion on paper towel. The pellet was dissolved in 250 ul Tris EDTA buffer (10 mM Tris lmM EDTA J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) = Fig 2. Boletus edulis, Adelaide Hills, PSC 3273, reticulum on stipe, under Castanea sativa. pH 8.0), if necessary by incubation at 50°C for 5 min. and brief vortex mixing. PCR amplifications (20 ul) employed Phusion polymerase (New England Biolabs) in HF buffer, ITS1 and ITS4 primers (White et al. 1990) and | ul of a 1/20 to 1/100 dilution of the DNA extract. Amplification employed 5 min. at 98°C followed by 40 cycles (98°C 30 s, 57°C 15 s, 72°C 15 s) then 5 min. at 72°C prior to storage at 4°C. PCR products were purified using a PCK-1 kit (AdBiotec) and sequenced (AGRF) on both strands using the PCR primers. DNA sequence was assembled from unidirectional reads and sequences compared using Sequencher 4.9 (Gene Codes Corp., Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA) and blastn searches for similar sequences in GenBank conducted using NCBI software. Results Morphology Specimens examined: PSC 2651, 19.v.2007; PSC 3004, 31.v.2009; PSC 3273, 15.1v.2010; PSC 3458, 27.xi1.2010. Description. Pileus (70—) 100—250 (—275) mm diameter, (22—) 40-50 mm high, more or less hemispherical when young, later becoming plano-convex, irregularly plane to slightly concave; brown, light brown, 6D4—7, 7D8, 7E6—8, 7ES5—6 (Kornerup & Wanscher), fulvous 12, rust 13, rusty-tawny 14, brick 15 (Edinburgh Colour Chart); initially covered with white-grey bloom; dry becoming lubricous in centre; smooth to almost phlebioid in patches; margin rather irregular, projecting beyond tubes, wavy, finely revolute or involute, smooth, even, margin edge whitish with whitish bloom. Flesh of cap thick, solid, becoming rather spongy; white, cream, 4A2; not discolouring though turning slightly brown or reddish immediately under cap cuticle but not above stipe. Zubes emarginate to adnexed, with sulcus around stipe; separating easily from flesh; deep, 8-25 mm in centre; parallel; white, cream, becoming pale yellow 3A3-4, dull yellow, greenish-yellow 2B4, 2C4, 3B3-—5, Boletus edulis in Australia (Boletaceae) : erie. SS. la . a 7 — To : Fig 3. Boletus edulis, Adelaide Hills, PSC 2651, showing extended reticulum on stipe, under Quercus robur. darkening to greyish-yellow 3C3 on cutting, not blueing. Pores initially white, cream, with whitish plug of tangled hyphae, later losing plug and becoming concolourous with tubes; not changing colour on bruising; small, 1—3/mm; rounded to angular, some irregular, slightly elongated; dissepiments thin to medium. Stipe (80—) 135-195 mm long, 30-68 (—98) mm diameter under cap, (32—) 70-98 mm in centre, 17-56 mm diameter 1 cm above base; ventricose or with bulbous base, occasionally cylindric; whitish, dull white-grey, pale brown, paler than cap, 5C4, 6C3—-4, 7D4, creamy-brown under cap, creamy clay-pink, closest to 30, 5B4, paler, whitish-brown at base; surface covered with whitish reticulum (Fig. 2) to half way down stipe, rarely over most of stipe (Fig 3), reticulations raised, white, white- beige, slightly greyer than 2B; reticulations small at top, approx. 1 <x 0.5 mm, larger below to 4.5 x 2 mm and more when most of the stipe is reticulated, lacunae shallow; surface rather waxy. Flesh of stipe thick, solid, white, not changing colour on bruising. Spore print olive brown, yellowish-brown, hazel 27, SE5—7. Spores (Figs. 4A, 5A) fusiform-ellipsoid, cylindrical, more or less smooth, rather thick-walled, pale yellow-brown in KOH; with oil globules; (12—) 13.6—18.4 x (4.0-) 4.5—-5.6 um, mean 16.8 x 5.3 um; Q: 2.4-3.8, mean Q: 3.17. Basidia (Figs. 4B, 4C, 5B) clavate, (24—) 34— 53 x (7—) 8-10 um, mean 35.8 x 9.6 um; with (2—) 4 sterigmata; without clamp connections. Cheilocystidia (Figs. 4D, 5C) fusiform, lageniform, ventricose-digitate, 40-72 <x 5.5-10 um, hyaline in KOH. Pleurocystidia similar to cheilocystidia. Pileipellis a trichoderm of irregular and regular interwoven hyphae, hyphae 3—10 um, many hyphae ascending, erect, exserted; slightly gelatinised; terminal elements 4-10 um; septa without clamp connections. Hymenial elements in reticulum of stipe (Figs. 4E, 5D): caulocystidia abundant; fusiform, cylindric, subclavate, 42—75 (—85) x (6.5—) 8-13 um, mean 62.2 x 8.9 um (n=10); basidia clavate, 2—4 spored but mostly 3-spored, 36—44 x 11—14 um. Hymenophoral trama of parallel hyphae. P.S. Catcheside & D.E.A. Catcheside J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) : . ' | : ' «* 7 — 2 { _ : | - - i e ww . >» * 4 e. r - = é “. i Fig 4. Boletus edulis micrographs of PSC 2657. A spores; B, C basidia; D cystidium; E caulocystidia. Scale bar: 10 um. Habitat. PSC 2651 in soil and deep leaf litter under Quercus robur L. with Amanita muscaria (L.) Lam., Lepista nuda (Bull.) Cooke and Russula sp., Araucaria bidwillii Hook. was nearby; PSC 3004 in litter under Quercus robur L.; PSC 3273 under 25 year old Castanea sativa Mill.; PSC 3458 in soil and pine needle litter under Pinus radiata D.Don. with Suillus granulatus (L.) Roussel, Rhizopogon rubescens (Tul.) Tul., Lactarius deliciosus (L.) Gray. Populus alba L. and Eucalyptus microcarpa (Maiden) Maiden were also nearby. Molecular data PSC 2651, 3273 and 3458 each had the same ITS sequence (Genbank accession JQ277466). Blast searches of the NCBI database at 1 November 2011 identified 39 entries having a sequence identical to JQ277466: DQ990838 (Peintner et al. 2007), EU417846, EU417847, EU417849, EU417851, EU417852, EU417855, EU 417856, EU417857, EU417858, EU417859, EU417861, EU417862, EU417863, EU417864, EU417868, EU417869, EU417874 (Beugelsdiyk et al. 2008), GU373493 (von Crautlein et al. 2011), GU198977, GU198981, GU198982, GU198991 (Korhonen et al. 2009), JF728991, JF728992, JF728994, JF728995, JEF728999, JEF729002, AY680981 (De la Varga et al. 2011), AY680983, AY680984, AY680985, AY680991, AY680992, AY680993, AY680994 (Leonardi et al. 2005), DQ002921 and DQ131622 (Agueda et al. 2006). Discussion The porcini mushrooms, Boletus sect. Boletus, comprise a number of described species (Singer 1986; Wang et al. 1995; Beugelsdijk et al. 2008; Dentinger et al. 2010) whose relationships have been clarified considerably by molecular data (Leonardi et al. 2005; Beugelsdik et al. 2008; Dentinger et al. 2010). B. edulis is now recognised as a taxon having variable morphology, a wide range of mycorrhizal partners and an extensive geographical range in the Northern Hemisphere. The molecular data suggest B. edulis includes the previously recognised species: B. betulicola, B. chippewaensis, B. persoonii, B. quercicola and B. venturi. Morphologically, the Adelaide collections conform well to descriptions of Boletus edulis sensu stricto | (Watling 1970; Singer 1986; Breitenbach & Kranzlin 1991; Cortecuisse 1999; Beugelsdiyk et al. 2008) with respect to their microscopic and macroscopic characters. They differ from descriptions of the three other lineages recognised by Beugelsdijk et al. (2008) in Boletus sect. Boletus: B. aereus, B. reticulatus and B. pinophilus. None of the Adelaide collections have the dry, velvety darker brown cap and darker brown stem with a rust- brown reticulum of B. aereus; all had whitish or, at most, a pale brown stipe and the white to off-white reticulum usually reached no further than the stipe’s centre, unlike the reticula of both B. aereus and B. reticulatus which cover the whole stem. Collection PSC 3458 was found under Pinus radiata but no specimens had the thickly gelatinous cap pellicle or wide terminal elements of B. pinophilus; those in all our collections had terminal elements to 10 um while those of B. pinophilus may reach 27 um. ITS sequences identical to those of the South Australian collections PSC 2651, PSC 3273 and PSC 3458 include AY680991, AY680992, AY680993, AY 680994, AY 680984, EU 417846, EU17847, EU17849, EU417851, EU417852, EU417855, EU417856, EU 417857, EU417858, EU417859, EU417861, EU417862, EU417863, EU417864 and EU417874 which are in the clade recognised by Beugelsdyyk et al. (2008) as B. edulis and also DQ002921 which is within the clade recognised by Dentinger et al. (2010) as B. edulis sensu stricto. This sequence is dissimilar to the ITS sequence of any of the additional taxa within the Boletus sect. Boletus clade recognised by Dentinger et al. (2010). There is thus no doubt that B. edulis has arrived in Australia. Matching ITS sequences to the Adelaide Hills B. edulis biotypes have been found in collections made in Austria, Belgium, Finland, Italy, Netherlands, Spain and Sweden, variously associated with Betula, Castanea, Cistus, Fagus, Picea, Pinus and Quercus. In consequence, the currently available molecular data provide insufficient information to identify the source of the introduction into South Australia. All currently known populations of B. edulis in Australia are within 8 km of one another and within 7 km of Mount Lofty at altitudes ranging from 330 m to 470 m above sea level. The extent of this range and J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) association with three species of mature trees suggests that the introduction is not recent. B. edulis is an obligate ectomycorrhizal fungus. Fruiting bodies have not been produced in culture, although efforts to cultivate the fungus in association with known plant hosts have had some success (Hall et al. 1998). These authors suggest that plantation forests of Pinus would be ideal habitats for B. edulis. In later work, Hall et al. (2005) observed Amanita excelsa ectomycorrhizas (ECMs) together with rhizomorphs of B. edulis penetrating the mantle around roots of their host plant and suggest that such co-symbionts may be mutually beneficial for all partners. The discovery of Boletus edulis 11 South Australia raises the possibility of harvesting and managing this potentially valuable resource. A problem that might arise from deliberate cultivation of an introduced ectomycorrhizal fungus with a wide host range, such as B. edulis, 1s the possibility of its switching host to native trees. Although Malajczuk et al. (1982) found that ECMs of B. edulis did not form on any of the eleven species of eucalypt they tested for ECM formation, the possibility of B. edulis forming such symbioses with other Australian native species should not be discounted. Dunk et al. (2011) report on the invasion of Amanita muscaria into native Nothofagus forests in Tasmania and express the concern that such invasion may have detrimental effects on the ecosystem. Dunk et al. (2011) and Orlovich & Cairney (2004) comment on the lack of knowledge about the effect of the spread of exotic ECMs and emphasise the need for research into the long term consequences of the introduction or encouragement of potentially invasive mycorrhizal species. Although recognition of the presence of the choice edible Boletus edulis in South Australia provides opportunities for exploitation of a new resource, there are corresponding risks which should be assessed before implementation of any actions to expand its distribution. Acknowledgements We thank Teresa Lebel and an anonymous reviewer for their helpful comments on an earlier version of this manuscript, members of the Adelaide Fungal Studies Group for their help finding the first specimens in 2007, Roy Halling for his comments on images of those specimens, and those who alerted us to probable additional sites in 2010. References Agueda, B., Parladé, J., de Miguel, A.M. & Martinez-Pena, F. (2006). Characterization and identification of field ectomycorrhizae of Boletus edulis and Cistus ladanifer. Mycologia 98(1): 23-30. Beugelsdijk, D.C.M., van der Linde, S., Zuccarello, G.C., den Bakker, H.C., Draisma, S.G.A. & Noordeloos, M.E. (2008). A phylogenetic study of Boletus section Boletus in Europe. Persoonia 20: 1-7. Breitenbach, J. & Kranzlin, F. (1991). Fungi of Switzerland Vol. 3 Boletes and agarics. (Verlag Mykologia: Lucerne). Boletus edulis in Australia (Boletaceae) Caglarlrmak, N., Unal, K. & Otles, S. (2002). Nutritional value of edible wild mushrooms collected from the Black Sea region of Turkey. Micologia Aplicada International 14: 1-5. Cortecuisse, R. (1999). Collins Guide to the Mushrooms of Britain and Europe. (HarperCollins: London). De la Varga, H., Agueda, B., Martinez-Pefia, F., Parlade, J. & Pera, J. (2011). Quantification of extraradical soil mycelium and ectomycorrhizas of Boletus edulis in a Scots pine forest with variable sporocarp productivity. Mycorrhiza. DOI 10.1007/s00572-011-0382-2. Dentinger, B.T.M., Ammirati, J.F., Both, E.E., Desjardin, D.E., Halling, R.E., Henkel, T.W., Moreau, P-A., Nagasawa, E.., Soytong, K., Taylor, A.F., Watling, R., Moncalvo, J-M. & McLaughlin, D.J. (2010). Molecular phylogenetics of porcini mushrooms (Boletus section Boletus). Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 57: 1276-1292. Dunk, C.W., Lebel, T. & Keane, P.J. (2011). Characterisation of ectomycorrhizal formation by the exotic fungus Amanita muscaria with Nothofagus cunninghamii 1n Victoria, Australia. Mycorrhiza. DOI 10.1007/s00572-011-0388-9. Hall, I.R., Lyon, A.J.E., Wang, Y. & Sinclair, L. (1998). Ectomycorrhizal fungi with edible fruiting bodies-2. Boletus edulis. Econ. Bot. 52(1), 44—56. Hall, I., Stephenson, S.L., Buchanan, P.K., Wang, Y. & Cole, A.L.J. (2003). Edible and poisonous mushrooms of the World. (Crop & Food Research Ltd: Christchurch). Hall, I.R., Zambonelli, A. & Wang, Y. (2005). The cultivation of mycorrhizal mushrooms — success and failure. Fifth International Conference on mushroom biology and mushroom products. http://wsmbmp.org/ proceedings/S5th%20international%20conference/pdf/ chapter%204.pdf [Accessed 17 Nov. 2011]. Hawley, G.L. (2008). Ectomycorrhizal characterisation, species diversity and community dynamics in Pinus patula Schelcht. et Cham. plantations. http://eprints.ru.ac. Za/1165/1/Hawley-PhD.pdf [Accessed 11 April 2010]. Korhonen, M., Limatainen, K. & Niskanen, T. (2009). A new boletoid fungus, Boletus pinetorum, in the Boletus section Boletus from Fennoscandia (Basidiomycota, Boletales). Karstenia 49: 41-60. Kornerup, A. & Wanscher, J.H. (1978). The Methuen book of colour. (Eyre Methuen: London). Leonardi, M., Paolocci, F., Rubini, A., Simonini, G. & Pacioni, G. (2005). Assessment of inter- and intra-specific variability in the main species of Boletus edulis complex by ITS analysis. FEMS Microbiology Letters 243: 411-416. Malajczuk, N., Molina, R. & ‘Trappe, J.M. (1982). Ectoycorrhizal formation in Eucalyptus I. Pure culture synthesis, host specificity and mycorrhizal compatibility with Pinus radiata. New Phytologist 91:467-482. Marais, L.J., & Kotzé, J.M. (1977). Notes on ectotrophic mycorrhizae of Pinus patula in South Africa. South African Forestry Journal 100: 61-71 Orlovich, D.A. & Cairney, J.W.G. (2004). Ectomycorrhizal fungi in New Zealand: current perspective and future directions. New Zealand Journal of Botany 42: 721-738. Peintner, U., Lotti, M., Klotz, P, Bonuso, E. & Zambonellt, A. (2007). Soil fungal communities in a Castanea sativa (chestnut) forest producing large quantities of Boletus edulis sensu lato (porcini): where is the mycelium of porcini? Environmental Microbiology 9(4): 880-889. Ribeiro, B., Andrade, P.B., Silva, B.M., Baptista, P., Seabra, R.M. & Valentao, P. (2008). Comparative study on free amino acid composition of wild edible mushroom species. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 56: 10973—- 10979, P.S. Catcheside & D.E.A. Catcheside a J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) D Fig 5. Boletus edulis, drawings of PSC 2657. A spores; B basidia; C cystidia; D caulocystidia. Scale bar: 10 um. Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh (1969). Flora of British fungi. Colour identification chart. (HMSO: Edinburgh). Stringer, A., Wang, Y., Bulman, S., Hall, I.R. & Orlovich, D. (2001). Boletus edulis sensu lato down under. In: Hall, ILR., Wang, Y., Zambonelli, A., Danell, E. (Eds.), Edible Mycorrhizal Mushrooms and Their Cultivation. (New Zealand Institute for Crop and Food Research Limited: Christchurch). [Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Edible Mycorrhizal Mushrooms}. Singer, R. (1986). The agaricales in modern taxonomy. Fourth edition. (Koelz. K6nigstein: Germany). Sitta, N. & Floriani, M. (2008). Nationalization and globalization trends in the wild mushroom commerce of Italy with emphasis on porcini (Boletus edulis and allied species). Economic Botany 62: 307-322. von Crautlein, M., Korpelainen, H., Pietilainen, M. & Rikkinen, J. (2011). DNA barcoding: a tool for improved taxon identification and detection of species diversity. Biodiversity & Conservation 20: 373-389. 10 Wang, Y., Sinclair, L., Hall, IR. & Cole, A.L.J. (1995). Boletus edulis sensu lato: a new record for New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Crop and Horticultural Science 23(2): 227-231. Watling, R., (1970). Boletaceae: Gomphidiaceae: Paxillaceae. In: Henderson, D.M., Orton, P.D., Watling, R. (eds), British fungus flora, Agarics and Boleti, Vol. 1. (Royal Botanic Garden: Edinburgh). Watling, R. & Li T-H., (1999). Australian Boletes. A preliminary survey. (Royal Botanic Garden: Edinburgh). White, T.J., Bruns, T., Lee, S. & Taylor, J. (1990). Amplification and direct sequencing of fungal ribosomal RNA genes for phylogenetics. In: Innis, M., Gelfand, D., Sninsky, J. & White, T. (eds.), PCR Protocols: a Guide to Methods and Applications, chapter 38. (Academic Press: Orlando, Florida). Wilkinson, S. (2011). Wild about porcini - at $120 a kilo. The Advertiser April 02, 2011. http://www.adelaidenow.com. au/ipad/wild-about-porcini-at- | 20-a-kilo/story-fn6br97]- 1226032325058 [Accessed 2 Nov. 2011]. A | OQOURNAL of the ADELAIDE BOTANIC GARDENS AN OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FOR AUSTRALIAN SYSTEMATIC BOTANY flora.sa.gov.au/jabg Published by the STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA on behalf of the BOARD OF THE BOTANIC GARDENS AND STATE HERBARIUM © Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium, Adelaide, South Australia © Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Government of South Australia All rights reserved State Herbarium of South Australia PO Box 2732 Kent Town SA 5071 Australia Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium a) Government — of South Australia Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) 11-15 © 2012 Board of the Botanic Gardens & State Herbarium, Government of South Australia © 2012 Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Govt of South Australia The genus Alisma L. (Alismataceae) in South Australia John G. Conran Australian Centre for Evolutionary Biology and Biodiversity, Benham Building DX 650 312, School of Earth & Environmental Sciences, The University of Adelaide, SA 5005 E-mail: john.conran@adelaide.edu.au State Herbarium of South Australia, DENR Science Resource Centre, P.O. Box 2732, Kent Town, South Australia 5071 Abstract The genus Alisma L. (Alismataceae) is revised for South Australia, with several populations previously incorrectly identified as the introduced weed A. lanceolatum With. (narrow leaved water plantain) found instead to be the native A. plantago-aquatica L. (common water plantain). The distinguishing features for these taxa and related Alismataceae in South Australia are given and the implications for their conservation and/or weed status are discussed. Keywords: South Australia, Alisma plantago-aquatica, Alisma lanceolatum, Alismataceae, taxonomy. Introduction The monocot family Alismataceae consists of herbaceous aquatic macrophytes and is represented by 11-14 genera and ~100 species worldwide (Haynes et al. 1998, Jacobson & Hedrén 2007, Mabberley 2008), of which five genera and 11 species occur in Australia (Jacobs & McColl 2011). The genus Alisma L. (water plantains) has 9-11 species (Bjérkquist 1968, Wang et al. 2010), mostly widely distributed throughout the Northern Hemisphere of the Old World (Wang et al. 2010), but with three native species recognized for North America (Rubtzoff 1964, Haynes & Hellquist 2000). In particular, A. plantago-aquatica L. and A. lanceolatum With. are widespread throughout Eurasia with the former extending to Australia and the latter to North Africa, and both species are also introduced weeds in a number of places including North America (Haynes & Hellquist 2000) and New Zealand (Allan Herbarium 2000). Alisma plantago-aquatica has a natural range extending from Europe across to subtropical and temperate areas of SE Asia including China, Burma, Japan, Korea, Thailand and Vietnam and south-eastern Australia and its wide distribution (and presence in Australia) may be the result of long-distance transport of the fruits by migratory wetland birds (Green et al. 2002), but this requires further study. In Australia, A. plantago-aquatica is considered to be native to at least New South Wales and Victoria (Aston 1973), as well as possibly introduced to south- east Queensland and Tasmania (Jacobs & McColl 2011), but its natural distribution requires further investigation. 1] Alisma has been the subject of some taxonomic controversy in South Australia and it is unclear if it is native or an early introduction. However, based on the native distribution of A. plantago-aquatica in Victoria and its presence in the upper Murray and Wimmera River drainage systems, it should be expected to occur naturally in South Australia. Alisma plantago-aquatica was recorded in South Australia by Black (1922, as A. plantago non L.); however, there are early 20" century collections at AD made by him of both Alisma plantago-aquatica and A. lanceolatum. In contrast, Eichler (1965), Aston (1973), Jessop (1986) and Jacobs & McColl (2011) considered that the South Australian Alisma accessions all represented the introduced weed A. lanceolatum, also apparently failing to notice the presence of collections of both species. As a result of field work by the author in wetlands across the Southern Lofty and South East regions, it quickly became apparent that there were two Alisma species in South Australia: the introduced A. lanceolatum, but also the native A. plantago-aquatica. Examination of all the A/isma collections at AD further supported this, as well as providing historical data on some now extinct localities for A. plantago-aquatica. Because the recent Flora of Australia account only lists one species in the State (Jacobs & McColl 2011), a revised account for South Australia is necessary both to update distributions, as well as to detail known localities of the native species for conservation. This is especially relevant as several native populations are the target of eradication programs due to misidentification as the introduced weed. J.G. Conran Taxonomy Key to the species of Alismataceae in South Australia 1. Carpels weakly coherent into a star-like ring Damasonium minus (R.Br.) Buchenau 1: Carpels distinct, forming heads or rings on areceptacle 2 2. Flowers unisexual; carpels in a convex head ......... * Sagittaria platyphylla (Engelm.) J.G.Sm. 2: Flowers all bisexual; carpels arranged in a flattened ring 3. Leaf blade narrowly elliptic to lanceolate, apex acute to acuminate, base cuneate, tapering; petals usually acuminate 2. *Alisma lanceolatum With. 3: Leaf blade ovate to broadly lanceolate, apex bluntly acute to rounded, base + rounded to cordate; petals usually broadly rounded.................004. 4. Flowers pink; style longer than the ovary |. Alisma plantago-aquatica L. 4: Flowers white; style shorter than or equalling the ovary Alisma triviale' Pursh Alisma L. Sp. Pl. 1: 342 (1753). Perennial, evergreen or geophytic, glabrous, rhizomatous herbs. Leaves emergent to submerged and floating, sessile or petiolate; lamina linear to ovate, margins entire, base attenuate to rounded or cordate, apex obtuse to tapering-acute. Inflorescence an erect, generally emergent, pyramidal compound panicle of 2-10 verticillate whorls; bracts acuminate. Flowers bisexual; pedicels spreading; pedicel bracts lanceolate, short, acuminate; sepals erect to spreading, sometimes recurving in fruit; petals pink or white, entire to apically subdentate; stamens 6, in pairs opposite the petals, filaments filiform, glabrous; carpels 12—20 around margin of flattened receptacle; ovule 1; style lateral to terminal. Fruits laterally compressed, abaxially 2-3- ribbed achenes. x = 7. |. Alisma plantago-aquatica L. Sp. Pl. 1: 342 (1753). A. lanceolatum auct. non With.: Jessop in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 4: 1709 (1986), partly. ‘A. plantago’ orth. var.: L., Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 2: 993 (1759), cf. Richt., Codex Bot. Linn. 351 (1835-1839); R.Br. in Flinders, Voy. Terra Austral. 2: 592 (1814); Woolls, Contrib. Fl. Austral. 150 (1867); Benth, Fl. Austral. 7: 185 (1878); F.Muell., Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. 121 (1882) & Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. ed. 2, 205 (1889); J.M.Black, Natural. Fl. S. Austral 143 (1909); Fl. S. Austral. 1: 49 (1922) & Fl. S. Austral. ed. 2, 1: 52 (1943). Perennial aquatic herbs to 1.5 m, rhizome thick, corm-like, to 5 cm diam. Leaves emergent, petioles 5—40 cm long, 4-16 mm diam.; blade lanceolate to broadly ' Although not recorded as naturalised in Australia, A. triviale is cultivated at the Mount Lofty Botanic Gardens (accession no. G843495; listed in Sandham & Kellermann 2010 as A. plantago-aquatica var. americanum Schult. & Schult.f.), where it self-seeds freely in an artificially maintained bog and along an associated creek and dam (along with Sagittaria platyphylla). It is keyed here because of its very close resemblance to A. plantago-aquatica when not in flower and its possible weed potential. 2 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) elliptic or ovate, 2.5—30 x 1-12 cm, apex bluntly acute to rounded, base obtuse-tapering to cordate; venation acrodromous, mostly with 2 basal pairs and a single, strong suprabasal pair of secondary veins. Inflorescence to 150 x 50 cm. Flowers numerous in ~10 mm diam. clusters of 2—5, pedicels 3-45 mm; sepals ovate- lanceolate, green, 1.5—3.5 <x 1.5—2 mm; petals broadly obovate, purplish-white to pink, 3.5-6.5 x 3.5—6 mm, margins entire to denticulate, apex obtuse to broadly rounded; anthers ellipsoid, 0.7—1.4 mm; style + straight, 0.5—1.5 mm, ovary 0.4—0.6 mm long. Fruiting heads 4—7 mm diam.; achenes obovoid, |.7—3.1 mm long, abaxial keels broadly rounded, with usually 1 median groove, beak + erect. 2n = 14. Common water plantain. (Fig. 1A-C). Distribution. S.A.: NL, SL, SE; Qld; N.S.W.; Vic; Tas; Europe and Asia. Naturalised in North and South America and New Zealand. Habitat. Grows in damp ground or shallow water. Plants in permanently damp areas are evergreen, those in drier areas dying back to the thick, corm-like rhizome. Conservation status. Rare in South Australia and apparently locally extinct at several localities. Threatened by habitat loss and eradication due to misidentification as A. lanceolatum. Flowering and fruiting period. Dec.—Mar. Affinities. Species taxonomy in Alisma has _ been problematic (Hendricks 1957, Voss 1958, Rubtzoff 1964), with the native North American former representatives of the very widespread and variable Old World taxon A. plantago-aquatica now regarded as separate species on stylar and other morphological characteristics (Bjérkqvist 1967, Haynes & Hellquist 2000), although the Eurasian species is also naturalised there (Haynes & Hellquist 2000). This separation is further supported cytologically, as A. plantago-aquatica is a diploid (2n = 14), whereas the North American segregate species A. triviale is a tetrapoid (2n = 28), as 18 A. lanceolatum (2n = 26, 28) (Baldwin & Speese 1955, Jacobson & Hedrén 2007). Molecular analyses of evolution in the genus are still unclear, with evidence of relatively low genetic divergence between many taxa. The A. plantago- aquatica species complex was distinct and thought to be possibly more derived phylogenetically than A. lanceolatum (Jacobson & Hedrén 2007), but the origins of most of the polyploid taxa are uncertain. However, the phylogenetic study of Alisma by Jacobson & Hedrén (2007) did not include any native Australian material of A. plantago-aquatica, so its precise relationship to the European and Asian members of the complex are still unknown. Note. The name of this species was published by Linnaeus as “Alisma Plantago AX”, which translates to “Alisma plantago-aquatica”’ (Art. 23.3, McNeill et al. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) 2006). However, from the 10" edition of his Systema Naturae (1759), Linnaeus only used “plantago” as epithet of the species, a fact already noted by Richter (1835-1839). This orthographic variant of the name has been used by numerous authors throughout the years; the major publications relevant to Australia are listed in the synoymy. Specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Northern Lofty: | km from Wirrabarra Forest Headquarters, 25 Apr. 1994, R./ Bates 37061 (AD 99522058). Southern Lofty: Reedbeds at Fulham (c. 8 km W of Adelaide), 18 Oct. 1908, JM Black s.n. (AD 97623463); Reservoir near Mount Lofty Railway Station, 13 Apr. 1960, E.A [sing s.n. (AD 96220135, AD 96220136); Cresswell Park, Gilberton, 14 Jan. 1976, A.G.Spooner 4525 (AD 97621406); Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir Track 43, 14 Nov. 2007 D.J.Duval 946 & T:S.Te (AD 214871, AD 214872); Woorabinda Res., Stirling Linear Park, 8 Oct 2011, J.G.Conran 3142 (AD, ADU). South East: Millicent, town drain running toward Lake Bonney, 27 Nov. 1996, D.Guerin s.n. (AD 212157, AD 99650378). 2. *Alisma lanceolatum With. Arr. Brit. Pl. ed. 3, 2: 362 (1796). A. plantago-aquatica auct. non L.: R.Br. in Flinders, Voy. Terra Austral. 2: 592 (1814); Woolls, Contrib. Fl. Austral. 150 (1867); Benth, Fl. Austral. 7: 185 (1878); F.Muell., Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. 121 (1882) & Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. ed. 2, 205 (1889); J.M.Black, Natural. Fl. S. Austral 143 (1909); J.M.Black, Fl. S. Austral. 1: 49 (1922) & FI. S. Austral. ed. 2, 1: 52 (1943)., pro parte, as ‘plantago’ (orth. var.). Perennial aquatic herbs to 1.5 m, rhizome thick, corm-like, to 5 cm diam. Leaves emergent, petioles 5—50 cm long, 4-16 mm diam.; blade lanceolate, 3—25 x 1-6.5 cm, apex acute to acuminate, base cuneate, tapering; venation pinnate, mostly with | basal pair and two well-spaced suprabasal pairs of secondary veins. Inflorescence to 120 <x 50 cm. Flowers numerous in clusters of 2-5, ~9 mm diam., pedicels 3-45 mm; sepals ovate-lanceolate, green, 1.5—3.5 mm; petals broadly oblanceolate to obovate, purplish-white to pink, 3.5— 6.5 mm, margins entire to irregularly subdentate, apex acuminate to rounded acute; anthers ellipsoid, 0.6—1.1 mm; style + curved, 0.5—1.5 mm, ovary 0.4—0.6 mm long. Fruiting heads 4-8 mm diam.; achenes obovoid, 2—3 mm long, abaxial keels broadly rounded, with 1-2 median grooves, beak + erect. 2n = 28. Narrow leaved water plantain. (Fig. 1D-F). Distribution. S.A.: SL; W.A.; Qld; N.S.W.; Vic; Tas.; native to Europe, North Africa and Asia. Habitat. Grows in damp ground or shallow water. Plants in permanently damp areas are evergreen, those in drier areas dying back to the thick, corm-like rhizome. Conservation status. A naturalised weed which appears to be spreading widely throughout the Onkaparinga River catchment Flowering and fruiting period. Dec.—Mart. 13 Alisma in South Australia (Alismataceae) Affinities. A phylogenetically somewhat isolated tetra- ploid species of uncertain origin (Jacobson & Hedrén 2007). Specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Southern Lofty: Leslie Creek, Mylor, 7 Mar. 1986, R.J. Bates 6754, (AD 98631080); Mylor, banks of Onkaparinga River, 4 Feb. 1979, L.D. Williams 10196 (AD 98426341); Rliver] Onkaparinga, n[ear] Longnook, 31 Dec. 1906, S.A.White s.n. (AD 97919317); Bridgewater, 20 Jan. 1919, J.M.Black s.n. (AD 97623464); Onkaparinga River, 31 Dec. 1906, H.H.D.Griffith s.n. (AD 97623462); Mylor, “Rockford” (property of Mr C.G. Little), at the Onkaparinga River, 14 Dec. 1967, Hj.Eichler 19715 (AD 97616010); Clarendon Weir, 3 Dec. 1928, /.B.Cleland s.n. (AD 97236070); Onkaparinga River at Mylor, 2 Dec. 1938, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 97236071); Onkaparinga River, near Mylor, c. 20 km SE of Adelaide, 9 Dec. 1944, J.B.Cleland s.n. (AD 967510057, AD 95852022, AD 95852023); Onkaparinga River near the bridge of the road from Mylor to Echunga, 19 Mar. 1957, Hj. Eichler 13699 (AD 95814005); Mylor, Aldgate Creek, near the bridge on the road to Aldgate, 19 Mar. 1957, Hj.Eichler 13690 (AD 95813059, AD 95813049, AD 95813050, AD 95813051, AD 95813052, AD 95813043); Onkaparinga River at Verdun, 15 Feb. 1967, B.Grivell s.n. (AD 96932472, AD 96932463, AD 96932459, AD 96932456); Aldgate Valley reserve in creekline, 12 Mar. 2010, C.J. Brodie 1528 (AD 235326).; SE corner of Happy Valley Reservoir c. 15 km S of Adelaide, 11 Jan. 1959 R.Schodde 1069 (AD 96027072, AD 96027073, AD 96027074, AD 96027075, AD 96027076, AD 96027077); Creek crossing just S of Verdun on Onkaparinga Valley Rd c. 100 m N of turnoff to Mount Barker Rd, 2 Jan. 2012, J.G.Conran 3240 (AD, ADU); Aldgate Valley Reserve, 7 Jan. 2012, J.G.Conran 324] (AD, ADU); Leslie Ck, Mylor Parklands, cnr Stock Rd and Strathalbyn Rd, 7 Jan. 2012, J.G.Conran 3243 (AD, ADU); Cooper Reserve, Silver Lake Rd, Mylor, 7 Jan. 2012, J.G.Conran 3244 (AD, ADU); Outfall creek/drain from Happy Valley Reservoir near cnr Chandlers Hill and Serpentine Rd, 18 Jan. 2012, ..G.Conran 3245 (AD, ADU). Discussion All the Alismataceae listed here mainly occur in seasonally moist to permanently wet bogs and wetlands, Where they grow in shallow water along creeks, lake or swamp margins, or in ditches. Although the Alisma species are all perennial, they can also behave as annuals and/or geophytes in climates with seasonal drought (Jacobs & McColl 2011). Germination in A/isma often requires a combination of stratification and alternate drying/wetting cycles (Byérkqvist 1967); A. plantago-aquatica, however, has different and more specific germination requirements than Alisma lanceolatum (Moravcova et al. 2001). Nevertheless, these studies were conducted for European populations where there are strong seasonal effects and the germination biology of the species in southern Australia has not been studied in detail. Alisma lanceolatum, along with the noxious weed Sagittaria platyphylla and the native Damasonium minus are all considered to be weeds of rice fields in New South Wales (McIntyre & Newnham 1988), with S. platyphylla also regarded as a weed in Western Australia (Sage et al. 2000). Alisma and Damasonium species J.G. Conran J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) Fig. 1. Alisma species in South Australia. A-C A. plantago-aquatica: A habit; B leaf showing sub-cordate leaf with two pairs of basal and one suprabasal secondary leaf vein pair and percurrent tertiary venation; C flower showing rounded petals and more or less straight stigmas. D-F A. lanceolatum: D habit; E leat showing lanceolate leaf with one pair of basal and two pinnate suprabasal secondary leaf vein pairs and percurrent tertiary venation; F flower showing + acuminate petals and curved stigmas. Scale bars: A, D 20 cm; B, E5 cm; C, F5 mm. have been found to show herbicide resistance and are the subject of studies for biocontrol (Ash et al. 2008), but this also has implications for the conservation of the native species in southern Australia. The collections of Alisma plantago-aquatica in the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD) indicate that from the few collections made, it was probably never very common. Populations are no longer present in the Torrens River catchment and the vast majority of suitable habitat locations for the species in the Onkaparinga River catchment only appear to support A. 14 lanceolatum. The single report for A. plantago-aquatica from the Northern Lofty in the Wirrabarra Forest needs investigation to see if the species is still extant there. The South-East Region collections from Miullicent were reported from the town drain running toward Lake Bonney, where it was noted on the specimen (AD 212157) that the population had grown rapidly and become locally dominant by 1996, despite an attempt to control with metsulfuron-methyl in 1994. There are potential issues with the superficial similarity of sterile or juvenile A. plantago-aquatica J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) to the native Plantago major L. (Plantaginaceae) and the introduced Zantedeschia aethiopica (L.) Spreng. (Araceae), both of which grow in the same environments. Nevertheless, they are easily separated on leaf venation, as the tertiary veins in A. plantago-aquatica are strongly percurrent (ladder-like) between the secondaries (Fig. 1B), whereas they are reticulate in these others. It is unfortunate that the failure in the past to realise that there were two Alisma species — one native and one weedy has meant that an already uncommon native plant in South Australia has possibly been targeted for removal due to its misidentification as a weed. Given that there are now very few localities for this species in the State, mainly due to habitat alteration/loss, it is probably just as well that it is resistant to the ALS inhibitor class herbicides that are commonly used to control aquatic weeds (Ash et al. 2008, Figueroa et al. 2008). Measures should be taken to encourage its conservation at those places where it still occurs, rather than physical or chemical removal. More research, particularly cytological and genetic is needed to determine whether the specimens of A. plantago-aquatica are native to South Australia or an early introduction, as well as whether the species in Australia is the same as that in the Northern Hemisphere of the Old World. However, for the moment the species should be considered native until proven otherwise and conserved accordingly. Acknowledgements The School of Earth & Environmental Sciences, The University of Adelaide is thanked for provision of resources for this research. The Chief Botanist, State Herbarium of South Australia (AD), 1s thanked for access to specimens. References Allan Herbarium (2000). Nga Tipu o Aotearoa — New Zealand Plant Names Database. (Landcare Research, New Zealand: Lincoln). http://nzflora.landcareresearch.co.nz/ [Accessed: 11 Dec. 2011]. Ash, G., Chung, Y., McKenzie, C. & Cother, E. (2008). A phylogenetic and pathogenic comparison of potential biocontrol agents for weeds in the family Alismataceae from Australia and Korea. Australasian Plant Pathology 37: 402—405. Aston, H.I. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia: a guide to the identification of the aquatic ferns and flowering plants of Australia, both native and naturalized. (Melbourne University Press: Carlton). Baldwin, J.T., Jr. & Speese, B.M. (1955). Chromosomes of taxa of the Alismataceae in the range of Gray’s Manual. American Journal of Botany 42: 406-411. Byjorkqvist, I. (1967). Studies in Alisma L. I. Distribution, variation and germination. Opera Botanica 17: 1-128. Bjérkquist, I. (1968). Studies in Alisma L. II. Chromosome studies, crossing experiments and taxonomy. Opera Botanica 19: 1-138. Black, J.M. (1922). Flora of South Australia, part 1. (Goverment Printer: Adelaide). 15 Alisma in South Australia (Alismataceae) Eichler, H. (1965). Supplement to J.M. Blacks Flora of South Australia (second edition, 1943-1957). (Government Printer: Adelaide). Figueroa, R., Gebauer, M., Fischer, A. & Kogan, M. (2008). Resistance to bensulfuron-methyl in water plantain (Alisma_ plantago-aquatica) populations from Chilean paddy fields. Weed Technology 22: 602—608. Green, A.J., Figuerola, J. & Sanchez, M.I. (2002). Implications of waterbird ecology for the dispersal of aquatic organisms. Acta Oecologica 23: 177-189. Haynes, R.R., Les, D.H. & Holm-Nielsen, L.B. (1998). Alismataceae. In: Kubitzki, K. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 4: 11-18. (Springer: Berlin). Haynes, R.R. & Hellquist, B. (2000). 190. Alismataceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial Committee (eds), Flora of North America North of Mexico 22: 7—25. (Oxford University Press: New York and Oxford). Hendricks, A.J. (1957). A revision of the genus Alisma (Dill.) L. American Midland Naturalist 58: 470-493. Jacobs, S.W.L. & McColl, K.A. (2011). Alismataceae. In: Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.), Flora of Australia Volume 39: 3-126. (Australian Biological Resources Study/CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood, Victoria). Jacobson, A. & Hedrén, M. (2007). Phylogenetic relationships in Alisma (Alismataceae) based on RAPDs, and sequence data from ITS and ¢trnL. Plant Systematics and Evolution 265: 27-44. Jessop, J.P. (1986). Alismataceae. In: Jessop, J.P. & Toelken, H.R. (eds), Flora of South Australia 4: 1709-1710. (Government Printer: Adelaide). Mabberley, D.J. (2008). Mabberleys plant-book. A portable dictionary of plants, their classifications, and uses, ed. 3. (Cambridge University Press: Cambridge). Mclntyre, S. & Newnham, M.R. (1988). Distribution and spread of the Alismataceae in the rice-growing region of New South Wales. Cunninghamia 2: 25-38. McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworth, D.L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D.H., Prado, J., Silva, P.C., Skog, J.E., Wiersema, J.H., Turland, N.J. (2006). International code of botanical nomenclature (Vienna Code). A.R.G. Gantner: Rugell. [Regnum Vegeta- bile 146] Moravecova, L., Zakravsky, P. & Hroudova, Z. (2001). Germination and seedling establishment in Alisma gramineum, A. plantago-aquatica and A. lanceolatum under different environmental conditions. Folia Geobotanica 36: 131—146. Richter, H.E.F. (1835-1839). Caroli Linnaei Systema, Genera, Species Plantarum uno volumine, editio critica, adstricta, conferta sive Codex Botanicus Linnaeus [...] in usum botanicorum practicum editit brevique adnotatione explicavit. Otto Wigand: Leipzig. Rubtzoff, P. (1964). Notes on the genus Alisma. Leaflets of Western Botany 10: 90-95. Sage, L., Lloyd, S.G. & Pigott, J.P. (2000). Sagittaria platyphylla (Alismataceae), a new aquatic weed threat in Western Australia. Nuytsia 13: 403-405. Sandham, J. & Kellermann, J. (eds) (2010). Botanic Gardens of Adelaide catalogue of plants 2010: Adelaide, Mount Lofty and Wittunga Botanic Gardens. (Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium: Adelaide). | Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens, Supplement 2| Voss, E.G. (1958). Confusion in Alisma. Taxon 7: 130-133. Wang, Q.-F., Haynes, R.R. & Hellquist, B. (2010). Alismataceae. In: Wu, Z.-Y. & Raven, P.H. (eds), Flora of China 23: 84-89. (Science Press & Missouri Botanical Garden Press: Beijing & St. Louis). A | OQOURNAL of the ADELAIDE BOTANIC GARDENS AN OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FOR AUSTRALIAN SYSTEMATIC BOTANY flora.sa.gov.au/jabg Published by the STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA on behalf of the BOARD OF THE BOTANIC GARDENS AND STATE HERBARIUM © Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium, Adelaide, South Australia © Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Government of South Australia All rights reserved State Herbarium of South Australia PO Box 2732 Kent Town SA 5071 Australia Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium a) Government — of South Australia Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) 17-25 © 2012 Board of the Botanic Gardens & State Herbarium, Government of South Australia © 2012 Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Govt of South Australia Malva weinmanniana (Besser ex Rchb.) Conran, a new name for the pink-flowered form of M. preissiana Schitdl. (Malvaceae) = J.G. Conran* “, R.M. Barker’ “ & E. Rippey’ “School of Earth and Environmental Sciences, Benham Building DX 650 312, The University of Adelaide, South Australia 5005 Email: john.conran@adelaide.edu.au ’State Herbarium of South Australia, DENR Science Resource Centre, P.O. Box 2732, Kent Town, South Australia 5071 Email: robyn.barker@sa.gov.au “School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009 “ Australian Centre for Evolutionary Biology and Biodiversity, The University of Adelaide, South Australia 5005 Abstract The two morphotypes of the Australian endemic Malva preissiana Migq. (Austral Hollyhock) are here regarded as separate, distinct species with the white-flowered M. preissiana a coprophilic halophyte on seabird-dominated near-shore islands, or rarely mainland shores or inland salt lakes used by seabirds. Malva weinmanniana (Besser ex Rchb.) Conran, based on Lavatera weinmanniana Besser ex Rchb., is the new name applied to the more common, pink-flowered, largely mainland taxon. The names L. weinmanniana, L. plebeia var. eremaea J.M.Black., L. plebeia var. tomentosa Hook.f., and M. behriana Schltdl. are lectotypified and their statuses discussed. A key to the taxa and a table of comparisons 1s supplied. Keywords: Malva, Lavatera, Malvaceae, hybrid, nomenclature, taxonomy, southern Australia, South Australia, Western Australia, Victoria. Introduction The two ecotypes of the Australian endemic Malva preissiana Mig. (Austral Hollyhock) discussed in Barker & Conran (2007) are here regarded as separate, distinct species, based on morphological and ecological differences (Moore 1994, Lewis 1999). The white- flowered M. preissiana 1s primarily found on near-shore islands of the southern coast of Australia (Rippey ef al. 2002, Zed et al. 2006), or more rarely from mainland shores or inland salt lakes associated with seabirds. Malva preissiana has for some time been recognised as being threatened by competition from, and hybridisation with, the introduced M. arborea (L.) Webb & Berthel. across its range and is in need of conservation (Rippey et al. 2002, Rippey 2004). The pink-flowered taxon, M. weinmanniana (Besser ex Rchb.) Conran, does not appear to be threatened but there is the necessity to be able to distinguish between all of the taxa concerned for conservation and monitoring purposes. The differences between these taxa are summarised in Table 1 and a comparison of the flowers 1s shown in Fig. 1. La: Key to taxa in the Malva preissiana complex and their hybrid with M. arborea 1. Leaves well-spaced along stems, upper surface much less tomentose than lower ......... Malva weinmanniana 1: Leaves crowded together on stems and densely tomentose on both surfaces 2. Flowers deep cerise pink with a dark purple to black SOUS a on telat pate gn ate en Sebel Wena cain ews Malva arborea 2: Flowers white to pale pink with a pale centre 3. Epicalyx lobes shorter than the calyx lobes ......... Aa Ey LCE AER Hod 0 ce late amend ee bb HE Malva pretssiana 3: Epicalyx lobes and calyx lobes of similar length .... Matlva arborea X< M. preissiana The Malva preissiana complex Images of most type specimens cited are availabe on the following web-sites: ¢ herbarium.univie.ac.at/database/search.php (HAL) ¢ apps.kew.org/herbcat/navigator.do (K) ¢ www.lu.se/biological-museums/botanical-museum/databases (LD) ¢ www.plants.jstor.org (LD, K, TCD). Specimens accessible through these databases are indicated with an asterisk. J.G. Conran, R.M. Barker & E. Rippey J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) Fig. 1. Flowers of the two native Malva species, M. arborea and the natural hybrid. A M. preissiana (Conran 857, ADU); B M. weinmanniana (Conran 2038, ADU); C M. arborea x M. preissiana (Rippey 169, PERTH); D M. arborea (Conran 1527, ADU). Scale bars 10 mm. See front cover of journal for colour reproductions of these photographs. 1. Malva preissiana Miq. [Lavatera plebeia auct. non Sims: Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 185 Mig. in Lehm., Pl. Preiss. 1(2): 238 (1845). — Type (1863), p.p; F.Muell., Pl. Indigenous Colony Victoria 1; citation: “L. Preiss 1893, 14 Nov. 1839, Crescit in 166 (1860), p.p.; J.LM.Black, Fl. S. Austral. 3: 373 (1926), insula Penguin-Island” [S of Cape Peron, Rockingham, D-p; J.M.Black, FI. S. Austral. ed. 2, 3: 554 (1952), p.p.; WA, fide Marchant (1990)]. Syntypes: LD 1065806!*: W.R.Barker in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 833 TCD 0010674!*, labelled “No. 654”; MEL 1528422! (ex (1986), p.p.] Herb. Steetz); MEL 2282397! [Lavatera australis auct. non Schrad. ex Colla: J.M. Black Lavatera plebeia Sims var. tomentosa Hook.f., J. Bot. Fil. S. Austral. 3: 373 (1926).| (Hooker): 412 (1840). — Type citation: “Near Wool- [Lavatera plebeia Sims var. eremaea auct. non J.M.Black: north. Mr Gunn (n. 655), (also in New Holland, J.M.Black, Fl. S. Austral. 3: 373 (1926), p.p. (only as Cunningham).” Lectotype (here designated): R. Gunn to 7.G.B. Osborn s.n., Jan 1922, Franklin Islands, AD 655/18 [3]7, 24 Nov. 1836, Van Diemens Land, near 96303018!). | Woolnorth (K000659311!*, p.p., ex Herb. Hook.; Fig. [Malva behriana auct. non Schlitdl.: W.R.Barker et al., 2). Possible syntype or isosyntype: 4. Cunningham 87, Census S. Austral. Vasc. Pl. ed. 5 (= J. Adelaide Bot. [Jan 7] 1818, King George Sound (K000659315!*), p.p. Gard. Suppl. 1), 93 (2005), p.p. | L. australis Schrad. ex Colla, Hortus Ripul. 1: 134 (1824), [?Lavatera hispida auct. non. Desf.: Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: nom. nud. 186 (1863) (see below)] 18 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) Table 1. Comparison of Malva preissiana, M. weinmanniana, M. arborea and the hybrid Malva arborea x M. preissiana. Character Habit Stems Leaf arrangement Leaf indumentum Malva preissiana Usually sympodial and multi-stemmed at the base Densely tomentose Clustered apically, internodes short More or less equally densely tomentose on both surfaces Malva weinmanniana + Monopodial, branches mostly arising along a main central stem Densely tomentose Widely spaced along stems, internodes long Less tomentose above; moderately to densely tomentose below Malva weinmanniana (Malvaceae) Malva arborea x Malva preissiana + Monopodial Densely tomentose Clustered apically, internodes short ‘Tomentose on both surfaces Malva arborea + Monopodial Sparsely hairy to sub- glabrous Clustered apically, internodes short ‘Tomentose on both surfaces Leaf upper surface Dark grey-green Greyish yellow-green Dark grey-green Dark green colour Pedicels Usually shorter than the Usually longer than the Equalling calyx Exceeding calyx petals petals Epicalyx (bracteoles) Not exceeding calyx Not exceeding calyx Equalling calyx Exceeding calyx Calyx in fruit Enclosing mericarps Enclosing Enclosing Not enclosing Petal shape Obovate Obovate Broadly reniform Truncate-obovate Petal apex Deeply notched Deeply notched Shallowly notched ‘Truncate Petal colour White; unmarked to _— Pale pink; pink-striped Pink; deeper pink- Cerise; maroon-striped faintly mauve-striped striped Petal base and claw Pale greenish Pale yellowish Pink Deep blackish-maroon colour Mericarps 11-12 11-12 10-11 6-7 Habitat Coastal and offshore Generally inland Coastal and offshore Coastal and offshore islands islands islands Soil/nutrient preference Coprophilic Disturbed soil, not Coprophilic Coprophilic, nutrient- coprophilic Typification of Malva preissiana Maiq. Preiss’s collection of Malva preissiana in the Lund herbarium is available for viewing on the web as is another duplicate in the herbarium of Trinity College Dublin. However the authors have yet to see the Preiss collection from Miquel’s own herbarium in Utrecht and so lectotypification of the name has not been undertaken. Other species named by Miquel in Plantae Preissiana have almost invariably been lectotypified by a specimen from Utrecht; e.g. see citations for a number of Casuarina L. and Leptomeria R.Br. species in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011-2012). Placement of Bentham’s Lavatera hispida Desf. Bentham (1863) included Lavatera hispida Dest. (now generally considered to be L. olbia L. within Lavatera s.str., see Molero Briones & Montserrat Marti 2007) in his account of Malvaceae in Flora Australiensis, describing it as: a hirsute species with nearly sessile flowers forming a long terminal raceme or interrupted spike, and with broad hirsute involucres, a native of the Mediterranean region, appears to be naturalized in some islands of Bass’s Straits (FE) Mueller). 19 rich, or disturbed soils From Bentham’s description, the specimens might belong to M. preissiana, or possibly represent naturalised material of Malva arborea (L.) Webb & Berthel, both of which are characteristically tomentose. However, at this stage no Mueller specimens from the Bass Strait Islands have been located in MEL and a search of Bentham’s herbarium at Kew is required. Until specimens are located, the identity of this material and the application of the name remain unknown. Typification of Lavatera plebeia var. tomentosa Hook.f. In describing var. tomentosa, Hooker (1840) states: This seems to be the species alluded to under L. plebeja, in the Bot. Mag. as having been collected on the south coast of New Holland. The var. 6 [= tomentosa] differs from the described state of L. plebeja, in having the upper side of the leaf equally tomentose as the underside. A sheet in Hooker’s herbarium in K (K000659311 ex Herb. Hook.), reproduced here in Fig. 2, has a typical Gunn label with the number 655/18[3]7. It has been annotated as “L. plebeia Sims B” and also bears the collecting locality Woolnorth for the 24 November 1836. The label is clearly in agreement with the protologue. An additional locality on the label, Trefoil J.G. Conran, R.M. Barker & E. Rippey J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) ROYAL BOTANIC GARDENS KEW OWN K000659310 WV aeons pte bea SIS var. boner, bora WOOK. dét. / rev. Gerald Krebs ¥% 6 6.1986 Herbarium Universitatis Lipsiensis | paniasal JyGHUAdOS + \= . *. + ff - - = sy. &2 * - al {)| Ltt a y i aw “ 7 - ee ne at re on C | | Neen lex, plebea SIMS. Var. tome to7a 06K. tooked CA te typus of the taxon. A! nen Mrs. LES 19 FS Herbarium Universitatis Lipsiensis - INVLOS | WAO?d 7 aT 40! Wits Gap oa Ag “he ~~ ri _ Ad] snerirpenre cal 3 shy DBP cover BE eee ied MS Gt ' = “Ynag a atl bee Be ee Ee : ROYAL BOTANIC GARDENS KEW * ay : - > wi Zio, subpart | : " eae oe z, - 3 ig Oeil | 4 KOOO6S9311 é ; Cie ea : : iat os Fig. 2. Lectotype (bottom left and top right branches) of Lavatera plebeia var. tomentosa (K 000659311). Available at apps.kew.org/herbcat/ getimage.do?imageBarcode=K000659310 and used with the permission of the Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 20 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) Island, may or may not relate to the same date but it does suggest that there are two collections present. At the time of collection Gunn was the Police Magistrate at Circular Head in NW Tasmania and he made numerous trips to Woolnorth by the Van Diemen’s Land schooner (Buchanan 1990); presumably one of these trips may have been extended further north to Trefoil Island off the NW coast of Tasmania. Three of the specimens on the sheet have been identified with this label by a pencil line — the two on the bottom left and the one on the right hand side. At an earlier stage the label was presumably attached to one or all of these specimens. All of the specimens comply with Hooker’s statement about the hairiness of the leaf, and there is a note by G. Krebs (Herbarium, University of Leipzig), dated 28" May 1985, that they represent type material. The Cunningham specimen mounted on the same sheet as the lectotype (K 000659310!*, Fig. 2) is from Peel’s Range (now Cocoparra Range), New South Wales and is labelled as Lavatera australis. It is VM. weinmanniana (see below). Even though it is a Cunningham collection in Hooker’s own herbarium, it bears a different name and is not in agreement with the protologue with respect to the hair covering on the leaves and so is presumed not to be the Cunningham specimen alluded to by Hooker in the protologue. A sheet from Bentham’s herbarium also has a Cunningham specimen (4. Cunningham _ 87; K 000659313*), collected in 1818 and mounted with a Horticultural Society of London specimen dated 6.9.[18]29 (K 000659315*). The Horticultural Society specimen is M. weinmanniana, while the Cunningham collection is M. preissiana. The latter possibly represents the Cunningham material alluded to in the protologue and therefore may be syntype or isosyntype material of Hooker’s var. tomentosa. Note A specimen (Andrews 254; K 000659318*) in Ben- tham’s herbarium, collected in the vicinity of Lake Eyre in Nov. 1875, also appears to be M. preissiana. Although far outside the normal coastal and offshore island range of this taxon, Lake Eyre is a major seabird rookery at times of inundation and the saline, guano-enriched rookery soils there could easily provide a suitable habitat for seeds carried by coastal seabirds migrating to these new, ephemeral breeding grounds. 2. Malva weinmanniana (Besser ex Rchb.) Conran, comb. nov. Lavatera weinmanniana Besser ex Rchb., Iconogr. Bot. Exot. 1: t. 60 (1824), plate with analysis (Art. 42.3); p. 45 (1825), description; pp. xiv, 68 (1827), notes & addendum. — Type citation (from the 1825 description): “in Nova Hollandia, teste cl. Besser I.c. floret in hortis sub dio ad a Julio ad auctumnum”. Lectotype (here designated): Reichenbach’s plate t. 60! (Fig. 3). Lavatera plebeia Sims, Bot. Mag. 48: pl. 2269 (1821), nom. illeg., non M. plebeja Stev., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Bal Malva weinmanniana (Malvaceae) Moscou xxix. (1856) I. 325. Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 185 (1863), p.p.; F.Muell., Pl. Indigenous Colony Victoria |: 166 (1860), p.p.; J.LM.Black, Fl. S. Austral. 3: 373 (1926), p.p.; J.M.Black, FI. S. Austral. ed. 2, 3: 554 (1952), p.p.; W.R.Barker, Fl. S. Austral. 2: 833 (1986), p.p. — Althaea plebeia (Sims) Schult. ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. ed. 2, 1: 210 (1840). — M. australiana M.F.Ray, Novon 8: 291 (1998). — Type: Sim’s plate 2269! (see discussion in Ray 1998, p. 292. The implication is that this might be considered to be the holotype, but this designation 1s not used). Lavatera australis A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 412 (1840), nom. nud. (based on a Cunningham collection from Peel’s Range, now Cocoparra Range, New South Wales, and labelled as Lavatera australis; see K 000659310* and lectotypification of L. plebeia var. tomentosa, above). Malva_ behriana Schlitdl., Linnaea 20: 633 (1847). — Lavatera behriana (Schltdl.) Schltdl., Linnaea 24: 699 (1852). — Type citation: “In Thale des Murray-Flusses. Juli.” [Behr]. Lectotype (here designated): H.H. Behr s.n., July [1845], In Thale des Murray-Flusses (HAL 0098406!*). Possible syntype or isosyntype: F) Mueller s.n., Australia (IK 000659320*). Lavatera plebeia Sims var. eremaea J.M.Black, Fl. S. Austral. 3: 373 (1926), p.p. — Type citation: “Ardrossan, Y.P.; Caroona, E.P. Ooldea; Franklin Islands; along the Great Bight’. Lectotype (here designated): 7: Richards s.n., Nov. 1879, Euria (AD 96303017! p.p.). Syntypes: O. Tepper s.n., 1879, Ardrossan (AD 96303017! p.p.; MEL 1528294 n.v.); R. Tate s.n., 8 Feb. 1879, Gully Bunda Cliffs E from Wilson Bluff (AD 96303017! p.p.) — all from J.M. Black’s herbarium at AD and annotated as var. eremaea. Possible syntype: Anon. s.n., in Herb. J.M. Black, 24 Sep. 1920, Ooldea (AD 97612120B!), not annotated as var. eremaea by Black. [Excluded syntype: 1.G.B. Osborn s.n., Jan 1922, Franklin Islands (AD 96303018!) — see M. preissiana.| The identity and validity of Lavatera weinmanniana Besser ex Rchb. As with previous workers we had thought that this name was illegitimate until the proof stage of this paper, when it was discovered that the protologue of L. weinmanniana was merely the illustration (Reichenbach 1824) and not the associated description (printed a year later, in 1825), which included earlier names in synonymy. While the description no longer forms part of the protologue it is needed to check against earlier publications using this same name and also to provide an identification of the taxon concerned and ensure that it is associated with the correct Australian species. In describing Lavatera weinmanniana, Reichenbach attributed the name to von Besser and referred to von Besser’s (1823a) Cat. Hort. Cremen., presumably a list of plants growing in the gardens administered by von Besser at Kremenets in western Ukraine. We have not been able to find a copy of this publication, but since it seems to be a list of names and since other names listed in this same publication, such as Melilotus pallidus Besser and Rumex reticulatus Besser, have been legitimised in later publications, we have treated von Besser’s name as a nomen nudum. It may be that the publication referred to was von Besser’s (1823b) seed list of the same year J.G. Conran, R.M. Barker & E. Rippey for the same gardens and here the name was certainly a nomen nudum. Reichenbach’s name might still have been a later homonym because earlier in the same year de Candolle published Lavatera weinmanniana Trev. ex DC. However further investigation revealed that de Candolle (1824) had merely listed L. weinmanniana as a queried synonym of L. sylvestris Brot. (= Malva linnaei M.F.Ray); the author “Trev.” who provided the original name is assumed to be L.C. Treviranus, Professor of Botany at the University of Bonn; no publication by him using this name has been traced. Based on the protologue illustration and the later published description, especially the reference to pink flowers and widely-spaced sub-glabrous leaves, the species 1s clearly associated with the pink-flowered mainland taxon, and the name has been adopted here. Publication and typification of L. welnmanniana Besser ex Rchb. The publication of L. weinmanniana by Reichenbach was a protracted affair and our interpretation and acceptance of this name is reliant on the publication dates given in 7Z-2 (Stafleu & Cowan 1983) being correct. Reichenbach’s illustration of Lavatera weinmanniana (Fig. 3) was published as plate 60 in 1824, the year before the publication of the detailed description of the species on p. 45. It has always been assumed that the publications were at the same time and so the citation of earlier names in the synonymy accompanying the description and notes on L. weinmanniana led to it being deemed an illegitimate name. However if it is just the illustration that forms the protologue, and this meets all of the criteria for valid publication, then the name has to be considered valid. Since the illustration includes a flowering branch with leaves as well as dissections of the various parts of the plant, viz. external and internal views of the calyx, the young fruit, the columella with a single carpel attached and a dorsal view of the carpel, it meets the requirements of the botanical code (Art. 42.3 & 42.4; McNeill et al. 2006), for an illustration with analysis, even though the caption was published with the later description, and the description is needed in order to determine some of the finer detail. Subsequent mentions of L. weinmanniana in the same work include p. xiv of a section titled ‘Erstes hundert’ (The first one hundred, viz. of plates), which is in German and includes some horticultural notes as well as the comment that the plant 1s also called L. australis and L. plebeja, and that the name L. sylvestris was applied erroneously; this was published in 1827. In the same year a further section entitled ‘Addenda et emendanda ad Centuram primam’ included the statement on p. 68 that L. weinmanniana was the same as L. plebeia, but not L. silvestris: L. weinmanniana convenit omnino L. plebeia Sims Bot. Mag. 2269, cui pariter adscribiter patria Nova Hollandiae, est minime L. silvestris 22 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) Since the illustration is the basis for the name, it has here been designated as the lectotype. According to Stafleu & Cowan (1976-1988), the plates were hand-coloured copper engravings, this particular one by Reichenbach himself, although others were by Humm. There is no colour associated with the copy of the illustration reproduced here from the volume held by the library of the National Herbarium of Victoria (Fig. 3) and nor is there any colour associated with the copy of this publication available on the web. Whether there are any extant specimens in what remains of Reichenbach’s herbarium in W has not been established, but the name was clearly used in horticultural circles for some time before its publication and so there may well be some specimens with this name in European herbaria. Etymology Johannes Anton Weinmann (1782-1858), whose name presumably provides the epithet for this species, was a German born Russian botanist and gardener who worked in Dorpat (Tartu) in Estonia from 1804—1813 and then for Empress Maria Feodorowna (1759-1828), “Mother of Czars” (Grant 1905), at her palace in Pavlovsk, St Petersburg, Russia. The association of his name with the species in horticultural circles predated the protologue as indicated above, but there is no indication of why his name was used and what connection he had with Australian plants. This was however the peak of interest in Europe in plants from Australia and there was considerable exchange between the various gardens. W.S.J.G von Besser (1784-1842), who is credited with naming the species after Weinmann, was an Austrian-Polish botanist at Kremenets, western Ukraine (then Russia), while Ludwig Reichenbach (1793-1879) was a German botanist and artist, and director of the Dresden botanical garden (Stafleu & Cowan 1976-— 1988). Lectotypification of Malva behriana Schltdl. Although there are no original labels by Behr on the specimen in HAL it bears the same information as 1s given in the protologue and 1s clearly the specimen used by Schlechtendal, then editor of Linnaea and resident in Halle, in describing M. behriana. It is therefore the obvious choice for lectotype of this name. A specimen at K in Herb. Bentham (K 000659320*) received from Mueller and previously in Sonder’s herbarium has also been annotated with this name and may represent syntype or isosyntype material, although it was annotated on the 16" May 1985 by G. Krebs: “In my opinion not once [sic] of the 3 examplars is a Holo-, Iso- or Syn typus.” While the leaves appear similar to those of the lectotype and flowers are present on both collections, the material in K does seem to be at a somewhat later stage since, unlike the lectotype, there appear to be young fruits present. J, Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) Malva weinmanniana (Malvaceae) Fig. 3. Reichenbach’s (1824) illustration and lectotype of Lavatera weinmanniana. Reproduced with permission from the State Botanical Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. J.G. Conran, R.M. Barker & E. Rippey Placement of Lavatera plebeia Sims Ray (1998) designated Sim’s (1821) plate as the type, and the depiction of widely spaced leaves and pink flowers with a yellowish centre supports its placement here. Furthermore, the accompanying description implies that the upper leaf surface is less hairy than the lower and also indicates that the original specimen was from an inland expedition beyond the recently crossed Blue Mountains. This evidence was also no doubt utilised by previous workers in establishing a typical variety in relation to var. eremaea J.M.Black and var. tomentosa Hook.f. (e.g. Black 1926, Barker 1986), or by its exclusion from the taxon representing the tomentose form (Hooker 1840). Of interest is the further comment that this species was different from Robert Brown’s collection of a “nearly related, but distinct species” from the south coast, presumably a reference to Brown’s collections from Seal Island in King Georges Sound, Western Australia, and from Mt Brown in South Australia. Both of these specimens are entered in the Brown database (Chapman et al. 2001) as L. plebeia and need to be re- examined so that they can be correctly named. Lectotypification of Lavatera plebeia var. eremaea J.M. Black. The Richards collection from Euria in the Penong area of South Australia was chosen as lectotype since it 1s most representative of the taxon and has been annotated with the varietal name by J.M. Black. It consists of the two specimens on the left hand side of the sheet, both of them with flowers and fruits. It is mounted on the same sheet as two of the syntypes: Tate’s collection from Gully Bunda Cliffs on the Bight near the Western Australian border, consisting of two small branches with flowers and fruits, and Tepper’s collection from Ardrossan on Yorke Peninsula, which consists of four small branches. Both of these syntypes have also been annotated by J.M. Black as var. eremaea. The Tepper collection is somewhat atypical for MZ weinmanniana being particularly hirsute and with very small leaves. Nevertheless, it still falls within the range of variation seen in this species, resembling the occasional salt- stressed plants seen from from Bass Strait and offshore islands in Western Australia. The other possible syntype in the Black herbarium, collected from Ooldea, has not been annotated as var. eremaea by Black and consists merely of a long piece of stem with a single leaf. Osborn’s collection from Franklin Islands near Cowell is an excluded syntype since it represents typical M. preissiana; it has been annotated as var. eremaea by Black. A specimen from Caroona on Eyre Peninsula has not been found in AD at this time. 3. Malva arborea X M. preissiana Occasional sterile hybrids between these two species have been recorded in Western Australia (Rippey 2004). It has been known for some time that the introduced M. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) arborea 1s replacing the native M. preissiana on off- shore islands in South Australia, Victoria and Western Australia (Rippey 2004) and so there is a clear need to be able to distinguish between the hybrid and the two parents for those involved in monitoring such changes. The hybrid can be distinguished easily from both M. preissiana and M. weinmanniana by having the epicalyx (bracteoles) and calyx lobes of similar length, whereas the epicalyx lobes of the native taxa are shorter than those of the calyx (Table 1). The hybrid also tends to have broader, less apically notched petals with only very faint striping and a darker pink claw, whereas both native species have prominently notched petals and pale ereenish-yellow claws (Fig. 1). While the hybrid and . weinmanniana both share pink flowers, the former is much more tomentose overall than M. weinmanniana, has an upper leaf surface which is less hairy than the lower and usually bears c. 12 mericarps per fruit. Acknowledgements Val Stajsic (MEL) is thanked for comments on Malva, for confirmation of the presence or absence of particular specimens in MEL, and for arranging a copy of the Reichenbach plate of L. weinmanniana from the holdings of the National Herbarium of Victoria. Graham Bell (AD) 1s thanked for help in confirming J.M. Black’s handwriting in the lectotypification of L. plebeia var. eremaea and Bill Barker (AD) is thanked for helpful comments on the manuscript. We are indebted to the Editor, Jurgen Kellermann, for drawing the publication dates of Reichenbach’s [conographia botanica exotica to our attention. The Keeper of the Herbarium, RBG Kew, is thanked for permission to use the image of the lectotype for L. plebeia var. tomentosa. References Australian Plant Name Index (APNI) (2011-2012). IBIS database. (Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Australian Government: Canberra). www. cpbr.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni [accessed 13 Jan 2011 & 2 May 2012). Barker, R.M. & Conran, J.G. (2007). Malva_ preissiana Mig., an overlooked name for Lavatera plebeia Sims (Malvaceae), with a note on variation within the species. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 21: 771-72. Barker, W.R. (1986). Lavatera. In: Jessop, J.P. & Toelken, H.R. (Eds). Flora of South Australia 2: 833-835. (Government Printer: Adelaide). Bentham, G. (1863). Flora Australiensis: a description of the plants of the Australian territory, Vol. 1 (Ranunculaceae to Anacardiaceae). (Lovell Reeve and Co.: London, UK). Besser, W.S.J.G. von (1823a). Catalogus Plantarum in Horto botanico gymnasii Volhyniensis Cremeneci cultarum. (Kremenets). Besser, W.S.J.G. von (1823b). Enumeratio seminum, quae e messi anni MDCCCXXIII e horto botanico lycaei Volhyn. Cremeneci offeruntur in mutuam commutationem. (Kremenets). Available at: www.nationaalherbarium.nl/ seedlists/images/Krzemieniec/1823/All%20descriptions. htm [accessed 17 May 2012]. Black, J.M. (1926). Flora of South Australia, Part III (Melia- ceae—Scrophulariaceae). (Government Printer: Adelaide). 24 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) Buchanan, A. (1990). Ronald Campbell Gunn (1808-1881). In: Short, P.S. (ed), History of systematic botany in Australasia, pp. 179-192. (Australian Systematic Botany Society Inc.: Collingwood). Candolle, A.P. de (1824). Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis, sive, Enumeratio contracta ordinum generum specierumque plantarum huc usque cognitarium, Juxta methodi naturalis, normas digesta, Vol. 1. (Treuttel & Wiirtz: Paris). Chapman, A.R., Moore, D.T., Rees, R.G. & Groves, E.W. (2001). Robert Brown’ Australian botanical specimens, 1801-1805 at the BM. Database. florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ brown/search [accessed 2 May 2012]. Grant, C. (1905). A Mother of Czars. A sketch of the life of Marie Feodorowna, wife of Paul I and mother of Alexander I and Nicholas I. (John Murray: London). Hooker, J.D. (1840). Contributions towards a Flora of Van Diemen’s Land, chiefly from the collections of Ronald Gunn, Esq. and the late Mr Lawrence. Hooker s Journal of Botany 2: 399-421. Lewis, A. (1999). Spatial distribution of Malva dendromorpha and Malva australiana on West Island, South Australia. Unpublished B.Sc. (Hons) thesis, The University of Adelaide. Marchant, N.G. (1990). The Western Australian collecting localities of J.A.L. Preiss. In: Short, P'S. (Ed). History of systematic botany in Australasia, pp. 131—135. (Australian Systematic Botany Society Inc.: Collingwood). McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworth, D.L., Marhold, K., Nicholson, D.H., Prado, J., Silva, P.C., Skog, J.E., Wiersema, J.H. & Turland, N.J. (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). (A.R.G. Gantner: Ruggell, Lichtenstein). [Regnum Vegetabile 146]. Molero Briones, J. & Montserrat Marti, J.M. (2007). A new species of Lavatera Sect. Olbia (Medik.) DC. (Malvaceae) from north-east Morocco. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 153: 445-454. 25 Malva weinmanniana (Malvaceae) Moore, B. (1994). Variation in Lavatera plebeia Sims (Malvaceae) in South Australia, and the taxonomic status of var. tomentosa Hook. f. and var. eremaea Black. Unpublished B.Sc. (Hons) thesis, The University of Adelaide. Ray, M.F. (1998). New combinations in Malva (Malvaceae: Malveae). Novon 8: 288-295. Reichenbach, H.G.L. (1824-1827). Jconographia botanica exotica, sive Hortus botanicus, imagines plantarum imprimis extra Europam inventuram colligens, cum commentario succincto editus. Prima Centuria Tabularum. (Fredericum Hoffmeister: Leipzig). Available at: books. gsoogle.com.au/books?id=-E] AAAAcAAJ&dq= iconogra phia%20botanica%20exotica&pg=PP l#v=onepage&g&f =true0 [accessed 24 Apr. 2012]. Rippey, E., Rippey, J. & Dunlop, N. (2002). Management of indigenous and alien Malvaceae on islands near Perth, Western Australia. In: Veitch, C.R. & Clout, M.N. (Eds), Turning the Tide: The Eradication of Invasive Species [Proceedings of the International Conference on Eradication of Island Invasives/], pp. 254-259. (UCN SSC Invasive Species Group, IUCN: Gland, Switzerland & Cambridge, UK). Rippey, E. (2004). Malva dendromorpha / Malva australiana hybrid. Western Australian Naturalist 24: 198-200. Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1976-1988). Taxonomic Literature: a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types. 7 vols. (Bohn, Scheltama & Holkema: Utrecht). Sims, J. (1821). Lavatera plebeia. Mallow-like Lavatera. Curtis s’ Botanical Magazine 48: Plate 2269. Available at: bhl.ala.org.au/item/14332#page/218/mode/lup [accessed 28 May 2012]. Zed, T., Conran, J.G. & Lewis, A. (2006). Vegetation patterns in relation to bird nesting preferences on West Island, South Australia. Zransactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 130: 211-226. A | OQOURNAL of the ADELAIDE BOTANIC GARDENS AN OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FOR AUSTRALIAN SYSTEMATIC BOTANY flora.sa.gov.au/jabg Published by the STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA on behalf of the BOARD OF THE BOTANIC GARDENS AND STATE HERBARIUM © Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium, Adelaide, South Australia © Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Government of South Australia All rights reserved State Herbarium of South Australia PO Box 2732 Kent Town SA 5071 Australia Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium a) Government — of South Australia Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) 27-54 © 2012 Board of the Botanic Gardens & State Herbarium, Government of South Australia © 2012 Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Govt of South Australia A Revision of the genus Stellaria (Caryophyllaceae) in Australia Cathy H. Miller & Judy G. West Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, G.P.O. Box 1600, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory 2601 E-mail: Cathy.Miller@csiro.au; Judy. West@environment.gov.au Abstract A review of the species of Stel/aria L. occurring in Australia is provided. The genus 1s represented by 10 species, of which S. papillata C.H.Mill. & J.G.West is described as new, as are 3 subspecies: S. angustifolia subsp. rotundisepala C.H.Mill. & J.G.West, S. multiflora subsp. collaris C.H.Mill. & J.G.West and S. multiflora subsp. nebulosa C.H.Mull. & J.G.West. Two new combinations are made, namely S. angustifolia subsp. tenella (Benth.) C.H.Mill. & J.G.West, based on S. glauca Hook. var. (?) tenella Benth. and S. /eptoclada (Benth.) C.H.Mill. & J.G.West, based on Stellaria glauca var. (?) leptoclada Benth. Lectotypes are selected for S. angustifolia Hook., S. caespitosa Hook.f., S. glauca Hook. var. (?) tenella Benth, S. filiformis (Benth.) Mattt., S. flaccida Hook., S. multiflora Hook., S. pungens Brongn. and S. squarrosa Hook. Notes, maps, illustrations and an identification key are provided for all taxa occurring 1n Australia. Keywords: Caryophyllaceae, Ste//aria, Australia, revision, taxonomy, nomenclature. Introduction This paper is a precursor to the treatment of Stellaria L. (Caryophyllaceae) for the Flora of Australia series and provides names for four new taxa, as well as typification and nomenclatural information. Stellaria consists of about 120 species (Morton 2005) and is found throughout temperate areas worldwide and at higher altitudes in tropical areas. There are a few weedy species, such as S. media (L.) Vill. and S. graminea L., which are found almost worldwide. Stellaria belongs to the family Caryophyllaceae Juss., subfamily Alsinoideae Beilschm. Members of this subfamily are distinguished from subfamily Caryophylloideae Arn. by their free sepals and from the subfamily Paronychoideae Meisn. by their exstipitate leaves (Conn 1983; Chater & Heywood 1993; McNeill 1962). The genus is characterised by the presence of five sepals and five petals which are usually bifid; however in some species the petals are markedly reduced or absent. The closest related genera are currently thought to be Cerastium L. and Holosteum L. (Fior et al. 2006; Harbaugh et al. 2010). There are currently six endemic species and three introduced species recognised with one further new endemic species and three endemic subspecies being described here. Two additional new combinations have also been made. In Australia some of the endemic species appear to be closely related and form complexes. The ‘angustifolia group’ usually occurs in wetter areas and 1s morphologically similar to northern hemisphere species, particularly S. palustris L. This complex is distinguished 2/ by the presence of sessile leaves, five fully-formed bifid petals, ten stamens, and by the absence of staminodes. It currently consists of two species, namely S. leptoclada (Benth.) C.H.Mill. & J.G.West, and S. angustifolia Hook., the latter with three subspecies. It can be difficult to separate these taxa without good flowering or fruiting material. Two additional species, S. flaccida Hook. and S. pungens Brongn., have some affinities with the ‘angustifolia group’ but are quite distinct, particularly in habit and vegetative characters. A second ‘multiflora eroup’ occurs in dryer or harsher regions such as coastal or inland dunes, on islands or in alpine areas. It is distinguished by the presence of leaves with narrowed and elongated bases so that they often appear petiolate (although they are technically still sessile) and by the reduction in size, form and number of floral structures. This ‘multiflora group’ consists of three species: S. filiformis (Benth.) Mattt., S. papillata C.H.Mill. & J.G.West and S. multiflora Hook., the last with three subspecies. This occurrence of such complexes seems to be common in the genus in the northern hemisphere taxa as well. There have been a number of studies carried out on the North American S. /ongipes Goldie complex using both morphological and molecular analyses. The results from these studies (Chinnappa & Morton 1984; Chinnappa et al. 2005) showed that environmental factors influence key characters such as inflorescence type and the occurrence of scarious bracts. Chinnappa & Morton (1984) stated that “it proved possible to ‘change’ several of the ‘species’ into other ’species‘ simply by altering the environmental conditions under which they were growing” (Chinnappa & Morton 1984; C.H. Miller & J.G. West Table 1. Summary of subgeneric classification schemes for Stellaria. Fenzel (1840) b. “Eustellaria’ ao. Petiolares Section Subsection Species listed Subsection 6. Larbreae Species listed S. graminea Subsection Eg. Spinescentes Species listed Unplaced species Chinnappa et al. 2005). Due to this plasticity Morton (2005) decided to adopt a broad concept of S. /ongipes and only recognized one infraspecific taxon. By contrast S. media and S. pallida are two members of the ‘media eroup’ that, together with S. neglecta Weihe, have been variously interpreted as varieties, subspecies or, as here, species following most recent authors such as Chen & Rabeler (2001) and Morton (2005). Taxonomic History Stellaria was first described by Linnaeus (1753) with several European taxa listed, including S. nemorum L., S. dichotoma L., S. radians L., S. graminea, S. cerastoides L., S. biflora L. and S. holostea L. This last taxon was chosen by Hitchcock & Green (1929) as the type species of the genus. To date there have been no major worldwide revisions; the closest is the synopsis published in Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien by Pax & Hoffmann (1934). Most publications have been regional floras such as for the British Isles (Clapham et al. 1952), Europe (Chater & Heywood 1993), China (Chen & Rabeler 2001) and North America (Morton 2005). Species. The first Australian species of Stellaria, S. pungens was illustrated and named by Brongniart in 1834, for which no description was provided and currently no specimen has been located. W.J. Hooker (1834) published two species, S. angustifolia and S. squarrosa Hook., in the same year, two more species, S. flaccida and S. multiflora, in 1836 (Hooker 1836) and a further species, S. caespitosa Hook. in 1840 (Hooker 1840). The first treatment of the genus for Australia was by Bentham (1863) in which he listed five species. This comprised the introduced species S. media, and three endemic species, S. multiflora, S. pungens and S. flaccida. The fifth species listed was the northern hemisphere S. glauca With. Bentham included S. angustifolia under S: glauca. Additionally two infraspecific taxa, S. glauca var. (?) leptoclada Benth. and S. glauca var (?) tenella Benth. were published by Bentham. He also described another species, Drymaria filiformis Benth. which was later transferred to Stellaria (Mattfeld 1938). S. media, S. flaccida S. squarrosa, 5. pungens J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) (=) Pax & Hoffmann (1934) I. ‘Eustellaria 1. Petiolares S. media, S. pallida 4. Larbreae S. graminea, S. palustris 5. Spinescentes S.pungens S. multiflora During the late 1800’s the use of the name S. glauca was replaced by the name S. palustris Ehrh. ex Retz (Mueller 1887) and this name was in common usage until the later part of the 1900’s. During the 1980’s until the current day the consensus has been that this taxon is truly Australian and the name S. angustifolia has been applied (Doust 1990, Miller & West 1996). The introduced species S. graminea (Curtis 1956) and S. pallida (Dumort.) Crep. (Eichler 1965) were first reported as occurring in Australia in the second half of the twentieth century. No new names for Australian taxa have been published since the first half of the twentieth century; however some informal names have been used in various state floras in the second half of the twentieth century. In this treatment S. media, S. multiflora, S. pungens, S. flaccida, S. filiformis (Benth.) Mattt., S. graminea and S. pallida are recognised. Stellaria multiflora 1s divided into three subspecies, two of which are new. S. angustifolia is resurrected and divided into three subspecies, one of which is new and one is a new combination based on Bentham’s S. glauca var (‘?) tenella. Bentham’s S. glauca var. (?) leptoclada is raised to species level. S. papillata is newly described for Australia. Suprageneric classification. Fenzl (1840) published the first suprageneric classification for Caryophyllaceae, which was enlarged upon by Pax & Hoffmann (1934). Many of their tribal and subtribal names have not been used in recent literature (Rabeler & Bittrich 1993) as these classifications were based upon “arbitrary interpretations of morphology” (Bittrich 1993). It has been suggested that convergent evolution of morphological characters, such as reduction or loss of floral parts, makes it difficult to define a clear cut classification (Smissen et al. 2002). Some work has subsequently been done on the higher level classification of Caryophyllaceae using molecular techniques. These studies have shown that while the family Caryophyllaceae is monophyletic, none of the subfamilies as currently defined are and more work needs to be done to determine a phylogenetically robust classification (Smissen et al 2002, Fior et al. 2006). Harbaugh et. al. (2010) have proposed to abandon subfamilies within the Caryophyllaceae and recognize 28 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) at least 11 tribes to deal with the polyphyletic nature of the family. They propose to include Ste//aria in the tribe Alsineae, which agrees with Pax & Hoftmann’s (1934) classification. Subgeneric classification. The infrageneric classification of Stellaria was published by Fenzl (1840). This was then expanded by Pax & Hoffmann (1934). All of the Australian species were placed in the section Stellaria (as ‘Eustellaria’ Fenzl). They included the introduced species S. graminea, S. media and S. pallida as well as the endemic species S. flaccida and S. pungens in these classifications (Table 1). Pax & Hoffmann (1934) mentioned S. multiflora in the biogeographic discussion but did not place the species in their classification. As the majority of the Stellaria species were not included, the classification has not been taken up in Australian literature. Morphology Leaves. In the family Caryophyllaceae the leaves are most commonly opposite, decussate, usually sessile or subsessile or sometimes petiolate (Bittrich 1993). In Australia, the Ste//laria species have leaves that are either sessile, as in the majority of the ‘augustifolia group’, S. pungens and the introduced species S. graminea or appearing petiolate, as in the majority of the ‘multiflora eroup’ and S. flaccida, similar to what occurs in the introduced species S. media and S. pallida. On the narrow petiolate portion of the leaf there is always some tissue so it is not truly a petiole. There is a tendency that the petiolate nature of the leaf 1s more pronounced towards the base of the plant and this shortens and the leaf becomes sessile towards the apex and particularly in the flowering sections of the plant. Leaf shapes in the family range from linear, needle shaped or grass-like to broadly ovate; some are rigid and acute or even spiny at the apex (Bittrich 1993). In the Australian Stellaria species the leaf shape has an even greater variation, ranging from filiform, linear, elliptic, ovate, obovate, as well as variation in width from narrow to broad. This character needs to be used with caution as the leaves can become progressively longer and narrower as the plant develops (Chinnappa & Morton 1984). In Australia the only species that may become rigid and has a spiny apex is S. pungens. In the transition from the vegetative to the flowering parts of the plant either of two leaf states occurs. In the first state which 1s listed in the keys and descriptions as ‘Leaves a continuous series’, the structures subtending the flowers, which are technically bracts, appear the same as the lower leaves and one cannot distinguish between them as they remain the same texture, colour and shape but they gradually become smaller and, if petiolate, this becomes shorter and even sessile towards the extremities of the plant. The alternative character state which is listed in the keys and descriptions as ‘Leaves not a continuous series’ is characterized by 29 Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) the abrupt change from leaves to bracts where the size is markedly reduced, they are always sessile and the texture usually changes from green and leafy to white and scarious. However, one must be cautious in applying absolute values to leaf shape and size as it has been observed that these characters can be altered by altering environmental factors (Chinnappa & Morton 1984). Inflorescence structure. In the Caryophyllaceae the inflorescence can be few to many flowered determinate (monotelic) thyrses, partial inflorescences that are mostly dichasia, or more rarely monochasia (Bittrich 1993). In the Austalian Stellaria species the most common inflorescence states are a monochasium, a few flowered partial monochasium or one to two flowered. Only larger specimens of S. angustifolia and all specimens of S. filiformis have the more common family character of dichasia, while all three introduced species, S. graminea, S. media and S. pallida, also have a dichasial inflorescence. This type of inflorescence can cause problems in interpretation since the type of inflorescence can change as the plant matures, particularly from a single or few- flowered state to the partial monochasium to a many flowered monochasium. In the North American species, S. longipes, research has found that environmental factors can influence the number of flowers in the inflorescence and the development of the scarious floral leaves or bracts (Chinnappa & Morton 1984). The second character, the development of the scarious bracts, has not been observed to change in the only Australian species, S. filiformis, that has this character state. This study found that flower size was not affected by changing environmental conditions and is a good character to use when determining species. Floral structures. In the Caryophyllaceae the flowers are generally actinomorphic and normally consist of three, four or five tetra- or pentamerous whorls (Bittrich 1993). In Stellaria there are five sepals with most commonly five petals which are usually deeply bifid. The stamens are usually in one or two whorls of five, and while the number may be reduced or supplemented with staminodes the total number is never more than ten. In Australia there are two flower types. The first flower type is correlated with the ‘angustifolia group’, S. flaccida, S. pungens and the introduced species S. graminea. These have five sepals, five deeply bifid petals about the same length as the sepals and ten stamens in two whorls and no staminodes. This is the same pattern found in many of the Northern hemisphere taxa. The second type is correlated with the ‘multiflora group’ and the introduced species S. media and S. pallida. These have five sepals, five or less bifid petals that are small, usually less than half the length of the sepals, or reduced to small fragments or totally absent. There are usually two to five stamens and zero to five staminodes, except for subsp. multiflora and subsp. nebulosa which have three to ten stamens. When there are five or less stamens C.H. Miller & J.G. West J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) == Fa ; J ns > ee ie } ) J , . f =. Ripe "wa Og e - By Oe fa th Sa os gris FOE a I> Fig. 1. SEM of seeds. A-C Sfellaria angustifolia. A subsp. angustfolia; B subsp. rotundisepala; C subsp tenella. D S. filiformis. E S. graminea. F S. leotoclada. G S. media. H S. flaccida. | S. pallida. J S. papillata. K S. pungens. L-N S. multiflora: L subsp. multiflora; M subsp. collaris; N subsp. nebulosa. Scale bar: 100um. — A A.C. Beauglehole 82200 (CANB 364207); B JH. Willis s.n. (MEL 501962); C R.A. Black s.n. (MEL 1579640); D A. Cooper s.n. (NSW 145525); E A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 29863); F R. Coveny et. al. 8954 (NSW 298626); G C.H. Miller & J. Palmer 590 (CANB 409321): H WM. Curtis s.n. (HO 29492): | C.H. Miller & J. Palmer 603 (CANB 409333); J J. Carrick 3135 (AD 97207083); K J. McKean WL 5189 (CANB 327583); LL.G. Adams 1644 (CANB 166831); M H.S. McKee 11668 (CANB 319264): N JS. Whinray 1150 (CANB 442426). present they are positioned opposite the sepals and have a slightly enlarged base. Fruits and Seeds. There are two to five or rarely more styles, free to the base and clearly distinct from the ovary, a character that occurs throughout the subfamily 30 Alsinoideae (Bittrich 1993). In Stellaria the style number is usually three, rarely two, four or five. This also holds for the Australian species where it is extremely rare to find more than three styles. For the tribe Alsineae the fruit is a capsule that normally opens with valves or teeth equal to or twice J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) the number of carpels, or is rarely indehiscent (Bittrich 1993). In Stellaria the number of valves is twice the number of carpels and in the Australian species this is six, very rarely more. The surface texture of the capsule valves is usually translucent to opaque and relatively smooth. There is one species in Australia, S. papillata that has the surface covered in distinct papillae. On maturity the valves split, usually for more than half their length or almost to the base and the apices of the valves displace, either moving only slightly outward so the valves remain almost straight, the apices curve out so they are recurved or the valves curl completely around to be revolute. Also the valve alignment can either remain in place, retaining the capsule shape or displace outwards, giving a spreading appearance. Capsule characters such as colour and angle of the valves have been shown to be defining characters as they are not affected by environmental factors (Chinnappa & Morton 1984). In Stellaria the seeds are small (0.4—3 mm long), numerous, rarely few or one, roundish to reniform, usually laterally compressed and the testa 1s variously sculptured by more or less papilliform cells, rarely completely smooth (Bittrich 1993). In Australia, Stellaria has these seed characters and further study is needed to determine reliable characters to separate the taxa. The cell shape is always stellate, although this can be sometimes hard to see, particularly in S. filiformis (Fig. 1D), which has a very small, light-coloured seed, c. 0.5 mm long, that has a semi translucent testa and 1s smooth with small raised pits in the middle of the cells. The rest of the taxa have well defined stellate cells that are often inflated in the centre to form either a ridge when the cell is long and thin, such as S. papillata (Fig. 1J) and S. angustifolia subsp. angustifolia (Fig. 1A), or hills when the cell shape is more rounded, such as S. multiflora subsp. nebulosa (Fig. IN). The cells are much more raised on the outer dorsal surface of the seeds. In some cases these inflated cells become almost finger- like, such as in S. flaccida (Fig. 1H) and S. pungens (Fig. IK), and in an extreme case the finger-like projections cover the entire seed so that the stellate cell shape can no longer be seen, such as in S. angustifolia subsp. rotundisepala (Fig. 1B), which is not seen in any other taxa in Australian Stellaria. The introduced species, S. media (Fig. 1G) and S. pallida (Fig. 11), also have the addition of small papillae on the arms of the stellate cells, a character that 1s not present in any of the Australian species of Stellaria. From the North American S. /ongipes study none of the morphological characters was shown to be associated with polyploidy; nor was there any consistent association between chromosome number and geographic distribution (Chinnapa et al. 2005). From this study it was shown that the Arctic populations were generally low, single flowered plants lacking scarious bracts, while progressive development in internode length, flower number and presence of scarious bracts were observed in more southerly populations. In 5] Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) Australia Ste//aria 1s restricted to the southern part of the continent and no obvious association can be observed between morphological traits and latitude. There may be reason to think that the predominance of the monochasial inflorescence 1s due more to the harsher, drier environmental conditions found in Australia rather than a difference in latitude. The presence of scarious bracts is only found in the Australian species S. filiformis which has a distribution across the southern part of Australia from Wyalong in New South Wales to Cowcowing in Western Australia in sandy soils with high summer temperatures and low rainfall. There are more of the monchasial species, such as those in the ‘angustifolia group’ and the ‘multiflora group’ that grow both north and south of S. filiformis. Typifications Ronald C. Gunn and Robert W. Lawrence collections from Tasmania. Some of the type material for the Australian Stellaria species is from collections made by Gunn and Lawrence in Tasmania. Due to a number of peculiarities of their collecting and recording methods some difficulties have arisen in determining type material. The numbers on Gunn and Lawrence labels refer to their species numbers and not collecting numbers. There is often more than one collection that has the same number but different collection dates. Where there is only a year written on the label this indicates the year of dispatch of the parcel to London and not the actual collection date of the collection. There are cases where there is also a full collection date on the same label and this is later than the dispatch date as the parcel was sent later than expected. Some of these collections were collected by other people and Gunn arranged these collections within his own numbering system (Buchanan 1988). Collections from England. All material from K and BM was searched for types. Many of the names published by Bentham are typified with material from Herb. Hookerianum (K), often annotated by Bentham. No type specimens were found in Bentham’s own Herbarium (Herb. Benthamianum, K). Materials & methods This review has been based on dried material from the following herbaria: AD, BM, BRI, CANB (incl. CBG), CHR, DNA, HO, K, LD, MEL, NSW, OXF and PERTH. Limited field work was undertaken in New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory, Victoria and New Zealand. For Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Fig. 1, seeds were mounted onto 10 mm diameter metal stubs using double sided tape. All samples were coated with gold before observation in a Jeol 6400 Scanning Electron Microscope at an accelerating voltage of 15kV. Images taken using B&W polaroid camera. Facilities provided by the CSIRO Black Mountain Microscopy Centre, A.C.T. C.H. Miller & J.G. West Taxonomic Treatment Stellaria L. Sp. Pl. 1: 421 (1753). — Type species: S. holostea L.., fide Hitchcock & Green, Prop. Brit. Bot.: 155 (1929). Annual or perennial herbs, glabrous or sparsely hairy. Leaves opposite; stipules absent; floral leaves herbaceous to scarious. Flowers in spreading dichasia to partial monochasia, or solitary or 2-flowered, 5-merous, bisexual. Sepals 5, free, usually narrow to broadly ovate. Petals usually 5, free, bifid, shorter to longer than sepals, in some taxa reduced or absent. Stamens 1-10. Staminodes 0-5. Ovary 1-celled; styles 3, free to base; placentation free-central. Fruit a conical capsule, splitting to middle or below, 6-valved. Seeds 2 to many, subdiscoid to nautiloid to obloid; testa minutely to prominently tuberculate. Distribution & habitat. A genus of about 120 species (Morton 2005) found throughout temperate areas worldwide and at higher altitudes in tropical areas. There are a few weedy species, such as S. media and S. graminea that occur almost worldwide. In Australia Stellaria is represented by 10 species including both endemic and introduced elements. The genus is distributed in temperate areas from southern Queensland, throughout New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, the southern parts of South Australia and Western Australia and central parts of the Northern Territory. There are three introduced species of which two, S. media and S. pallida, have become naturalised and distributed throughout the native range of the genus in Australia and extend northwards to the tropics in Queensland, the Northern Territory and Western Australia. A third introduced species, S. graminea, has a very localised distribution in alpine areas of New South Wales and Victoria, subalpine areas in Tasmania, and the hills of southern Fleurieu Peninsula, South Australia. Stellaria 1s found in a wide range of habitats in Australia from coastal dunes, heathlands, grasslands, herblands, swamps, fern communities in gully forests, underlying open eucalypt or Callitris woodlands, rainforests, alpine bogs, mallees and Chenopodiaceae or Leptospermum scrublands. The endemic species are often associated with wetter areas such as watercourses, areas that seasonally flood, drainage areas or dams. The weedy species are often associated with disturbed areas such as roadside drains, dams or cultivated areas. They can grow in a wide variety of soil types from sands to clays and on almost any rock type. The native Australian species of Stellaria are endemic and do not occur in nearby countries such as New Zealand and Papua New Guinea. New Zealand has five native species and four introduced species (Webb et al. 1988). Two of their introduced taxa, S. media and S. graminea, also occur in Australia. One of the Australian species, S. flaccida, shows affinities with the New Zealand endemic S. parviflora Hook.f. Much less is known about the flora of Papua New Guinea, with 32 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) only one introduced species, S. media, and one native species, S. stellatopilosa Hayata, present (van Royen 1982). S. stellatopilosa appears to have affinities with S. decipiens Hook.f. from New Zealand. Etymology. The name derives from the Latin stella (a star) and aria (connected with), an allusion to the radiating, deeply bifid petals. Note. Species are treated here in alphabetical order as there is no satisfactory infrageneric treatment available at this time. 1. Stellaria angustifolia Hook. J. Bot. (Hooker) 1: 250 (1834). — Type citation: ”Mr. Lawrence, Formosa, (n. 241,) Mr. Gunn, (n. 238.)”. Lectotype (here designated): Formosa, Lawrence n. 241, Aquatic (K, Herb. Hooker p.p. [3 pieces to the right hand side of the pencil line]). Isolectotype: RWL |awrence] 241, Aquatic. (NSW). Residual Syntypes: [Gunn] 238, 1833 (NSW p.p.); Gunn’s Herbarium of Tasmanian Plants. (n. 238). (NSW p.p.). Stellaria caespitosa Hook.f., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 411(1840). — Stellaria glauca var. (?) caespitosa (Hook.f.) Benth. FI. Austral. 1: 158 (1863). — Type citation: “In a marsh at Circular Head. Mr. Gunn (n. 652 and 653°)’. Lectotype (here designated): In a marsh at Circular Head, Gunn 652?, 1837 (K, Herb. Hooker p.p. [2 pieces on the top right hand side of the pencil line]). Stellaria palustris auct. non Ehrh. ex Retz.: F.Muell., Key Syst. Victorian Pl. 1: 166 (1887); C.Moore, Handb. FI. N.S.W. 99 (1893); W.A.Dixon, Pl. N.S.W. 77 (1906); J.M.Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2: 231 (1924); Ewart, FI. Victoria: 491 (1931); J.H.Willis, Handb. Pl. Victoria 2: 136 (1972); W.M.Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. |: 70 (1975); K.Chorney in Jessop & Toelken, Fl. S. Austral. 1: 235 (1986). Stellaria glauca auct. non With.: Benth., Fl. Austral. 1:158 (1863); Tate, Handb. Fl. Extratrop. S. Austral. 43 (1890); F.M.Bailey, Queensl. Fl. 1: 87 (1899). Annual or perennial, stems tall and slender to spreading or prostrate, with slender rhizome which may root from nodes; stems (5—) 11—60 (—90) cm long, usually single stemmed or branching from base, glabrous to scabrous. Stem and inflorescence leaves forming continuous series, sessile, not clasping, narrowly ovate, linear, narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate, (3.5—) 10-40 (—60) mm long, 0.9-3 (—3.9) mm wide, apex acute to subacute, rarely obtuse, margin entire, rarely recurved, glabrous to scabrous all over, sometimes with 2—5-celled hairs on margins. /nflorescence axillary and solitary, interrupted monochasia of 2—7 flowers, monochasia of 5—7 flowers or rarely dichasia of 7—23 flowers. Pedicels (15.5—) 20—72 (—90) mm long, slender, erect in fruit, glabrous to scabrous, often quadrangular, ridged or grooved. Sepals 1.5—8 (—9) mm long, acute to acuminate, obtuse, or folded over to form hood, sometimes with hood thickened, the margin entire, rarely minutely ragged. Petals 2.4—7.5 (—9) mm long, usually about equal to sepals to twice sepal length; bifid to deeply bifid. Stamens 10. Staminodes 0. Styles 0.8-4 (—5.3) mm long. Capsule ellipsoid to ovoid, (2.8—) 3.5— 6.8 (—8.5) mm long, (1.8—) 2.44 (—5) mm wide, from J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) Key to Species of Ste/laria in Australia 1. Leaves sessile but lower leaves at least, appearing petiolate 2. Internodes with single line of hairs for entire length 3. Petals present; fertile stamens 3—5, rarely 2; all seeds dark in colour, usually > 1 mm long ............. 6. * S. media 3: Petals absent; fertile stamens 2, rarely more; at least some seeds pale to midbrown,< 1mm long....... 8. * S. pallida 2: Internodes without single line of hairs 4. Petals present, > '2 sepal length, > 2 mm long 5. Plant erect, fine-stemmed, to 20 (—30) cm long; sepals glabrous; fruit < 5 mm long, < 2.5 mm wide .. 5.8. leptoclada 5: Plant lax, to 50 cm long; sepals with hairs or ciliate along some margins, often hairs also on sepal back: orinidrib; trait 3 minv long; > 2. SM WIE i, be ecw eee ee ns ee be ge eee ee ee 3.8. flaccida 4: Petals absentor 1f present, < 4'sépal leneth; <2 mm lone 0c nae ee ie RA OS eee AMR as 7.8. multiflora 1: Leaves sessile 6. Petals absent or 1f present < '/2 sepal length, < 2 mm long 7. Inflorescence a dichasium; stem leaves in basal rosette, filiform, herbaceous to fleshy; floral leaves linear to ovate to lanceolate, usually scarious; seeds with minute tubercles, appearing smooth (Fig. IE Ie A 24 evr Ear we oad a al LTC TA NEN fet, bed Bat ar aN aT NUP ICTR AT ONE bea A Ean wr oe AC SELLE ICER ae SES eH Ae OA We fyi cater HNL? RE AT8 2. 8. filiformis 7: Inflorescence axillary and solitary or a monochasium; leaves in continuous series, stem leaves not in basal rosette and not filiform; floral leaves herbaceous, never scarious; seeds with prominent tubercles, appearing reticulate (Fig. 3h—n) 8. Capsule valves thick, opaque, covered with angular papillae; seeds obloid to ellipsoid, 1—2 per egosule: 1S) Oo MONG, bt snes gee Sad sopnck tet oe ok dessa ene aed iad, tet hy ed dew eb apeare ied eh he ec 9. S. papillata 8: Capsule valves thin, semitransparent, smooth; seeds suborbicular or kidney-shaped or broad- ellipsoid, more than 2 per capsule,< 1.3mm long ......... 0... ee teen ees 7.8. multiflora 6: Petals present, > ’2 sepal length > 2 mm long 9, Flowers 5 or more, usually either a monochasium or dichasium 10. Stems, leaves and sepals sparsely to densely covered with long curly hairs; leaf apex usually plinsent: Sepal apex. vishally pingent, mEeVver HOOdEd! ssc... 5 oe ee EEE EADS 9G 4 EH FREES 10. S. pungens 10: Stems, leaves and sepals glabrous, scabrous or if hairs present then these not long or curly; leaf apex acute to subacute, never pungent; sepal apex acute to obtuse, never pungent, hooded or not 11. Leaves not a continuous series; floral leaves much smaller, scarious, sparsely to densely ciliate along entire length; outer sepals often ciliate along entire length; sepal apex not hooded; INTIOCESCENCE SICH AS ILM 4. le ent ss ace eee 2 yal tees le nti Soles Sea's etal ial oh le loin’: o¥ce sens ata talaiyl« 4. * S. graminea 11: Leaves a continuous series; floral leaves herbaceous, glabrous, scabrous or with short hairs basally; sepals glabrous or scabrous; sepal apex hooded or not; inflorescence a monochasium, an interrupted monochasium or solitary, rarely a dichasium 12. Stems usually glabrous to scabrous; leaves never in basal rosette; sepal apex straight, rarely hooded: seed usually > Wmartelone .. 24.) 4-4 oie selec ay ee He 1. S. angustifolia (mostly subsp. angustifolia) 12: Stems sparsely covered with short hairs or scabrous; leaves often arising from loose basal rosette; sepal apex straight, not hooded; seeds usually < 1mm long ....................... 5. 8. leptoclada 9: Flowers usually solitary, rarely 2—3-flowered 13. Stems, leaves and sepals sparsely to densely covered with long curly hairs; leaf apex acute to plnsenl= sehal apex Acute te purrcent,. ever HOOdE 6-5-6. dcace sce eins gotee Seeiele aletpce ee ace use ernee Soatele ols 10. S. pungens 13: Stems, leaves and sepals glabrous, scabrous or rarely some margins with short hairs; leaf apex acute to subacute, not pungent; sepal apex acute to obtuse, not pungent, hooded or straight............ ESE EES tar eles ela de EE TR OE LO Sees eeliee ee eR SS Wd LO 1. S. angustifolia (mostly subspp. rotundisepala and tenella) 1/3 shorter to 4 times longer than sepals; valves straight | from the European specimens, but retained the taxon in to spreading, apex straight, recurved to revolute, rarely S. glauca and placed S. angustifolia in synonymy. He twisted sideways. Seeds 2—33, suborbicular to ellipsoid, also reduced S. caespitosa to a variety under S. glauca. flattened top and bottom, (0.5—) 0.8—1.2 (-1.4) mm long, Other authors have used S. palustris and have also used light brown to grey brown to reddish brown or purplish, |§ Bentham’s infraspecific taxa, but at different ranks. tubercles ridged, wrinkled to rounded and narrow, spiny Stellaria palustris specimens from England and in appearance. northern Europe have erect, linear leaves on the stems and floral leaves that are markedly shorter, ovate to narrowly ovate and often scarious and the inflorescence is usually a terminal dichasial cyme. S. angustifolia specimens have linear to lanceolate leaves, floral leaves which are In a continuous series, and the inflorescence can be Notes. Further study of this taxon 1s much needed. axillary and solitary, or an interrupted monochasium, Historically, this taxon has been referred to the European a monochasium or occasionally a dichasium in larger species either S. palustris or S. glauca (asynonym of S. _ plants. As the species can usually be distinguished from palustris) in the Australian literature. Bentham (1863) — each other, S. angustifolia is treated here as a separate noted instances where the Australian plants differed — entity from the widespread European taxon S. palustris. Distribution. A widespread endemic species in temperate Australia, from southern Queensland, throughout New South Wales, Victoria, southern South Australia (including Kangaroo Island) and Tasmania. 53 C.H. Miller & J.G. West J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Sat ll | Ny f i del: da sors Fig. 2. A-J Stellaria angustifolia subsp. angustifolia: A habit; B flower; C flower with petals & sepals removed; D gynoecium; E part of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; F petal; G capsule showing position in relation to sepals; H mature capsule; | seed, side view; J seed coat cell detail. K-P S. angustifolia subsp. tenella: K habit; L part of tower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; M petal; N capsule; O seed, side view; P seed coat cell detail. Q-W S. angustifolia subsp. rotundisepala: Q habit; R part of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen 34 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) It 1s evident that the taxa in the ‘angustifolia group’ are closely related, particularly in their vegetative characteristics. The taxon which has been consistently referred to as var. tenella can be separated from other plants by its smaller size, mat forming habit with short internodes, sepals that end in a hooded structure, petals that are usually about twice the sepal length and flowers that are almost always solitary and axillary. However, under favourable growing conditions the plants can become larger, more erect and with longer internodes and more flowers. The plants at the smaller end of the spectrum can for the most part be readily separated and match well with the type specimens of var. tenella. Bentham (1863) compared var. (?) tenella to var. caespitosa, but commented that tenella is smaller and much more slender, with crowded, very small leaves. Applying the epithet var. caespitosa to plants 1s more problematic as most of the characters used are size related and this is very dependent on the environmental conditions in which the plants grow. Examination of the type specimen of S. caespitosa has revealed that the plants have more characters in common with the type specimen of S. angustifolia than the type specimen of var. tenella. They are closer in size and there are more flowers per plant, the leaves are similar in shape, and while the growth is sometimes mat-forming, the leaves never seem to be as fine as those of var. tenella. The sepals are often subacute and slightly hooded especially in bud, but they can usually be differentiated from var. tenella plants, particularly when in fruit. We feel that var. caespitosa is toward the smaller end of the S. angustifolia spectrum, but there are not enough consistent characters to warrant the separation of the taxon from S. angustifolia. Bentham (1863) considered S. glauca var. caespitosa distinct in its inflorescence characters but commented that specimens showed “a very gradual passage” towards S. glauca in leaves as well as sepals. Bentham’s taxon var. (?) leptoclada is always recognisable from the other taxa in its growth form and inflorescence structure as well as its limited distribution, and has been raised to species level here. Nomenclatural notes. Stellaria angustifolia Hook. One sheet from Herbarium Hookerianum held at K contains type material. The sheet has two collections. The first label on the right hand side of the pencil line is ‘Aquatic Formosa. Van D’s Land. n. 241. Lawrence’; it matches the protologue and locality information and is thus designated as the lecotype. A separate label with ‘Arenaria L.R.’ is a Cunningham collection from the Lachlan River in NSW and 1s not type material. Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) Three sheets from NSW contain type material. The first sheet has three collections with the following labels; ‘238/1833’, ‘238/1842 Marsh Formosa 7/12/42’ and °238/1842 Marlborough 5/1/41’. Only the specimen with the label ‘238/1833’ has been designated as a residual syntype as the other specimens post-date publication. The second sheet has a single plant with the label “RWL]awrence| 241 aquatic’ on it and it has been designated as an isolectotype. The third sheet has the label ‘Gunn’s Herbarium of Tasmanian Plants 238’ and has been designated as a residual syntype. Stellaria caespitosa Hook.f. One sheet from Herb. Hookerianum held at K contains type material. The sheet has three collections. Only the collection on the top of the sheet on the right hand side of the pencil line with the label ‘ In a marsh at Circular Head, Gen 652°, 11 Jan 1837’ matches the protologue and is here designated as the lectotype. The collection with the label ‘ Oatlands, [Gunn] 652, Nov 1835 also contains line drawings of floral and seed characters drawn by Hooker. The sepal illustrated 1s a typical S. angustifolia shape with an acute apex which contradicts Hooker’s description of S. caespitosa which 1s “calycibus ovato- lanceolatis subacutis”’. Key to subspecies of S. angustifolia 1. Sepals (3—) 4-8 (—9) mm long, apex acute to acuminate; petals (3.5—) 4.5—7.5 (—9) mm long, about equal to sepals; fertile stamens > 3 mm long...... a. subsp. angustifolia 1: Sepals 1.5—2.5 mm long, apex folded over to form hood; petals 2—3.2 (—3.9) mm long, longer than to twice sepal length; fertile stamens < 3 mm long 2. Sepals narrow ovate to elliptic, apex obtuse or acute, hood never thickened; pedicel usually < 20 mm long; seed tubercles sem1-inflated ridges... b. subsp. tenella Sepals round or broad elliptic, apex obtuse, hood sometimes thickened; pedicel > 20 mm long, seed spiny, with narrow, pointed prominent tubercles. .......... c. subsp. rotundisepala la. Stellaria angustifolia Hook. subsp. angustifolia Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45e-f (1996), as S. angustifolia. Annual or perennial, weak to tall and spreading to 75 (—90) cm long, glabrous to scabrous. Stem and inflorescence leaves as a continuous series, sessile, linear, narrowly ovate to lanceolate, rarely obovate (9—) 10—40 (—60) mm long, 0.9—3 (—3.9) mm wide, acute or rarely subacute, margin rarely recurved, occasionally with short hairs. /nflorescence solitary, an interrupted monochasium, monochasium, or rarely a dichasium. Pedicels (15.5—) 20—72 (—90) mm long, slender, erect in fruit. Sepals narrowly to broadly ovate or elliptic, (3.5—) 4-8 (-9) mm long, acute to acuminate. Petals (3.5—-) arrangement; S petal; T-U flower with immature (T) and mature (U) capsule; V seed, side view; W seed coat cell detail. X-DD S. leptoclada: X habit; Y part of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; Z petal; AA flower showing capsule; BB mature capsule; CC seed, side view; DD seed coat cell detail. Scale bars: habits (A, K, Q, X) 5 mm; flowers & fruits 1mm; seeds (I, O, V, CC) 0.5 mm. — A, E-H R. Schodde 1224 (AD 96227132); B—D D. Hunt 2876 (AD 96913165); I-J Bushman 214 (AD 98232306); K-P R. Bates 21927 (AD 99010076); Q-W R.J. Bates 27162 (AD 99206284): X-DD JR. Hosking s.n. (CANB 00710190). 35 C.H. Miller & J.G. West 4—7.5 (-9) mm long, usually about equal to sepals; bifid. Stamens 10, filaments 3.3-6 (—6.5) mm long. Staminodes 0. Styles 2.2-4 (—5.3) mm long. Capsule ellipsoid to ovoid, (2.8—) 3.5—6.8 (—8.5) mm long, (2—) 2.5—4 (—5) mm wide, shorter than to equal to sepals or sometimes slightly longer; valves straight to spreading, apex straight, recurved to revolute, rarely twisted sideways. Seeds 8-33, suborbicular to ellipsoid, (0.6—) 0.8—1.2 (—1.4) mm long, light brown to grey brown to reddish brown; tubercles semi-inflated ridges. Fig. 1A, 2A—J. Flowering: Sep.—Mar. Distribution and habitat. The taxon is widespread in southeastern Australia. It occurs south from Stanthorpe in Queensland, as well as west in the Warrego and Darling River systems. In New South Wales, it occurs along the Great Dividing Range from Armidale, through the Blue Mountains, along the Southern Highlands and alpine areas of Kosciuszko National Park. In Victoria, it also occurs in alpine areas along the Great Dividing Range and as far south as Port Phillip as well as to the west across mountain areas and in the Delatite, Delegate and Dry River systems. It also occurs along entire length of the Murray River system. It is rare in Tasmania where it occurs in the Ouse River system. In South Australia, it occurs in higher altitudes, in the Mt Gambier area, as well as the entire length of the Mt Lofty Ranges to Fleurieu Peninsula and Kangaroo Island (Fig. 6A). Locally common, widespread herb growing in wet areas amongst grasslands, herblands, sedgelands, lignum thickets in swamps, along watercourses particularly after flooding or underlying in open woodlands or Acacia or eucalypt forest; rarely in disturbed areas such as roadside drains or dams. Most commonly found in higher altitude areas of ranges above 500 m, rarely found at sea level, where it 1s associated with large rivers. Grows in rich soils of basalt origin or deep cracking clays through to light sandy soils derived from granites. Selected specimens (of c. 300 seen) QUEENSLAND: Darling Downs, 6 km N of Goondiwindi, 8 Sep. 2001, 4.R. Bean 17796 (CANB); Darling Downs Wyberba, 30 Dec. 1962, S.T’ Blake 21994 (MEL, NSW); Warrego District, Currawinya National Park, S end of Corni Paroo Waterhole, 17 Sep. 1992, R.W. Purdie 4151 (CANB). New SoutH WaALEs: North Western Plains, 7.5 km N of Bruxner Highway at Yetman on road to Yelarbon, 7 Oct. 1990, R.G. Coveny & R.O. Makinson 14480 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Ca 10 miles S of old Jindabyne, 8 Jan. 1963, C.W.E. Moore 3594 (CANB, NSW); °Winbar’ about 40 miles S of Louth (Tundulya block area near mill), 28 Sep. 1976, C.W.E. Moore 7390 (CANB); Black Swamp, 55 km N of Deniliquin, Oct. 1974, WE. Mulham 791 (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Cotter River district, Between Jack’s Creek and the Cotter River, 14 Dec. 1960, R. Schodde 1224 (AD, CANB, NSW). VicToRIA: Barmah State Park, Murray Valley Study area Sector F, subblock 40B, 18 Nov. 1985, A.C. Beauglehole 82200 (CANB, MEL, NSW); E. Highlands, Wonnangatta Stn., upstream from Dry Rv. S17, 7 Jan. 1993, E.A Chesterfield 3570 (CANB, MEL); Dargo High Plains, 17 Jan. 1990, J. Strudwick 804 (MEL). 36 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) TASMANIA: Central Highlands, Wihareja Lagoon 9 km NE of Waddamana, Feb. 1984, A. Moscal 6571 (HO); Stone Hut, between Ouse River and Great Lake, 25 Jan. 1980, J./. Yates s.n. (HO). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Island, Ravine des Casoars, s.dat.. RJ. Bates 30356 (AD, CANB); Murray, Upper Saunders Creek Gorge, s.dat., R./J. Bates 35608 (AD, CANB); Southern Mount Lofty Range, ca 2 km S of Spring Mount Trig point, which is ca 8 km SE of Myponga (Myponga is near coast, ca 55 km SSW of Adelaide), 23 Nov. 1966, 4.4. Shaw 734 (AD, CANB, NSW). lb. Stellaria angustifolia subsp. tenella (Benth.) C.H.Mill. & J.G.West, comb. nov. Stellaria glauca With. var. (?) tenella Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 158 (1863). — Stellaria palustris Retz. var. tenella (Benth.) J.M.Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2: 231 (1924). — Type citation: “Victoria. Near Melbourne, Adamson; Glenelg river, Robertson. Tasmania. Derwent river and Kitt’s Group in Bass’s Straits, R. Brown; granite rocks in St. Patrick’s river, Gunn’. Lectotype (here designated): Victoria, Glenelg river, Robertson (K, Herb. Hooker). Residual syntype: Victoria. Melbourne, -? Adamson, 17/4/[18]53 Us, Herb. Hooker). Excluded syntypes: R. Brown, Derwent River (BM, K p.p.); V. D. Land, Gunn 652, St Patrick’s River 16/11/[18]44 (kK, Herb. Hooker). — see S. multiflora. Arenaria axillaris Luehm. ex Ewart, Victorian Naturalist 23: 42—43 (1906). — Stellaria glauca var. axillaris (Luehm. ex Ewart) Ewart, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 19(2): 34 (1907). — Type Citation: “Mr. St. Eloy D’ Alton, C.E.; from a peat swamp near Dimboola”’. Holotype: MEL, n.v. Isotype: NSW 117582. Stellaria caespitosa auct. non Hook.f.: C.H.Mill. & J.G. West in N.G. Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 235 (1996). Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45h-1 (1996), as S. caespitosa. Annual, spreading mat, stragegly or shortly erect herb to 14 (-20) cm long, with many short, vegetative side shoots, rooting at nodes, glabrous or rarely scabrous. Stem and inflorescence leaves a continuous series, sessile, lanceolate, narrowly ovate or linear, often falcate, (1.5—) 2-10 (-17.5) mm long, (0.4—) 0.6—1.5 (—2.3) mm wide, acute. /nflorescence axillary and solitary or rarely 2 flowers on same stem. Pedicels (2.7—) 6—14.5 (—20) mm long, usually deflexed in mature fruit. Sepals elliptic to ovate, (1.3—) 1.6—2 (—2.4) mm long, obtuse or acute, apex folded over to form a hood, hood 0.1-— 0.45 mm long, sometimes margins minutely serrate or ragged. Petals 2—3.2 (—3.9) mm long, slightly longer to twice sepal length, deeply bifid. Stamens 10, rarely 1 or 2 missing. Staminodes 0. Styles (1.5—) 1.9—2.6 mm long. Capsule ellipsoid or ovoid, (2.5—) 2.9-3.7 mm long, (1.4—) 1.6—-2 mm wide, equal to up to twice as long as sepals; valves straight or spreading, apex only straight or slightly recurved. Seeds 4—9, ellipsoid or suborbicular, 0.9-1.2 mm long, red to dark ruby red, tubercles semi- inflated ridges. Fig. 1C, 2K—P. Flowering: Sep.—May. Distribution and habitat. The taxon occurs in New South Wales from Rules Point on the Murrumbidgee J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) River, south to Lake Eucumbene, Hume Weir then west along the entire length of the Murray River system and in surrounding drainage areas. In Victoria it occurs in the east around the Goulburn River and coastal areas near Sale and in the west, it is scattered through the Grampians and Dimboola areas. In South Australia it occurs in the Naracoorte to Mount Gambier area and in the Mount Lofty Hills. In Tasmania it occurs on the north and west coasts and is recorded from one locality in the highlands at Oatlands (Fig. 6B). Locally common in moist areas around swamps, rivers, lakes or dams. Often found growing in muddy or grassy areas after water has receded under open eucalypt woodlands. Found growing in rich damp soils. Nomenclatural Notes. Stellaria glauca var. tenella Benth. Four sheets from K contain type material. One sheet from the Herbarium Hookerianum has a label ‘1/20 44 Glenelg river 401’ and written on the sheet is ‘Victoria Robertson’. Additionally the name ‘Stellaria glauca var tenella’ 1s written in what is thought to be Bentham’s handwriting. This is a match to the locality in the protologue and the specimens match the description with very small leaves, few small flowers and sepals being rather obtuse. As these specimens are the best match to the protologue, this sheet is here designated as the lectotype. The second sheet from the Herbarium Hookerianum has a label with ’65 Melbourne 17/4/53’ and written on the sheet is ‘F. Adamson’ and again ‘var tenella’ 1s written in what is thought to be Bentham’s handwriting. The collection matches the locality and specimen details in the protologue but has fewer plants so it has been designated as a residual syntype. The third sheet has two collections. The collection above the pencil line has a blue label with ‘R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5 No. 5210 Stellaria glauca With. var. tenella Derwent River’. The collection below the pencil line has a blue label with “R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802—5 No. 5210 Stellaria glauca With. var. tenella Kent’s Group Bass Straits’. The top collection matches Bentham’s locality data but the bottom collection has Kent’s Group rather than Kitt’s Group as in the protologue. Additionally, the specimens do not match the description, as the sepals are acute rather than blunt. The collections are both S. multiflora and there is no indication that this sheet belonged to Herbarium Hookerianum, so the top collection 1s considered here to be excluded syntype material. The fourth sheet is from the Herbarium Hookerianum and has the following labels: ‘652 St Patricks Rv 16/11/44 V. D Land Gunn;’ and ‘652 Collected on Granite rocks at St Patricks River at an elevation of about 2000 feet’. Again while the locality information matches the protologue, the specimens of this collection do not match the description with the sepals being acute rather than obtuse. The specimens are all S. multiflora and so these are considered here to be excluded syntype material. Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) One sheet from BM contains type material. It has a blue label with ‘R. Brown Iter Australiense 1802—5 No. 5210 Genus Caryophyll prop Polycarpiem & Alsenem Derwent V D Land 1804’. This collection matches the collection on the top half of the third Kew sheet. The specimens of this collection are S. multiflora and do not match the description, and so are considered here to be excluded syntype material. Arenaria axillaris Luehm. ex Ewart. From examination of the isotype in NSW this taxon belongs to S. angustifolia subsp. tenella. At present the specimen from MEL has not been seen. This specimen is referred to being in the Melbourne Herbarium by Ewart in 1906. A search of MEL needs to be undertaken to ensure it still exists. Selected specimens (of c. 105 seen) New SoutH WALES: Barmah adjacent to Murray River upstream from Echuca, 22 Feb. 1979, E.A. Chesterfield s.n. (NSW); Hume Weir, Albury District, 29 Dec. 1965, R.J. Flynn s.n. (NSW); Southern Tablelands, Kosciuszko National Park, southern end of Tantangara Reservoir, 26 Jan. 2007, R.W. Purdie 6325 (CANB); Lake Victoria, Far SW of NSW, June 1945, Tolley s.n. (AD). VicTorIA: Kulkyne Forest, Far NE corner, Chalka Creek, 24 km (15m) NE of Hattah PO, 14 Oct. 1972, A.C. Beauglehole 40570 (MEL); Wallpolla Island, 26 Oct. 1972, A.C. Beauglehole 40649 (MEL); Barmah Regional Park Grid 152: Murray Valley Study Area, | Jan. 1985, A.C. Beauglehole $3536 (MEL); Corangamite Study area, between Lake Terangpom and Lake Gnarpurt, 26 km WSW of Cressy PO, 24 km NE of Camperdown, 15 Oct. 1977, G.J/. Hirth s-.n. (MEL); Nyah State Forest about 4 km N of Nyah, 6 Feb. 1977, N. Macfarlane 985 (MEL); Cairn Curran Reservoir, near Pyrenees Highway Bridge, Grid J9, North Central Study Area, 11 Jan. 1983, E.E. Perkins s.n. (MEL); Lake Hume, just east of old Tallangatta, 0.5 km east of Tallangatta Vallet turnoff on Murray Valley Highway, 22 Jan. 1981, N.H. Scarlett 81-22 (MEL); Wangaratta to Milawa road, c. 9-10 km SE of Wangaratta. Oxley Flats, 8 May 1980, /. Tankard s.n. (MEL). TASMANIA: Oatlands, 4 Jan. 1913, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL); Pennerowne Point, 26 Jan. 1984, A.M. Buchanan 2822 (HO); Mouth of Lagoon River, Jan. 1954, W.D. Jackson 318 (HO). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Near Eden Valley, 13 Jan. 1990, R./. Bates 21927 (AD); Southern Lofty, Upper M[ount] Bold Reservoir, 21 Mar. 1993, RJ Bates 31800 (AD, CANB); Hundred of Robertson, ca 10 km S of Naracoorte, 24 Sep. 1962, D. Hunt 1423 (AD); Cox Scrub, 16 Feb. 1990, D.E. Murfet 908 (AD); Shores of Millbrook Reservoir, 11 Mar. 1962, D.E. Symon 2072 (AD, BRI, CANB, NE). Ic. Stellaria angustifolia subsp. rotundisepala C.H.Mill. & J.G.West, subsp. nov. A subsp. angustifolia et subsp. tenella (Benth.) C_H. Mill. & J.G.West sepalis rotundatis vel late ellipticis, apice obtuso et plicato cucullato formenti; seminibus tuberculiis angustis rotundatis —prominentibus, distinguenda. Holotypus: New South Wales, At Source of Murray Rfiver], 6 Jan. 1992, RJ. Bates 27162 (AD 99206284). Isotypi: CANB, NSW, MEL, NY. Stellaria angustifolia subsp. Timbarra River (N.A.Wakefield 4853) C.H.Muill. in Austral. Pl. Name Index database (APNI), http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni [accessed C.H. Miller & J.G. West J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) i ~ oe d al = - oe —_ a 7 — ~ = a —" i er rei aa ws > , \) \ 1 . | Y > Fig. 3. A-G Stellaria flaccida: A habit; B part of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; C outer view of sepals; D petal; E capsule showing position in relation to sepals; F seed, side view; G seed coat cell detail. H-M S. media: H habit; | part of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; J petal; K flower showing capsule; L seed, side view; M seed coat cell detail. N-R S. pallida: N habit; O part of flower showing ovary, stamens and style arrangement; P flower showing sepals and mature capsule; Q seed, side view; R seed coat cell detail. Scale bars: habits (A, H, 38 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 6 May 2010] & Austral. Pl. Cens. database (APC), http:// www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apc [accessed 6 May 2010]. Annual, slender, erect, usually single stemmed, (6—) 11—25 cm long, glabrous. Stem and inflorescence leaves a continuous series, sessile, obovate or linear or ovate or narrower, (3.5—) 6—9.5 (—13) mm long, 0.9—-1.8 mm wide, acute to subacute, rarely obtuse. /nflorescence axillary and solitary or an interrupted monochasium of 2—3 flowers. Pedicels (22—) 27-40 mm long, slender, erect in fruit. Sepals round to broad-elliptic, 1.5—2.1 mm long, obtuse, apex folded over to form a hood, sometimes with hood thickened. Petals 2.4—3 mm long, longer than sepals, bifid. Stamens 10. Staminodes 0. Styles 0.8—1.5 mm long. Capsule ellipsoid to ovoid, (2.9—) 3.44.6 mm long, (1.8—) 2.4-3.1 mm wide, from 2 to 4 times longer than sepals; valves straight, apex straight. Seeds 2—5 (—7), suborbicular, 0.9-1.4 mm long, mid brown to reddish brown to purplish, tubercles very narrow rounded projections totally covering the seed, giving a spiny appearance. Fig. 1B, 2Q—W. Flowering: Jan. Distribution and habitat. This taxon 1s restricted to high altitudes around the source of the Murray and Tuross Rivers in Kosciuszko National Park in New South Wales and Timbarra River in East Gippsland, Victoria (Fig. 6C). Found in alpine areas in wet bogs with mixed herbfields. Notes. Subsp. rotundisepala is distinguishable from the other subspecies by its distinct seed and floral characters. Currently only three specimens are known and further collecting 1s needed in the areas where it occurs to obtain more information about it. Etymology. Subsp. rotundisepala has been named to reflect the unique shape of the sepals which is not found in any other species in Australia; from the Latin rotundus for round and sepalum for a sepal. Specimens examined New SoutH WALtEs: S. Tablelands, Dillundoo Valley, 11 Jan. 1970, J.-A. Willis s.n. (MEL, NSW). VicTorIA: East Gippsland, Timbarra River, 13 Jan. 1959, N.A. Wakefield 4553 (MEL). 2. Stellaria filiformis (Benth.) Mattt. Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beith. 100: 148, tab. VII (1938). — Drymaria filiformis Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 162 (1863). — Type Citation: “W. Australia, Drummond, n. 694.” Lectotype (here designated): Swan River Drummond n. 694 (K, Herb. Hooker p.p,. 2 plants on right hand side of sheet). Isolectotypes: (K, Herb. Hooker; MEL 723012). Euthales (?) filiformis de Vriese, Pl. Preiss. 1(3): 414 (1845). — Type citation: “In solo sublimoso fertili prope praedium rusticum Dom. Marell, York, d. 30m. Marti 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 1889.” Holotype: L (Herb. Lugd. Bat. sh. 909.62-546), n.v, fide J.H. Kern, Blumea 13(1): 116 (1965). Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45n—o (1996). Annual with erect to spreading stems to 15 (—22) cm long, glabrous. Leaves forming a basal rosette, sessile, filiform, (4—-) 7-20 (—26.5) mm long, (0.2—) 0.4—1.2) mm wide, subacute, herbaceous to fleshy; inflorescence leaves sessile, linear to ovate to lanceolate, (0.7-) 1—6.4 (—13) mm long, (0.25—) 0.4—-1.1 mm wide, acute, scarious or sometimes herbaceous. /nflorescence a dichasium. Pedicels 2—11 (—16) mm long, wiry, erect in fruit. Sepals 2—4 mm long, acute to obtuse. Petals (0.5—) 1-1.5 (-2) mm long, shorter than half sepal length, deeply bifid. Stamens (2—) 3-5. Staminodes 0-5. Styles 0.2-0.6 mm long. Capsule narrow, ovoid to ellipsoid, (2—) 2.5-4.5 (—5.5) mm long, 1—-1.5 mm wide, equal to twice sepal length; valves straight, rarely spreading, apex straight. Seeds 5—13, suborbicular, 0.5—0.75 mm long, cream, light to mid brown, smooth, with minute conical tubercles. Fig. 1D, 4A—H. Flowering: (June—) Aug.—Nov. Distribution and habitat. This taxon has a disjunct distribution across southern Australia. There are isolated records in the Wyalong district in New South Wales. In Victoria it is confined to the north-west region around Wyperfeld National Park, south to the Grampians area and then westwards across to the south-east of South Australia as well as the Eyre Peninsula. In Western Australia it occurs from the Fraser Range in the east, Lake King, Cowcowing and west across to the Irwin River (Fig. 6D). Locally common in mallee’ scrub, _ eucalypt woodlands and heathlands often in sandy soils and well drained shallow sandy loams, sometimes in the swales between dunes. Common Name. Thread starwort. Notes. Stellaria filiformis 1s distinct as it is the only species in Australia with a basal rosette of filiform leaves and it lacks prominently tuberculate seeds. Instead the seeds are smooth with minute conical tubercles, usually with pits in the top (Fig. 1D) and while the cell shape is similar to those of the subspecies of S. multiflora, the seeds are much smaller than those of the subspecies of S. multiflora. Stellaria filiformis shows affinities with S. multiflora as they share similar habitats and reduced petals and stamens. The collections made in New South Wales are all from the 1920s. It is unusual that there are no other known collections, as the habitat in which the taxon occurs in other states is found in the central west to south west of New South Wales. Nomenclatural Notes. Drymaria_ filiformis Benth. Two sheets from Herbarium Hookerianum held at K contain type material. One sheet has two collections on it. The collection on N) 5 mm; flowers & fruits 1 mm; ovary (O) & seeds (F, I, P) 0.5 mm. — A-G B. Copley 5175 (AD 97810081); H-J C.R. Alcock 605 (AD 966220095); N-R C.R. Alcock 10738a (AD 99021068). C.H. Miller & J.G. West the left hand side (LHS) of the pencil line has the label ‘West Australian Goldfields Spencer Moore 1895’ and is not considered part of the type collection. The collection on the right hand side (RHS) of the pencil line has ‘694 Swan river Drummond’ written on the sheet and matches the protologue and has thus been designated here as the lectotype. Also written in pencil on the sheet is a description of Drymaria filiformis which 1s thought to be in Bentham’s handwriting. A second K sheet has the label ‘Swan R[iver]. Drummond No 694 Pres? By W.W. Sanders, Esq. FLS’. This sheet matches the other type material and thus has been designated here as an isolectotype. One sheet from MEL, (MEL 723012) has the label ‘W.A. J Dr’ with a tag with the number 694 located on the specimen. As the collecting information and the specimen match the type material this has also been designated here as an isolectotype. Euthales (?) filiformis de Vriese. This is a legitimate taxon, as Kern (1965) discusses. It 1s the oldest name available for the species but, as the epithet /iliformis is already occupied in the genus Sfe/laria, it cannot be transferred to that genus, and as such is unavailable for use. Selected specimens (of c. 70 seen) New SouTtH WALEs: Pine Ridge, Wyalong, Nov. 1920, A. Cooper s.n. (BRI, CANB, NSW); Central W. Slopes, Upper slope of Wamboyne Mountain, W of Lake Cowal, Dec. 1993, A.N. Rodd & A. Clements 9245 (NSW). VicToRIA: Wyperfeld National Park, junction of track with Dattuck Track, ca 3 mls ENE of Eastern Lookout, | Oct. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 28770 (CANB, MEL); Sunset Country, E to W track, c. 35 km S of Meringur, 23 Sep. 1981, /.H. Browne 52 (MEL, NSW); Wandown Fauna Reserve, 10 miles ENE of Annuello, 5 Sep. 1970, N. Macfarlane 537 (MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Flinders Ranges; Baratta Hill, 11 Sep. 1986, RJ. Bates 7164 (AD); Eyre Peninsula; Gawler Ranges, 24 Sep. 1989, RJ. Bates 21078 (AD); Gammon Ranges ca. 65 km E of Leigh Creek, Near mouth of gorge of Arcoona Creek S of Arcoona Bluff Range, 17 Sep. 1956, H7. Kichler 12685 (AD); Murray; Lowan Conservation Park, | Oct. 1981, A.G. Spooner 7595 (AD). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Goldfield Ranges survey, Flat north of range, c. 9km NE of Bungalbin Hill, 28 Sep. 1995, M. Gibson & M. Lyons 3356 p.p. (CANB); Cowcowing, Aug. 1904, M. Koch 1122 (HO, PERTH); Central South, Eyre Hwy ca 23 miles (37km) E of Fraser Range, 6 Sep. 1963, J.-H. Willis s.n. (MEL); 23 km S of Lake Grace township, 8 Sep. 1967, P.G. Wilson 6225 (PERTH); 26 km W of Warriedar HS, 26 Sep. 1986, PG. Wilson 12267a (PERTH). 3. Stellaria flaccida Hook. Companion Bot. Mag. 1(9): 275 (1836). — S. media var. flaccida (Hook.) Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.) 1: 43 (1855). — Type Citation: ‘Mr. Gunn (n. 450.)’. Lectotype (here designated): Common near Launceston amongst rocks where shaded, Gunn 450 (K, Herb. Hooker p.p. [LHS of the pencil line], Kew Loan Number 0589-86-5). Isolectotype: 450 very common in dense shady thickets growing under logs, etc., [Gunn] (K, Herb. Hooker p.p. [LHS of the pencil line], Kew Loan Number 0589-86-7). 40 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Stellaria flaccida f Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 411 (1840), nom. inval. Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45j-k (1996). Perennial, stems lax to 50 cm long, which may root at nodes, with creeping rhizome, almost glabrous to sparsely hairy. Stem and inflorescence leaves a continuous series, subsessile to appearing petiolate; narrow ovate, elliptic, broad ovate or obovate, (5-—) 7—20 (—23) mm long, (1—) 2—10 (—17) mm wide, acute, margin entire or undulate with hairs few to almost ciliate, flaccid. Inflorescence axillary and solitary to a monochasium of up to 6 (—10) flowers. Pedicels (13—) 20—73 (—80) mm long, erect to pendant in fruit. Sepals 3.5-6.5 (—7.5) mm long, margins glabrous to ciliate. Petals (3.7—) 4—7.5 (—8.2) mm long, equal to or longer than sepals, deeply bifid. Stamens 10. Staminodes 0. Styles 2.2—3.7 mm long. Capsule usually ovoid, 5.2—7.7 mm long, (2.9—) 3.4—-5 (—5.5) mm wide, equal to twice sepal length; valves spreading, rarely straight, apex recurved or twisted sideways, rarely straight. Seeds 4—14, suborbicular to obloid, 1.3—2.2 (—2.6) mm long, light grey-brown to almost black, tubercles rounded to shortly ridged, inflated. Fig. 1H, 3A—G. Flowering: Sep.—Mar. Distribution and habitat. This taxon occurs on the tablelands and coastal plains of south-eastern Australia from southern Queensland to Tasmania, excluding the Bass Strait Islands. It also occurs westward from the Otway Ranges, and Dandenongs in Victoria as well as in the Southern Lofty Ranges and on Kangaroo Island in South Australia (Fig. 6E). The species grows in damp sites associated with rivers and creeks in fern communities, rainforests, and wet sclerophyll to tall open eucalypt forests, often with erassy understorey; often found in disturbed areas such as along roadsides and tracks. It occurs on a range of soil types from sands to silts and clays and on granite, basalt, limestone and sandstone. Notes. The indumentum of the sepal margins varies considerably with the most common state consisting of two sepals with glabrous margins, one sepal with one margin ciliate and one margin glabrous, and two sepals with both margins ciliate. The degree of hairiness of the margins varies from almost glabrous with a few hairs on the base of the margins to densely ciliate along the entire margin; almost every state between the two has been observed. This pattern of distribution of the hairs 1s also found in the introduced taxon S. graminea. Specimens on the edges of the distribution range, particularly in Queensland and South Australia, tend toward S. angustifolia in being more glabrous and having leaves closer to linear. Nomenclatural Notes. Stellaria flaccida Hook. Two sheets from Herbarium Hookerianum held at K contain type material. The J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) first sheet has two collections, the first on the LHS of the pencil line has a label with ’[Gunn] 450 Stellaria flaccid Common near Launceston, amongst rocks where shaded’ and hand written on the sheet is ‘No. 450. Mr. Gunn Van D’s Land St. flaccida Hook’ in what is thought to be Hooker’s handwriting. As this information and the specimen match the protologue it is here designated as the lectotype. On the RHS of the sheet is another collection from Kiama NSW and it is not type material. The second sheet has two collections on it. The first label attached to the specimen on the LHS of the pencil line, has *450 Stellaria flaccida Hook Very common in dense shady thickets growing under logs, etc’ on it. This information matches the protologue and thus is here designated as the isolectotype. The second label has ‘450/1842 V D Land Gunn Circular Head 4/11/37’ written on it, which post-dates publication and is thus not considered to be type material. This collection also has a handwritten note in Hooker’s hand; ‘Stellaria flaccida B 450 Gunn V D land’. This name was invalidly published by Hooker (1840). Selected specimens (of c. 235 seen) QUEENSLAND: Mount Merino, Beereenbano Lookout, 2 Dec. 1970, L.R. Telford 2625 (BRI, CANB). New SoutH WALES: 12 miles S of Nowedoc, Pigeon Top and track, 7 Nov. 1972, J. Carrick 3287 (AD); SE Coast, Mt Dromedary near central Tilba, which is ca 190 km N of Vic border, 26 Apr. 1973, R.J. Chinnock 266 (AD); NT, Eastern side of current Barrington trail c. 100 m S of TO to Little Murray camping area, Barrington Tops National Park, 9 Apr. 2003, JR. Hosking & B.J. Neilly 2301 (CANB). Victoria: On track to summit of Mt Ellery, between Big River Track and summit, 22 Feb. 1984, D.E. Albrecht & B.J. Conn 211 (BRI, MEL); Near Delegate [Mount], 8 Jan. 1992, R.J. Bates 27246 (AD); D26 Grampians, Victoria Range, Victoria Range Track (W of Sawmill Track), on top of range, 14 Jan. 1969, A.C. Beauglehole 30262 (MEL); Gippsland region, Wilson’s Promontory National Park. Along road from carpark to Mt Oberon, 6 Dec. 1975, Hj. Eichler 21793 (CANB). TASMANIA: Four Mile Stream, 6 km S of Falmouth, 23 Nov. 1974, R.J. Chinnock 2180 (AD); Ferntree, Mt Wellington, | Jan. 1972, J. H. Hemsley 6658 (HO, NSW); Midlands, Kubla Khan Cave State Reserve ca 10 km W of Mole Creek township, 16 May 1983, A. Moscal 2392 (HO); Central Highlands, East slope of Archers Sugarloaf, Feb. 1986, A. Moscal 12501 (HO); Ben Lomond Tower Hill, East Tower, Feb. 1980, 1G. Noble 29078 (HO). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Island, Ravine des Casoars, s.dat., R./J. Bates 30356 (AD, CANB); Ravine des Casoars, s.dat., R.J. Bates 30425 (AD, CANB); Waterfall Gully, near Adelaide, 16 Nov. 1887, /.H. Maiden s.n. (NSW). 4. * Stellaria graminea L. Sp. Pl. 1: 422 (1753). — Type Citation: ‘Habitat in siccis juniperetis sepibus Europea’. Lectotype: Herb. Burser XI: 111 (UPS n.v.; LINN 584, photo), fide Jonsell & Jarvis in Nordic J. Bot. 14: 159 (1994). Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45g (1996). Perennial, usually erect single or several stemmed to 60 (—89) cm long, sometimes with short vegetative side 4] Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) shoots, with a slender rhizome and frequently rooting at nodes, glabrous except for hairs on margins of leaves and some sepals. Stem leaves sessile, narrow ovate, linear or obovate, (7.3—) 10—30 (—35) mm long, (1.6—) 2—5 (—5.3) mm wide, acute to subacute, herbaceous; inflorescence leaves sessile, ovate to broadly ovate, triangular, (1.8—) 2.5-6 (-9.2) mm long, (0.6—) 1-2 (—2.6) mm wide, scarious, rarely green. /nflorescence usually a dichasium. Pedicels (9—) 15-50 (—75) mm long, slender, erect in fruit, usually ridged. Sepals (2.3—) 3-6 (—6.7) mm long, margins glabrous to ciliate, acute. Petals (1.5—) 2.2—5.2 (—5.9) mm long, shorter than to longer than sepals, very deeply bifid. Stamens 10, often innermost whorl of 5 reduced but functional. Staminodes 0. Styles (1—) 1.5—3.5 (4) mm long. Capsule ovoid to ellipsoid, 3.3-4.8 mm long, 1.8—2.8 mm wide, equal to or longer than sepals; valves straight, apex straight or sometimes upper margin recurved. Seeds 6—10 (—26), suborbicular to ellipsoid, (0.5—) 0.8—1.2 mm long, reddish brown to ruby red, tubercles narrow ridges, semi-inflated. Fig. 1E, 5A—G. Flowering: Nov.—Feb. Distribution and habitat. This species has been collected only a few times from five localised areas in Australia. It appears to have been introduced into Tasmania first in the early 1900s at Tyenna and Junee River. The last collection on the main island was at Junee River in 1942. One specimen has been collected from King Island in 1979. In Victoria it has only been collected once from the Cann River in 1946. In New South Wales several collections dating from 1951 until 2007 have been made in the Kosciuszko region. In South Australia One specimen has been collected from Parawa in 1984 (Fig. 6F). The native range is thought to be most of Europe but the species has also spread and is now found throughout Europe and North America and is considered to be a weed (Chater & Heywood 1993). This is a rare weed that is found in very damp areas on the edges of rivers, swamps, lakes in grassland or Leptospermum scrub. It grows in soils that retain moisture such as black mud or granites. Notes. Stellaria graminea can be distinguished from the endemic S. angustifolia by its dichasial inflorescence that has differentiated floral leaves and by its distinct pattern of hairs on the sepal margins. This pattern of hairs is also found in the Australian species S. flaccida. This character is also useful to distinguish S. graminea from the European species S. palustris. S. graminea can be distinguished from S. flaccida by its dichasial inflorescence that has dimorphic floral leaves. Specimens seen NEw SoutH WALtEs: S. Tablelands, [Kosciuskzo], Diggers Ck, 25 Jan. 1951, L.4.S. Johnson & E.F Constable s-.n. (NSW); Southern Tablelands, Kosciuszko National Park, on track from Charlottes Pass to Blue Lake on right hand side in drainage line on last hillside before, 22 Feb. 2007, J. McAuliffe et al. 732 (CANB); S. Tablelands, [Kosciuskzo], White River area, 24 Jan. 1967, TY Stead s.n. (NSW); S. Tablelands, [Kosciuskzo], Diggers Ck Lake, National Park, 2 Feb. 1978, J. Thompson 2777 (NSW). C.H. Miller & J.G. West J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) ~~ .e oe ed PAP Tne 2A Sak ST eit. - a ' —Soos a” - a", . J + es > ri aa Wy \ 1a Nu Alem \\ CUNY a | My 2 ih 2 UY aay P., Wi) La (Sag ye ee ° a t owe > * _~ = : i 2 Sore te ser Ht (Thaet tyne <4 Ses = he} =e Fig. 4. A-H Stellaria filiformis: A habit; B flower; C part of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; D petal; E flower showing mature capsule; F flower with opened capsule; G seed, side view; H seed coat cell detail. -O S. multiflora subsp. multiflora: | habit; J flower; K part of flower showing ovary, stamen and style arrangement; L flower showing mature capsule; M flower with immature capsule; N seed, side view; O seed coat cell detail. P-V S. multiflora subsp. collaris: P habit; Q flower; R part of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; 42 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) VicTorIA: East Gippsland, Cann River Grid Z31, 1946, N.A. Wakefield 3691 (MEL). TASMANIA: Junee River, 19 Dec. 1942, H. & J. Gordon s.n. (HO); Waratah, Dec. 1924, 4.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW); King Island, Sea Elephant River, 9 Jan. 1979, DI. Morris 7964 (HO); East Coast Tyenna, Nov. 1903, L. Rodway s.n. (HO). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 2 km W of Parawa, 28 Jan. 1984, R./. Bates 3652 (AD). 5. Stellaria leptoclada (Benth.) C.H.Miull. & J.G.West, comb. nov. Stellaria glauca var. (?) leptoclada Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 158 (1836). — Type citation: “New England, C. Stuart’. Holotype: New England, C. Stuart (K, Herb. Hooker). Stellaria sp. leptoclada (B.G.Briggs 2194) C.H.Mill. In: Austral. Pl. Name Index database (APNI), http://www. anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni [accessed 6 May 2010] & Austral. Pl. Cens. database (APC), http://www.anbg. gov. au/cgi-bin/ape [accessed 6 May 2010]. Annual, fine, small, weak to erect, single or several stemmed to 20 (—30) cm long, sometimes arising from (loose) basal rosette, glabrous, scabrous or with hairs sparsely scattered on stems. Stem and inflorescence leaves a continuous series, often attenuate, appearing petiolate; narrowly obovate, linear to narrowly ovate, (2—) 3-17 (—20) mm long, (0.6—) 0.8—2 (—3.4) mm wide, acute to subacute, entire, margin scabrous, toothed or with short hairs on lower parts, rarely scabrous on midrib. /nflorescence a monochasium. Pedicels (9—) 14— 34 (-45) mm long, slender, erect, often reflexed in fruit, glabrous or slightly scabrous. Sepals (3—) 3.5—5.2 (—5.6) mm long, acute to acuminate. Petals (3—) 3.4-5 mm long, shorter than to slightly longer than sepals; deeply bifid. Stamens 10. Staminodes 0. Styles (1—) 1.5—2.2 mm long. Capsule narrowly ovoid to ellipsoid, rarely broader, 3.2-4.8 (—5.5) mm long, 1.5—2.4 mm wide, usually equal to slightly longer than sepals, rarely shorter than sepals, valves spreading or straight, apex straight or recurved. Seeds (5—) 10-14 (—22), suborbicular, rarely broadly reniform, (0.55—) 0.6—0.85 (—1.1) mm long, light to mid or reddish-brown, tubercles narrow ridges, semi-inflated. Fig. 1F,2X—DD. Flowering: Aug.—Jan. Distribution and habitat. There is a single specimen known from south-east Queensland in the Silverwood area. The remaining specimens have been collected from New South Wales mostly from the Great Dividing Range from Boggabri in the north to Gloucester in the south (Fig. 6G). Scattered to locally common in moist sites in undisturbed grassland under open woodlands or forests. It grows on granites or soils derived from granite, or rarely on serpentine or basaltic soils. Notes. S. leptoclada 1s a relatively rare herb that has frequently been overlooked. S. leptoclada can be Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) distinguished from S. angustifolia using habit, leaf shape, indumentum and floral characters. It differs from S. graminea in its habit, leaf shape and lack of differentiated floral leaves. It also has a much more restricted geographic distribution. See also notes under S. angustifolia. Selected specimens (of c. 40 seen) QUEENSLAND: Silverwood, Sep. 1922, C.7) White 1713 (BRI). New SouTH WALES: Near Cobar, Sep. 1910, L. Abrahams s.n. (NSW); Watchimbark Creek, NW of Gloucester, 21 Sep. 1968, D.F! Blaxell & R.G. Coveny 6 (NSW); Graman, Jan. 1959, TV. Bourke s.n. (NSW); Coulson’s Creek, foot of Liverpool Range, N of Merriwa, 28 Sep. 1968, B.G. Briggs 2194 (NSW); Warialda, Aug. 1933, F) Browne s.n. (NSW); North Western Slopes, Warrabah National Park, semi-cleared area, 2.5 km E of camping area, 5 Oct. 2001, L.Z Copeland 3198 (CANB); NW Slopes, Ashford Road via Bonshaw Road, 17 Oct. 1993, R.G. Coveny & A.J. Whalen 16649 (CANB); Attunga State Forest, 27 Sep. 1985, J.R. Hosking 323 (CANB, NE); North-west Slopes, eastern side of Woodsreef mine, 27 Aug. 1992, J.R. Hosking 516 (CANB, MEL, NE); [Dumaresq] dam, above walking track, 18 Oct. 1990, S. McIntyre s.n. (NSW); Wallangra, 28 Sep. 1929, Ex Herb Rodway 603 (NSW); Glenn Innes, Mar. 1913, H. Wenholz s.n. (NSW). 6. * Stellaria media (L.) Vill. Hist. Pl. Dauphine (Villars) 3(1): 615. (1789). — Alsine media L., Sp. Pl. 1: 272 (1753). — Type citation: ‘Habitat in Europea cultis*. Lectotype: Herb. Linn. No. 388.1 (LINN, Photo), fide Turrill in Turrill & Muilne-Redhead, Fl. Trop. E. Africa, Caryophyllaceae: 24 (1956); image also available at http://www.nhm.ac.uk/jdsml/research- curation/research/projects/linnaean-typification Stellaria media (L.) Cirillo, Essent. Pl. Char. Comment. 36 (1784), nom. inval. Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45a—b (1996). Annual, semi-erect to erect herb to 40 (—56) cm long with long straggly branches, may root from nodes, with single line of hairs down internodes and pedicels and hairs on the back of sepals and leaf margins. Stem and inflorescence leaves a continuous series, the lower leaves are often petiolate, narrowed, very attenuate, 1— 15 (—18) mm long, upper part broad ovate to ovate to elliptic, rarely linear, (3.5—) 6-18 (—24.5) mm long, (1—-) 2-10 (-14) mm wide, acute, often undulate. Inflorescence a condensed, leafy dichasium. Pedicels (2.1—) 4-16 (—22) mm long, erect in fruit. Sepals 3—5.5 (—6) mm long, obtuse, often forming small hood, often with purple mark, outer sepal backs sparsely to densely hairy, frequently glandular, rarely glabrous. Petals (1.6—) 2.5—3.6 mm long, half to almost sepal length, deeply bifid. Stamens 3—5. Staminodes QO, rarely 1-3. Styles 0.5—0.8 (—1) mm long. Capsule ovoid to ellipsoid, (3—) 4-6 (-6.5) mm long, 2.2— 3.5 (—3.8) mm wide, just S petal; T flower showing mature capsule and thickened collar on pedicel; U seed, side view; V seed coat cell detail. W-BB S. multiflora subsp. nebulosa: W habit; X flower; Y part of flower showing sepals, ovary, stamen and style arrangement; Z flower showing mature capsule; AA seed, side view; BB seed coat cell detail. Scale bars: habits (A, I, P, W) 5 mm; flowers & fruits 1 mm; petals (D, $), ovary (K) & seeds (G, N, U, AA) 0.5 mm. — A-H R.J. Chinnock 7348 (CANB 00523485); IEN R.J. Bates 30390 (AD 99328276); O-U Hy. Eichler 12833 (AD 95727048); V-AA R.J. Bates 25994 (AD 99146306). C.H. Miller & J.G. West shorter than to longer than sepals; valves spreading, apex recurved or straight. Seeds (5—) 7—15, discoid to flattened-ellipsoid, (0.8—) 0.9—-1.2 (—1.4) mm long, red to black to dark purplish-brown, tubercles rounded hills, semi-inflated, cell walls with minute papillae. Fig. 1G, 3H-—M. Flowering: all year, but predominantly July—Dec. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the North from Bundaberg, Queensland along the east coast and Great Dividing Range through New South Wales to the Victorian coast and mountains, along the Murray floodplain and west to South Australia from Adelaide and surrounding ranges as far west as Port Lincoln. Also occurs in eastern Tasmania and the Bass Strait Islands. There are a few records for the Northern Territory from Alice Springs and in Western Australia from coastal areas from Albany to just north of Perth. Also a single specimen is known from Kununurra in northern Western Australia. There are also scattered occurences outside these areas in gardens (Fig. 6H). The native range is thought to be throughout Europe except in the extreme north (Chater & Heywood 1993), but it is currently found on every continent, absent only from the polar regions and very dry areas. It is an important economic weed of crops. Stellaria media 1s a common introduced weed, especially in areas of disturbance such as roadsides, waterways and areas of cultivation. Usually found in shady or moist places in coastal dunes, grass or herbfields, gully forests, open forests, heathlands, scrubs or swamps. Grows on most substrates from rocky soils to sands. Common name. Chickweed, Common Chickweed. Notes. S. media is frequently confused with S. pallida. From close examination of Australian material and limited overseas material it has become apparent that there are problems in the delimitation of these two taxa. The main character that distinguishes them is the presence or absence of petals. In the Australian specimens of S. pallida petals are always absent, and the character state of reduced or minute petals does not occur. However, non-Australian literature indicates that this is not always the case overseas (Clapham et al. 1952; Morton 1972; Rabeler 1988; Chater & Heywood 1993; Morton 2005). In Australian specimens of S. media the petals are always present and easily visible. In occasional specimens the petals may be very short but they are always bifid. However, there are several other characters where there is a slight overlap between the two taxa. The most useful character to distinguish the two species is the number of stamens. S. media usually has 3 — 5 stamens present or very rarely only two. S. pallida has 2 stamens or very rarely 3 or 4. Seed colour and size can also be useful. In less than 10% of S. pallida specimens seeds measure more than 0.8 mm in diameter. S. pallida has either pale seeds only or a mixture of dark and light seeds in one capsule. The seeds in S. media are usually 44 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 1 mm or larger in diameter, rarely less. The colour of S: media seed is brown to black or occasionally medium brown but they are never pale when mature. S. pallida has shorter stigmas (0.5 mm or shorter) and these tend to be spreading and reflexed. By contrast, S. media has longer stigmas (0.5 mm or longer) and these are mostly erect with only the apex revolute. Characters traditionally used in keys to separate these taxa such as sepal length, the presence of glandular hairs on backs of sepals and the attachment of the upper leaves show too much variation and overlap to be useful. In non-Australian literature these two taxa have usually been treated separately, particularly in recent years (Chater & Heywood 1993; Chen & Rabeler 2001; Morton 2005). This is also the case in the Australian literature (Curtis 1975; Chorney 1986; Doust 1990; Miller & West 1996). Chromosome numbers also support this separation with S. media having 2n=40, 42, 44 and S. pallida having 2n=22 (Chen & Rabeler 2001; Morton 2005). Nomenclatural Notes. In some Australian literature the authorship of S. media has been given as “(L.) Cirillo”. However Cirillo (1784) did not validly publish the combination, as he did not definitely associate the generic name and the specific epithet. Selected specimens (of c. 295 seen) QUEENSLAND: Leslie Dam, 10km W of Warwick, 3 Oct. 2000, G.N. Batianoff & C. Appelman 2010375 (CANB); Athol Hall, near Westbrook, about 11 km SW of Toowoomba, 05 Sep. 1947, S.L. Everist 3156 (BRI); Jolly’s Falls, c. 2.5km WNW of the Summit railway siding, 12 Sep. 2003, B.L. Lepschi et al. 4955 (CANB); In grounds of CSIRO Long Pocket Laboratories, Indooroopilly, Brisbane, 19 July 1973, V.K. Moriarity 1330 (CANB). New SouTtH WALEs: S. Tablelands, Bendethera Caves, 20 miles [32 km] c. W of Moruya, 10 May 1966, E.F’ Constable 6863 (NSW); Murrumbidgee River, in Euroley State Forest (1 km N of entrance), 20 Sep. 1992, C_\H. Miller & J. Palmer 590 (CANB); Broken Hull, 24 Oct. 1927, A. Morris s.n. (AD); North Coast Clouds Creek, via South Grafton, | Nov. 1949, HM. Provisional School 31 (NSW); C. Tablelands, Coxs R, 6 miles [9.6 km] W of Little Hartley, 30 Aug. 1970, J. Thompson 628 (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: S. Tablelands, Turner, Canberra, 5 Sep. 1964, H.S. McKee 11590 (NSW) VicToRIA: Gippsland region, Raymond Island, SW corner, 14 km SE of Bairnsdale, 27 Sep. 1992, I. Crawford 1885 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Just inside entrance of Johnson Swamp Game Reserve, 4.6 km off Kerang to Leitchville Road, 24 Sep. 1992, C_H. Miller & J. Palmer 601 (CANB); Port Phillip Bay, Mud Island, Oct. 1983, J. Yogovic s.n. (MEL). TASMANIA: King Island, Councillor Island, east coast of King Island, 8 July 1966, W. Bartlett s.n. (HO); Central Highlands, Wild Dog Tier, Mar. 1984, 4A. Moscal 6787 (HO); Mt. Field, beside Sitzmark Lodge, Mt. Field National Park, 6 Jan. 1978, MB. Smith 320 (HO); Lenah Valley, 2 Aug. 1963, P.A. Tyler s.n. (HO); East Coast East of Bicheno township, on seaward side, Jan. 1983, JG. West 4533 (HO); Furneaux Group, Mount Chappell Island, 12 Aug. 1973, JS. Whinray 1141 (MEL); Kents group, Deal Island, Lighthouse Gully, 29 Nov. 1970, JS. Whinray 1251 (CANB). J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) NorTHERN TERRITORY: AZRI [Arid Zone Research Institute, Alice Springs], 18 Oct. 1985, PK. Latz 10260 (DNA); Alice Springs, 19 Sep. 1977, A.S. Mitchell 419 (AD, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Southern Eyre Peninsula, 12 Ellen St, Port Lincoln, 19 Aug. 1965, C.R. Alcock 605 (AD, NSW); Southern Lofty, Onkaparinga Gorge, Oct. 1991, R.W/. Bates 25970 (AD, CANB); South-eastern, 71 Crouch St, Mt Gambier, 11 Oct. 1969, B. Copley 2826 (AD, NSW); Koonamore Station, ca. 400 km NNE of Adelaide, near Bindyi, Mustering Pdk no. 3, 7 Sep. 1973, M.D. Crisp 547 (CANB); Nixon-Skinner Conservation Park, Hundred of Myponga, Section 245, 25 Sep. 1974, T.-M. Heddle & R.B. Heddle WSK27 (AD); Bool Lagoon, ca 25 km S of Naracoorte, 18 Sep. 1961, D. Hunt 436 (AD); Northern Flinders Range, Leigh Creek township, (ca 280 km NNE of Pt Augusta), East Park, 27 Sep. 1971, T.:R.N. Lothian 5162 (AD); Southern Flinders Range, Mambray Creek (Mt Remarkable National Park), ca 40 km SSE of Port Augusta, Lower Alligator Creek area, 7 July 1974, D.J.E Whibley 4379 (AD). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lake William, West Cape Howe, 30 km W of Albany, 10 Sep. 1987, G./. Keighery & J.J. Alford 1819 (PERTH); Oria Orchards, Packsaddle Plain, 8.3 km from Kununurra PO bearing 218 degrees, 2 Aug. 2002, A.S. Mitchell 7341 (CANB); Pig Saleyard, Mt Barker, 1 Sep. 1979, G. Perry 948 (PERTH). 7. Stellaria multiflora Hook. Companion Bot. Mag. 1: 275 (1836). — Type Citation: ‘Mr. Gunn (n. 451)’. Lectotype (here designated): V D’s Land, Mr Gunn No. 451 |maybe written in Hookers hand] (K, herb. Hooker p.p., two plants in centre of sheet inside pencil line box). Stellaria sp. Cooyar (A.R.Bean 10622) Qld Herbarium, Austral. Pl. Name Index database (APNI), http://www. anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni [accessed 6 May 2010] & Austral. Pl. Cens. database (APC), http://www.anbg. gov. au/cgi-bin/apce [accessed 6 May 2010]. Stellaria glauca var. tenella auct. non Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1:158 (1863), p.p., only with respect to Robert Brown’s and Gunn’s Tasmanian collections. Annual with slender taproot, sometimes rooting at nodes; glabrous or with sparse hairs on stems and leat margins; stems prostrate and mat-forming or spreading to erect, to 25 (-45) cm long. Stem and inflorescence leaves in a continuous series, sessile to appearing petiolate; obovate to elliptic to ovate to lanceolate or linear, (1.5—) 2.5—11 (—17.5) mm long, (0.3—) 0.7—2.5 (—3.5) mm wide, acute to obtuse, glabrous or with hairs sparse on lower half of margin. /nflorescence of (2—) 3-15 (—27) flowers, interrupted monchasium to a well-developed monochasium. Pedicels 0.5—20 (—26) mm long, erect in fruit, quadrangular, smooth, collar beneath fruit present or absent. Sepals 2—5.5 (—6) mm long, acute to acuminate, straight or bent. Petals 0 or 2—5, rarely 6, (0.2—) 0.4—1 (—1.2) mm long, shorter than half sepal length, shortly bifid or entire. Stamens (2-) 3—10. Staminodes 0-5. Styles 0.2—0.8 mm long. Capsule narrow to broad, ovoid to ellipsoid, (2—) 2.5—5.5 (—6) mm long, 1—2.5 (—3.5) mm wide, from 0.75 to 1.5 times sepal length; va/ves spreading or straight, apex straight, recurved to revolute in upper half. Seeds (3-—) 5-21 (—25), suborbicular to broadly ellipsoid to reniform, 0.5—-1 (—1.3) mm long, yellow, light to mid brown, 45 Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) sometimes reddish, tubercles rounded to narrow ridges, often inflated. Flowering (Jul.—) Aug.—Dec. (—Feb.). Distribution. A widespread endemic species in temperate Australia, from south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, Victoria, southern South Australia, south- western Western Australia, Tasmania and the Bass Strait Islands. Notes. S. multiflora 1s a taxon of considerable variability and requires further study. We have decided to recognise some of the more obvious variation at subspecies level as there 1s sufficient evidence to warrant this but more work needs to be done. The members of the S. multiflora can be distinguished by the reduction of the floral structures, particularly the petals and stamens. These characters are variable, which is problematic for the identification of these taxa. However by using a combination of characters, or indeed a shared lack of characters, the following taxa can be determined. It is interesting that one of the key characters for delimiting the genus Stel/aria, the presence of bifid petals is not always observed in this complex. The petals when present are usually minute, less than 1 mm long and can be reduced to fragments. The stamens are also reduced, usually less than 1 mm long and staminodes are also sometimes present. The specimen A.R. Bean 10622 (Stellaria sp. Cooyar) has been examined and belongs to S. multiflora. The specimen 1s very immature and the floral characters place the specimen in either subsp. multiflora or subsp. nebulosa. Mature fruit 1s required to place it definitively. Nomenclatural Notes. Stellaria multiflora Hook. One sheet from Herbarium Hookerianum held at K contains type material. The first label attached to the top LHS of the sheet with one plant is *451/1842 Launceston 15/10/41’. As the collecting date post-dates publication, it is not considered to be type material. The second label in the middle of the sheet, defined by a pencil line, has two plants with the following written on the sheet; ‘No. 451 Stell. multiflora Hook. V. Ds L and Mr Gunn Petals 0’. Gunn 451 matches the protologue and thus is here designated as the lectotype. The third label at the bottom of the sheet associated with several plants has * 1077 V. D[iemens| Land JDH][ooker]’ written on it and as this does not match the protologue, it is not considered to be type material. Key to subspecies of 8. multiflora 1. Mature fruit broadly ellipsoid, usually > 2 mm wide; valve apex strongly revolute. ........... a. subsp. multiflora 1: Mature fruit narrowly ovoid to narrowly ellipsoid, < 2 mm wide; valve apex straight or slightly recurved, never revolute 2. Fruiting pedicels with distinct collar, pedicel at collar > 0.5 mm wide; petals 3—5 (—6), minute but usually bifid. b. subsp. collaris 2: Fruiting pedicels lacking collar, pedicel c. 0.5 mm wide or less; petals absent. ............ c. subsp. nebulosa C.H. Miller & J.G. West J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) = \ — = ek > — ~ r- a= ap | ot | } Y del: das rlorsk 4 Fig. 9. A-G Stellaria graminea: A habit; B cross section of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; C part of flower showing detail of sepal, petal and stamen; D petal; E capsule showing position in relation to sepals; F seed, side view; G seed coat cell detail. H-O S. papillata: H habit; | part of flower showing sepal, petal and stamen arrangement; J-K petal; L flower showing capsule; M mature capsule showing detail of surface papillae; N seed, side view; O seed coat cell detail. P-U S. pungens: P habit; Q part of flower showing sepals, petals and stamen arrangement; R petal: 46 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 7a. Stellaria multiflora Hook. subsp. multiflora Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45r—t (1996). Annual, often mat-forming or erect to 16 (—36) cm long, sometimes rooting at nodes, glabrous. Stem and inflorescence leaves in a continuous series, sessile to appearing petiolate; obovate, elliptic, ovate or linear, (3—) 4—9.8 (—11.5) mm long, (0.6—) 1—2.5 (—3.5) mm wide, acute to subacute. Inflorescence amonochasium. Pedicels 0.5—10 (—20) mm long, collar absent. Sepals (2—) 2.5—4.5 (—5) mm long. Petals 0, sometimes 2-4, (0.2—) 0.5—0.8 (—1) mm long, shortly bifid or reduced to a single arm. Stamens 5—10. Staminodes usually 0, sometimes 1-4. Styles 0.3—-0.6 mm long. Capsule broad ellipsoid, (2—) 2.5—5 (—5.5) mm long, (1.5—) 2—3 (—3.5) mm wide, 0.75 to 1.25 times sepal length; valves straight or spreading, apex strongly revolute. Seeds (5—) 7—21, suborbicular to broadly ellipsoid, 0.5—1 (—1.3) mm long, yellowish, light to mid to reddish brown, tubercles rounded ridges, inflated. Fig. 1L, 4I—O. Flowering: Aug.—Nov. Distribution and habitat. Subsp. multiflora is widespread but uncommon. There is one record from south-eastern Queensland from the Bunya Mountains collected in 1919, but the majority of collections are found in south- eastern Australia from the southern tablelands and alpine areas of New South Wales, eastern Victoria and central to eastern Tasmania. There are a few scattered collections in south-central and south-western Victoria. It also occurs in the Mt Lofty Ranges and on Kangaroo Island in southern South Australia. There are also a few collections from south-west Western Australia, one collected in 1867 from Porongurup, one collected in 1986 from Hamersley Inlet and a couple of early collections by J. Drummond with a locality of Swan River (Fig. 61). It grows in various habitats from damp eucalypt forests to woodlands and grasslands, alpine to subalpine areas or rarely found in coastal situations. Grows in rocky sites or shallow soils overlying granite or dolerite. Selected specimens (of c. 110 seen) QUEENSLAND: Bunya [Mountains] RAOU Exn, Oct. 1919, C.T. White s.n. (BRI). NEw SouTH WALEs: South Coast, 2 km N of Nungatta (47 km SW of Eden), 14 Oct. 1974, R.G. Coveny & J. Armstrong 5777 (NSW); Southern Tablelands, ‘Royalla’ S boundary, E of Jerrabomberra Creek, 3.1 km ENE of Lobb Hill, 11 Dec. 1998, I. Crawford 5074 (CANB); Tumbarumba, The Glen, 7 Nov. 1949, E.J. McBarron 3956 (NSW); S. Tablelands, Myanba Gorge Lookout, 25 km E of Bombala, Coolangubura National Park, 10 Sep. 1998, J. Miles s.n. (NSW); Creek W of the Perisher, 8 Apr. 1979, J. Thompson 3091 (NSW); 1 mile E of Gaerlock Homestead, Countegany area, 4 Aug. 1969, T. & J. Whaite 3251A (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Mt. Gingera, Cotter River District, 29 Nov. 1966, L.G. Adams 1644 (CANB, NSW); Upper Cotter Valley, 24 Feb. 1959, N.7: Burbidge 6361 Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) (CANB); Kowen area near NSW/ACT border, 30 Sep. 1959, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 6549 (CANB); Western base of Black Mountain, 5 Sep. 1964, H.S. McKee 11587 (CANB, NSW). VictoriA: Melbourne study area, Brisbane Ranges National Park, W of Nelson Lookout, 1.5 km E of Switchback Road, 3 km N of Anakie, 1 Oct. 1977, A.C. Beauglehole & E.G. Errey 56717 (MEL); Glenmaggie Regional Park, Gippsland Lakes Hinterland Study area, 21 Oct. 1984, 4.C. Beauglehole 78670 (MEL); Snowfileds, Snowy Range, beside headwaters of Shaws Creek, 2 km NNE from the Gorge; 5 km NNW from Mt Arbuckle, 2 Apr. 1994, N.G. Walsh 3638 (MEL). TASMANIA: South West Hibbs Bay, 27 Jan. 1984, 4.M Buchanan 2840 (HO); East Coast, Broad River near Cluny Lagoon, 8 Oct. 1989, P Collier 4270 (HO); North East Wedgetail Peak, 22 Oct. 1983, A. Moscal 3769 (HO); Central Highlands Little Split Rock, 8 Mar. 1984, A. Moscal 6738 (HO). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Southern Lofty, Upper Hermitage, R../. Bates 29684 (AD); Kangaroo Island, Ravine des Casoars, 21 Dec. 1992, RJ. Bates 30423 (AD, CANB); Rivoli Bay, 1888, F! Mueller s.n. (MEL); SE Wirrega, ca 25 km NW of Bordertown, ca 32 km SE of Keith, 2 Oct. 1916, R. Tate s.n. (AD); Blanchetown (ca. 115 km NE of Adelaide), s.dat., R. Tate s.n. (AD 97602434). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Hamersley Inlet, 3.6 km WNW of Edwards Point (IRNP), 28 Sep. 1986, K. Newbey 11162 (PERTH); Porongurup Range, Castle Arch, Sep. 1958, G.G. Smith s.n. (PERTH). 7b. Stellaria multiflora subsp. collaris C.H.Miull. & J.G.West subsp. nov. A subsp. multiflora et subsp. nebulosa pedicelo collo Juxtim fructu, distinguenda; quoque a subsp. multiflora fructu maturo angusto—ovoideo < 2 mm lato, et valva apice recto nunquam revoluto, differt; et a subsp. nebulosa petalis semper praesentibus differt. Holotypus: Australian Capital Territory: Western slope of Black Mountain, 11 Oct. 1964 HS. McKee 11668 (CANB 145524). Isotypi: CANB 319264, NSW. Stellaria aff. filiformis, N.Burb. & M.Gray, FI. Austral. Capital Terr. 166 (1970). Stellaria sp. D sensu Doust in G.J.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 1: 276 (1990). Stellaria sp. 1 sensu C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 238, Fig. 45p-q (1996). Stellaria sp. 1 Flora of Victoria (H.S.McKee 11668) C.H.Mill., Austral. Pl. Cens. database (APC), http:// www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apc [accessed 6 May 2010]. Glabrous herb with erect to spreading stems, to 20 (-23) cm long. Stem and inflorescence leaves in a continuous series, sessile to appearing petiolate; obovate, linear or lanceolate, (2—) 3-11 (—13.5) mm long, 0.5—2 (—2.5) mm wide, acute to subacute. Inflorescence a monochasium of (2—) 5—15 (—27) flowers. Pedicels to 8 (—10) mm long, rarely longer with distinctive collar-like thickening present in fruit. Sepals 3—5.5 (—6) mm long. Petals 3—5 (—6), (0.2—) 0.4—1 (—1.2) mm long, usually bifid. Stamens (2—) 3—5. Staminodes 0. Styles 0.2—0.6 mm long. Capsule narrow ovoid, (2.5—) 3.5—5.5 (—6) mm long, 1—1.5 (—1.8) mm wide, | to 1.5 times sepal length; valves spreading, rarely straight, apex straight, S flower showing sepals and mature capsule; T seed, side view; U seed coat cell detail. Scale bars: habits (A, H, P) 5 mm; flowers & fruits 1 mm; seeds (G, O, U) 0.5 mm. — A-G RJ. Bates 3652 (AD 98421323); H-O J. McKean 5789 (CANB 327583); P-U R.J. Bates 3577 (AD 98433224), 47 C.H. Miller & J.G. West never revolute. Seeds (9—) 12-20 (—25), reniform to suborbicular, 0.5—0.7 (—0.8) mm long, light to reddish- brown, tubercles narrow rounded ridges, semi-inflated. Fig. IM, 4P-V. Flowering: (June—) Aug.—Oct. (—Dec.) Distribution and habitat. Subsp. collaris occurs in south- eastern Queensland, with a sporadic inland distribution from Chinchilla and Warwick. It also occurs on the slopes and plains of northern New South Wales from Cobar in the west to Breeza in the east and Temora in the south, with one collection from Black Mountain in the Australian Capital Territory. In Victoria it is found in the central districts from Bendigo west to Wyperfeld National Park. It occurs in South Australia, just across the border in Chowilla, north to Wilpena and the Gammon Ranges (Fig. 6J). Locally common in understorey of eucalypt open forest and woodlands, Callitris woodlands or mallee shrublands. Grows on sandy to loam soils. Notes. Subsp. collaris tends to be a larger, more robust plant than the other subspecies of S. multiflora. It 1s found at medium altitudes on the slopes of ranges or further west on the plains. It does not appear to grow in more extreme habitats such as alpine or coastal areas where the other subspecies of S. multiflora are found. This taxon has a disjunct distribution and more collecting is needed to determine the full extent of its range. Etymology. The name is derived from the Latin collare which means collared, in reference to the collar-like structure that is present on the top of the pedicel, just under the mature fruit. This character is not found in any other Ste//aria occuring in Australia. Selected specimens (of c. 30 seen) QUEENSLAND: Near Warwick, Jun. 1892, F-M. Bailey s.n. (NSW); Charleys Creek near Chinchilla, Sep. 1978, G. Lithgow 21 (BRI). New SoutH WALEs: Breeza, Between Gunnedah & Werris Creek, Oct. 1899, W. Court s.n. (NSW); Western plains, 40 km NNW of Cobar, Bundella Station, Elura mining lease, Emu Tank, 8 Sep. 1978, MD. Crisp 4209 (CANB); Temora, Oct. 1915, Rev. .W. Dwyer s.n. (CANB); SW, Munagai Stn, 26 Jul. 1968, 7: Henshall 1062 (DNA); Trangie, Sep. 1968, 7: Hunter s.n. (NSW); SW Plains, Monaro Vale, Sep. 1983, D.E. Jones 1498 (NSW). Victoria: Wyperfeld National Park, N of Black Flat, 19 Sep. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 28268 (MEL); Wimmera Study Area, Ellam Flora reserve, 18 Sep. 1986, A.C. Beauglehole 84702 (MEL); 143rd Meridian Rd. 2—3 miles S of Murray Valley Highway SE of Robinvale, 4 Aug. 1973, N. Macfarlane 636 (MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Chowilla Survey 1988, On road to Hypurna (still on Chowilla Station), 5 Aug. 1988, R./. Bates 14866 (AD); Lochness Well Gammon Range National Park, far Northern Flinders Range, 15 Oct. 1993, R.J. Bates 34268 (CANB); Northern Flinders Range, Gammon Ranges (ca 65 km E of Leigh Creek = Telford), Ridge N of North Tusk (ca 12 km E of Owieandana Hut), 19 Sep. 1956, H7. Eichler 12819 (AD); Wilpena hill slope opposite chalet, 16 Sep. 1960, D.E. Symon 656 (AD, BRI). 48 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 7c. Stellaria multiflora subsp. nebulosa C.H.Miull. & J.G.West subsp. nov. A subsp. multiflora fructu maturo anguste ovoideo vel anguste ellipsoideo minus quam 2 mm lato, et valva apice recto nunquam revoluto, distinguenda; et a subsp. collaris CL\H.Mill. & J.G.West pedicelo collo juxtim fructu absente, et petalis absentibus, differt. Holotypus: South Australia: Region 13 South-eastern: Marshes Swamp, 14 Oct. 1991 RJ Bates 25994 (CANB 470161). Isotypus: AD 99146306. Herb, glabrous or occasionally with sparse hairs. Stems prostrate to erect, to 16 (—23) cm long. Stem and inflorescence leaves in a continuous series, sessile to appearing petiolate; obovate, linear, elliptic or occasionally narrowly ovate, (1.5—) 2.5—11 (—17.5) mm long, (0.3—) 0.7—2 (—3) mm wide, acute to subacute, glabrous or with hairs on lower half of margin. Inflorescence a monochasium of 2—15 (—25) flowers. Pedicels (1.5—) 2-20 (—26) mm long, sometimes quadrangular, collar absent. Sepals 2—5.5 (—6) mm long. Petals 0. Stamens 3-10. Staminodes 0-5. Styles 0.3-0.8 mm long. Capsule narrow, ovoid to ellipsoid, (1.9-) 3—5.4 (-6.1) mm long, 1—2 mm wide, equal to 1.3 times sepal length; va/ves spreading or straight, apex straight, sometimes slightly recurved. Seeds (3—) 5-17 (—21), suborbicular, sometimes ellipsoid, (0.5—) 0.7-1 (—1.2) mm long, yellowish, light to mid-brown or rarely reddish-brown, tubercles broad hills, semi-inflated. Fig. IN, 4W-BB. Flowering: (Jul.—) Aug.—Dec. (—Feb.). Distribution and habitat. This taxon occurs at Yetman on the northern slopes of New South Wales, in coastal areas of Victoria, from the Gippsland area to Wilson’s Promontory and from the eastern Bass Strait islands to north-eastern Tasmania. It is also found in south-western areas of Victoria around Dimboola, and south-eastern South Australia around the Mount Gambier area as well as on Kangaroo Island (Fig. 6K). Common to locally abundant in a wide range of habitats including Eucalyptus baxteri coastal dune scrub, heathlands, low alpine herbfields and open eucalypt forests, often in damp areas on sandy to rocky soils. Notes. Currently, subsp. nebulosa consists of those individuals of S. multiflora that lack the characters of the other two subspecies and does not have any unique defining characters such as the revolute capsule valves of subsp. multiflora and the thickened collar-like structure on the fruiting pedicel of subsp. col/aris. It is found in a diverse range of habitats and locations. There seems to be three groups within the distribution: one 1s a southern band from the north of Tasmania across the Bass Strait Islands with an outlier on the central Victorian coast; the second is centred around Dimboola in western Victoria across to eastern South Australia in the Mount Gambier region with an outlier on Kangaroo Island; and the third is from the central west of New South Wales north possibly into central Queensland. This taxon is poorly represented, particularly in the north and often these J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) specimens do not contain fully mature fruit to allow for a definitive identification. Etymology. This subspecies has been named from the Latin nebulosus which means ‘clouded, cloudy, misty or foggy’ which reflects the definition of this taxon which is currently those individuals that remain after other elements of the species have been defined. Selected specimens (of c. 45 seen) New SoutH WA Es: Mt Jagungal, Kosciuszko region, s.dat., D.N. McVean s.n. (CANB); Nicholls Rd, Bebo State forest, 1.3 km S of Wood Bend (10.2 km N of Yetman), 23 Aug. 1987, R.G. Coveny et al. 12701 (CANB, NSW). VicToRIA: Grampians, Mt. Arapiles, 18 Feb. 1959, A.C. Beauglehole 5338 (MEL); Nurcoung Flora Reserve. Wimmera Study area, Sector A, subblock 4A, 13 Nov. 1986, A.C. Beauglehole 86892 (CANB, MEL); East Gippsland: Tildsley Forest Block. 200 m E of walking track from Gibbs Beach along 90 mile Beach. 20 m N in lee of primary dune, Nov. 1992, A.B. Pollock s.n. (MEL); South-west, Wilson’s Promontory Pillar Point track above mouth of Tidal River, 5 Oct. 1973, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL). TASMANIA: Furneaux, Behind Planter Beach, East Flinders Island, 26 Sep. 1989, P. Collier 4200 (HO); North East Reeves Creek Picnic Rocks, 13 Sep. 1983, A. Moscal 2675 (HO); Kents Group; North East Island, South Hull, 29 Sep. 1971, JS. Whinray 1150 (CANB); Furneaux Group, Flinders Island. High dunes c. 150 yards E of entrance of East River, s.dat., JS. Whinray 8318 (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: South eastern, Marshes Swamp, 14 Oct. 1991, RJ. Bates 25992 (AD, CANB); Kangaroo Island, Ravine des Casoars, 21 Sep. 1992, R./. Bates 30244 (AD, CANB); South-eastern, Near Naracoorte South Primary School, c. 95 km N of Mt Gambier, 11 Sep. 1964, D. Hunt 2132 (NSW); Ca 30 km SE of Mt Gambier, Sep. 1966, /.B. Wilson 536 (AD, CANB). 8 * Stellaria pallida (Dumort.) Crep. Man. Fl. Belgique, ed. 2, 19 (1866). — Alsine pallida Dumort., Fl. Belg. (Dumortier) 109 (1827). — Type citation: ‘In cultis humidis solo arenoso’. Type: BR?, n.v. S. pallida (Dumort) Pire, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belgique 2: 49 (1863), nom. inval. Illustration. C.H. Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45c—d (1996). Annual, almost prostrate, semi-erect to erect and leafy to 30 (-41) cm long, with a single line of hairs down stem internodes and pedicels. Stem and inflorescence leaves a continuous series, sessile to appearing petiolate, lower part narrowed, very attenuate, (O—) 2.5—10 (—16) mm long, upper part broad elliptic to elliptic or ovate, (2.5—) 4-15 (-29) mm long, (0.9—) 1.5-10 (-17) mm wide, acute, entire, often undulate, hairs sparse to almost ciliate on narrowed leaf base margin. /nflorescence a leafy dichasium often condensed. Pedicels (2—) 3-15 (—18) mm long, erect or reflexed in fruit. Sepals (2.2—) 2.5—-4 (—5.1) mm long, obtuse, often forming small hood, rarely acute, sometimes with purple mark at apex , hairs on midrib only to densely covering backs, rarely glandular, sometimes glabrous. Petals 0. Stamens 2, rarely 3 or 4. Staminodes 0-2 (-4). Styles 0.4—0.5 (—0.6) mm long. Capsule ovoid to ellipsoid, (2.3—) 3-4 Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) (4.9) mm long, (1.5—) 1.7—2.2 (—2.5) mm wide, equal to slightly longer than sepals, rarely just shorter than sepals; valves spreading, apex only recurved, rarely revolute. Seeds (6—) 8-15 (—19), discoid to flattened ellipsoid, (0.55—) 0.6—0.8 (—1) mm long, yellowish to mid-brown, rarely darker, tubercles rounded hills, semi-inflated, cell walls with minute papillae. Fig. 11, 3N—-R. Flowering: all year around, but predominantly July—Nov. Common name. Lesser Chickweed. Distribution and habitat. Found at scattered localities within New South Wales, along the Great Dividing Range from Tenterfield to Canberra, with one collection inland at Broken Hill. It also occurs along the Murray River drainage system in New South Wales and Victoria. It is found throughout most areas of Victoria except alpine areas as well as throughout coastal and coastal ranges of South Australia including Kangaroo Island; the northern most collections extend into the Flinders Ranges and the western most collection is at Fowlers Bay near Ceduna. This species is uncommon in Tasmania being mainly found on offshore islands and in coastal regions but occasionally further inland. It is also uncommon in Western Australia with coastal collections from Rottnest Island and Busselton in the west, Bremer Bay in the south and Cocklebiddy in the east near the South Australian border (Fig. 6L). The native range of S. pallida extends throughout most of central to western and southern Europe (Chater & Heywood 1993). It has also spread as a weed into the Americas and Asia. In Australia, S. pallida is an introduced weed, often locally common, especially in areas of disturbance such as roadsides, waterways and areas of cultivation. Usually found in shady or moist places. It grows in coastal dunes, grass or herbfields, gully forests, open forests, heathlands or scrubs. It usually grows in sandy soils, sometimes in shallow soils over rock or loam to clay soils. Notes. See notes under S. media. This weed probably has a wider distribution in Australia than listed here but is often overlooked or often misidentified as S. media. From examining the herbarium collections it appears S. pallida is a relatively recent introduction to Australia. There are very few collections prior to the 1950’s with the earliest collection recorded in 1905 at Tallandoon in Victoria. Selected specimens (of c. 200 seen) New SoutH WALEs: Murrurundi, park on Western side of New England Highway, 12 Oct. 1993, R.G. Coveny & A.J. Whalen 16555 (CANB); Southern Tablelands, Mirrunga, 8km S of ACT border, Murrumbridgee River at confluence with Gossoon Creek, 12 Oct. 1995, I. Crawford 3168 (CANB); Central Coast Salesyards, Flemington, 28 Sep. 1968, E.J/. McBarron 15864 bis (NSW); On road to Zara station, 0.7 km from entrance on edge of Billabong Creek, 21 Sep. 1992, CH. Miller & J. Palmer 595 (CANB); NW Plains, Iolanthe, c. 26 km SW of Garah, 28 Sep. 1978, K.L. Wilson 1913 (NSW). 49 C.H. Miller & J.G. West M J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 1600 km Fig. 6. Distribution maps of Sfellaria in Australia. A S. angustifolia subsp. angustifolia; B S. angustifolia subsp. tenella; C S. angustifolia subsp. rotundisepala; D S. filiformis; E S. flaccida; F S. graminea; G S. leptoclada; H S. media; | S. multiflora subsp. multiflora; J S. multiflora subsp. collaris; K S. multiflora subsp. nebulosa; L S. pallida; M S. papillata; N S. pungens. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Hill opposite Cotter Pumping Station, Murrumbidgee River, 21 Aug. 1964, J. Edyvane s.n. (CANB, NSW). Victoria: Mt Arapiles, ca 20 miles W of Horsham, the NE portion of the mount near the lookout, 3 Oct. 1963, H.[Aston 1064 (MEL); Grampians National Park, 30 Aug. 1983, 4.C. Beauglehole 74484 (MEL); Wilsons Promontory National Park, 15 Dec. 1983, A.C. Beauglehole 75969 (MEL); Port Campbell National Park, W of Port Campbell, W side of Port Campbell Creek, 5 Sep. 1966, A.C. Beauglehole & E.W. Finck 21053 (MEL); Ca 1 km inland from the mouth of the Aire River, 5 km SW of Horden river, 28 July 1980, P.C. Heyligers 80020 (CANB); Thompsons Beach, Murray River at Cobram, 24 Sep. 1992, C_.H. Miller & J. Palmer 603 (CANB); Little Desert Salt Lake, Coynallan Parish, 15 Oct. 1966, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL). TASMANIA: Midlands Port Sorell, 20 Sep. 1986, P Collier 1630 (HO); East Coast Betsey Island, 15 Oct. 1983, K. Harris s.n. (HO); Furneaux Group, Prime Seal Island, off West coast of Flinders Island, 11 Dec. 1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO); North East, Picnic Rocks, 19 Sep. 1983, A. Moscal 2836 (HO, MEL); Waddles, Hunting Grounds, Jordan river, 20 Aug. 1965, M. Ridpath WL420 (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Muray Mallee, Reserve at Chauncey’s Line S of Monarto South (Ca 60 km SE of Adelaide), 23 Sep. 1959, Hj. Eichler 16201 (AD); Kangaroo Island, Block 101, Kingscote North, 24 May 1983, G. Jackson 1590 (AD); Piccaninnie Blue Lake, ca 20 km E of Port MacDonnell (near the border of Vic & SA), 29 Aug. 1964, 71R.N. Lothian 2935 (AD); Adelaide, Marlowe Rd, Keswick, 09 Sep. 1987, J. Roberts 289 (CANB); Yorke Peninsula, Port Davenport, 23 Sep. 1978, D.E. Symon 11072 (AD); 3 km W of Blinman on rd to Parachilna Gorge, 29 Sep. 1985, J.G. West 5067 (CANB); Fowler’s Bay, about 6 km W along roadside, (Fowler’s Bay ca 115 km W of Ceduna), 12 Sep. 1960, D.J.E. Whibley 608 (AD, CANB); Southern Flinders Range, Mambray Creek (Mt Remarkable National Park), ca 40 km SSE of Port Augusta, Lower Alligator Creek area, 7 July 1974, D.J.E. Whibley 4404 (AD). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eyre, SW Cocklebiddy, 8 Oct. 1985, G.J. Keighery & J.J. Alford 434 (PERTH); Rottnest Island, Bickley Swamp, 14 Aug. 1987, G./. Keighery 9063 (PERTH); Busselton, 20 July 1987, GJ. Keighery 9115 (PERTH); Kooljerrenup Nature reserve; 400 m S of Herron Point, 12 Oct. 2005, G.J. Keighery 16732 (CANB); Gorden Inlet, 15 km NE of Bremer Bay, 17 Sep. 1986, K. Newbey 11510 (PERTH). 9. Stellaria papillata C.H.Mill. & J.G.West, sp. nov. A Stellaria multiflora Hook. floribus subsessilibus, pedicelis fere minus quam I mm longis; capsula minus quam longitudine sepali; capsula valvis crassis et papillis angularibus tectis; seminibus grandibus, 1-2 per fructu, 1.3—1.9 mm longis, differt. Holotypus: Zara Wanganella via Hay [New South Wales], Oct. 1917, E. Officer s.n. (NSW 153113). Stellaria sp. B sensu Doust in G.J.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 1: 276 (1990). Stellaria sp. 2 sensu C.H.Muill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 239-240 (1996). Stellaria sp. papillata (E. Officer s.n. Oct. 1917) C.H.Muill., Austral. Pl. Name Index database (APNI), http://www. anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni [accessed 6 May 2010] & Austral. Pl. Cens. database (APC), http://www.anbg. gov. au/cgi-bin/apc [accessed 6 May 2010]. Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45u—v (1996). 51 Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) Annual with slender taproot, glabrous; stems erect to ascending, to 10 (—15) cm long. Stem and inflorescence leaves a continuous series, sessile, linear to lanceolate, 2.5—-10 (—15) mm long, 0.5—1 (—1.5) mm wide, acute, toothed or sparsely hairy on lower half of margin, occasionally appearing almost ciliate. /nflorescence a condensed monochasium of 3-15 (—26) flowers. Pedicels subsessile, (O.1—) 0.3-0.6 (—1.5) mm long, erect, smooth. Sepals (2—) 2.5-4.5 mm long, acute. Petals 1-5, 0.2-0.9 mm long, very reduced, shorter than half sepal length, shortly bifid or entire. Stamens 2—3. Staminodes 0-3. Styles 0.2—0.6 mm long. Capsule ellipsoid, rarely ovoid, (2.5—) 3—3.5 mm long, |.5—2 mm wide, shorter than sepals; valves thickened, with angular papillae, straight, apex straight or incurved. Seeds 1-2, obloid to ellipsoid, (1—) 1.3—2 mm long, mid to reddish- brown; tubercles narrow ridges, semi-inflated. Fig. 1J, SH-O. Flowering: (June—) Oct.—Dec. (—Apr.). Distribution and habitat. A rare species from the south-west plains of New South Wales near Hay and Moulamein and north—western Victoria near Mildura (Fig. 6M) S. papillata is found in riverine open shrubland, and degraded Atriplex vesicaria community now dominated by Nitraria billardieri, growing in heavy, grey deep- cracking clay loams. Notes. Only five collections are known for S. papillata, despite further searching in the field. At least three of the populations have been found during systematic ecological surveys; the plants are often less than 2 cm high and are easily overlooked. S. papillata has very distinctive capsule valves which are thick and covered in angular papillae, a character state that 1s not found in any other Ste//aria in Australia. Additionally each capsule has one or two large broadly ellipsoid seeds. Etymology. This species has been named from the Latin papillatus, papillate, reflecting the angular papillae on the capsule valves. Specimens examined New SouTtH WALES: Toganmain Stn, Darlington Point, 5 June 1969, J. McKean 5189 (CANB); Approx. 10 km E of Moulamein, 25 Oct. 1972, /.C. Noble 300 (NSW); Zara Wanganella via Hay, Dec. 1905, E. Officer s.n. (NSW). Victoria: Adjacent to Murray River W of Mildura (S. bank), Keela Station, | Apr. 1987, D. Cheal s.n. (MEL) 10. Stellaria pungens Brongn. in Duperrey, Voy. Monde, Atlas [part 16] Phan., Plate 78 (1834) [plate only, no description]. — Lectotype (here designated): Plate 78 ‘Stellaria pungens’, Brongn. in Duperrey, Voy. Monde, Atlas [part 16] Phan. (1834). Stellaria squarrosa Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 1: 250 (1834). — Type Citation: ‘Mr. Lawrence, (1831) Mr. Gunn, (n. 96.)’. Lectotype (here designated): Van D’s Land, Mr. Gunn No 96 (K, Herb. Hooker). Residual syntypes: Van Diemen’s Land, Mr Lawrence (K, herb Hooker p.p.); Very common in rich soil in moist situations about the roots of shrubs which it frequently will ascend to the height of 3 to 4 feet, Gunn 96 (K, Herb. Hooker p.p.). C.H. Miller & J.G. West Illustration. C.H.Mill. & J.G.West in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 236, Fig. 45l—m (1996). Perennial, prostrate to erect to 43 (-60) cm long with rhizome and rooting at nodes, sparsely to densely hairy. Stem and inflorescence leaves in a continuous series, sessile, lanceolate to ovate, rarely narrowly elliptic to linear, 3.8—13 (—17) mm long, 0.9—3 mm wide, usually pungent, margin usually with hairs, rigid. /nflorescence either axillary and solitary or an interrupted monochasium of up to 6 flowers. Pedicels (5—) 8—33 (+40) mm long, erect in fruit, sparsely hairy. Sepals (4.5—) 5—9.5 (9.8) mm long, usually pungent, outer sepal margins hairy. Petals 4.2-8.3 mm long, longer than sepals, deeply bifid. Stamens 10. Staminodes 0. Styles (2.5—) 3—5.5 (-6) mm long. Capsule ovoid to narrowly ovoid or ellipsoid, (4.5—) 5—8.5 (-9.3) mm long, 2.5—3.5 (-4.3) mm wide, shorter than to longer than sepals; valves usually spreading, apex straight or recurved. Seeds (4—) 6—13 (—16), suborbicular to transversely elliptic, (1.1—) 1.3—1.8 mm long, light to mid greyish brown, appearing reticulate, tubercles rounded hills, inflated. Fig. 1K, 5P-U. Flowering: Oct.—Feb. Common Name: Prickly starwort. Distribution and habitat. Widespread along the tablelands and subalpine areas of the Great Dividing Range from northern New South Wales at Mt Kaputar through to southern Victoria, extending to Tasmania, including Bass Strait islands, and south-eastern South Australia (Fig. 6N). Common herb, usually found in shady, moist places, in wet sclerophyll forests and woodlands, damp shady grasslands, or open grassland and shrublands. It grows in rocky areas, in sandy or clay loam soils, overlying eranite, limestone, basalt and sandstones. Notes. This is a very distinctive species that is readily identifiable in the vegetative state due to the pungent nature of its leaves and the hairiness of all organs. Nomenclatural Notes. Stellaria pungens Brongn. The original publication of the name S. pungens consists of a plate with no associated description. As no specimen has been located so far, the plate is here designated as the lectotype. It has been extremely difficult to date the actual publication of the plate illustrating S. pungens. The title page for the Atlas lists the year 1826 as the publication date, but the atlas was issued in 16 parts, this date 1s associated with the first part. It is known that parts 12 to 14 were published in Jan 1834 (Stafleu & Cowan 1976) but the last parts of the atlas, numbered 15 & 16 have no date associated with them. In addition to this, the name S- squarrosa was also published in 1834 in the 3" fascicle of Hooker s Journal of Botany in July. As it is possible that the Atlas parts were published pre July 1834 it has been decided to continue to retain the use of S. pungens for this taxon as it has previously been applied, as this will be less disruptive. SZ J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) The voyage of the Coguille travelled around South America, across to Tahiti across the north of New Guinea and associated islands, past the Molaccas and Amboina (Indonesia) and round the west and south of Australia to Port Jackson (Buck 1953). The boat remained in Port Jackson for just over a month before sailing on to New Zealand. The only place that S. pungens is known to grow on this route is somewhere on the eastern part of Australia. Maiden (1910) in discussing the voyage states that the Australian plants were all collected at Port Jackson. As the voyagers were there for a month it 1s possible they picked up a specimen from somewhere in the Blue Mountains where the species is quite common. At this time none of the specimens collected on this voyage have been seen. Stellaria squarrosa Hook. ‘Two. sheets from Herbarium Hookerianum held at K contain type material. One sheet has the label ‘no. 96 Mr Gunn Van Ds Land S. squarrosa Hook.’. The label is written in Hooker’s hand and matches the protologue and this sheet has been designated here as the lectotype. The second sheet has multiple collections. The top label on the RHS of the sheet has ‘1/710 V.D. Land. Beaches at D’ entrecasteaux Channel J.D.H.’ but does not match the specimen details in the protologue and thus is not considered to be type material. The second label in the middle of the sheet on the LHS is °96 Stellaria pungens Brong Very common in rich soil in moist situations about the roots of shrubs which it will frequently ascend to the height of 3 to 4 feet’, however, while the location details match the protologue, the material does not match the lectotype material and is here considered to be a residual syntype. A third label is attached to a small portion of one specimen and has ‘arenaria W of Fox’s River’ on it. This is a Cunningham collection from NSW and is not considered to be type material. At the bottom of the same portion is written on the sheet ‘Van Diemen’s Land. Mr Lawrence’. This information and the specimen match the protologue and it is thus considered to be a residual syntype. Selected specimens (of c. 340 seen) New SouTH WALEs: Near the Crackenback River at Thredbo Village, 25 Jan. 1964, Aj. Eichler 17829 (AD); Summit area of Mt Kaputar, Mt Kaputar National Park, 24 Nov. 1987, JM. Fox 87/089 (CANB, NSW); Wyanbene Cave in NW corner of the Deua NP, 14 Oct. 1988, W. Greuter 21301 (NSW); NT, 2.7 km along Barrington Trail S of Barrington Tops Forest Rd, Barrington Tops Conservation Area, 10 Dec. 2007, JR. Hosking 3014 (CANB); South Coast, Tuross river catchment area, 14 km N of Yowrie, 28 km NW of Cobargo, on N side of river, | Oct. 1978, A. & C. Tyrrel, 153 (CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Namadgi National Park, Glendale Crossing, SE of crossing, 15 Jan. 1992, /.G. West 5287 (CANB, NSW). VicToriA: Brisbane Ranges, Stony Creek Picnic Reserve, 16 Nov. 1986, B./ Conn & D.B. Foreman 2493 (NSW); The Lakes National Park, Rotamah Island, Gippsland, 28 Oct. 1986, 1. Crawford 545 (CANB); Cape Conran, 6 Jan. 1969, T: Henshall s.n. (NT); Snowfields, Aberfeldy, 87 km N of Moe, 26 Dec. 1994, PC. Jobson 3331 (CANB, NSW); J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Eastern highlands, 2.1 km E along Wheelers Creek Logging Road from Colac Colac to Benambra road; c. 38 km (direct) SSW of Corryong, 2 Dec. 1991, R.O. Makinson & P. Carmen 905 (CANB); East Gippsland, Near summit of Mt. Seldom Seen, ca 10 km SW of Wulgulmerang (W ca 80 km NNW of Orbost), 6 July 1970, A.E. Orchard 2729 (AD, NSW); Eastern Highlands region, SSW of Mt Jim, 14 Jan. 1999, L. Spear 43 (CANB); Crossing of Bonang-Bendoc road over Delegate River, 25 Dec. 1985, K.R. Thiele 1079 (CANB, NSW). TASMANIA: Ben Lomond National Park, Patersonia, 13 Dec. 1980, A.M. Buchanan 342 (HO); North West Turners Beach, July 1986, DJ. Morris 8631 (HO); Midlands, Kubla Khan Cave State Reserve ca 10 km W of Mole Creek township, 16 May 1983, A. Moscal 2392 (HO); Central Highlands, Quamby Bluff (mid NE slope) 2 km SW of Golden Valley, Mar. 1986, A. Moscal 12559 (HO); Kent’s Group, Deal Island, Karitane Bay, 23 Nov. 1970, JS. Whinray 1235 (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt McIntyre Swamps, 26 Dec. 1983, R.J. Bates 3571 (AD); South-eastern, Mt. Burr Forrest, off Muillicent-Glencoe Road, 14 Oct. 1991, RJ Bates 2599] (AD); South-eastern, Honans Scrub, On low rise in S of Park, 22 Nov. 1991, R.J Bates 26428 (AD); Hindmarsh Falls, about 11 miles N of Victor Harbour, 24 Oct. 1967, R. & R. Belcher 453 (MEL); South-east district, Region 13, Penola Conservation Park. at eastern edge of picnic area, 29 Oct. 1986, P. Gibbons 573 (AD, CANB). Excluded Taxa Stellaria decipiens Hook.f., Hooker’s Icon. Pl. 7: t. 680 (1844). Stellaria parviflora Banks & Sol. ex Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. II (Fl. Nov.-Zeland.) 1: 25 (1852). The presence of these two taxa on Macquarie Island is discussed in Orchard (1993). There is some debate as to which taxon is on the island. Both species are native to New Zealand and do not occur anywhere else in Australia. Acknowledgments The authors would like to thank CSIRO, particularly the Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research for the support to enable this work to be carried out. Many thanks to the herbaria listed previously who have provided herbarium material on loan, without which the work would not have been possible. Many thanks are siven to Laurie Adams for the Latin diagnoses, to Tony Orchard for advice on nomenclatural matters, Gilbert Dashorst for the illustrations and Nunzio Knerr for the provision of maps. We would like to thank Robyn Barker and Richard Rabeler for their constructive comments and assistance with additional literature. We are very erateful to our colleagues, Kirsten Cowley, Lyn Craven, Terena Lally, Anna Monro and Jo Palmer, for the time they have generously given me to provide advice and suggestions on the manuscript. Finally the first author would like to thank her family, Geoff, Elise & Michael, for their encouragement and tolerance over the many years this work has taken. 53 Stellaria in Australia (Caryophyllaceae) References Bentham, G. (1863). Stellaria. In: Flora Australiensis 1: 157— 159. (Lovell Reeve & Co: London). Bittrich, V. (1993) Caryophyllaceae. In: Kubitzki, K., Rohwer, J. & Bittrich, V. (eds), The families and genera of vascular plants 2: 206—236. (Springer Verlag: Berlin). Buchanan, A.M. (1988). Ronald Campbell Gunn 1808-1881; his life. In: The Tasmanian collecting localites of Ronald Gunn & Joseph Milligan, pp. 4—25. (Tasmanian Museum & Art Gallery: Hobart). Zasmanian Herbarium Occasional Publications |. Buck, P.H. (1953). French voyages of the nineteenth century. In: Explorers of the Pacific: European and American discoveries in Polynesia, pp. 80-88. (Bernice P. Bishop Museum: Honolulu, Hawai). Bernice P. Bishop Museum Special Publication 43. Chater, A.O. & Heywood, V.H. (1993). Stellaria. In: Tutin, T.G., Burges, N.A., Chater, A.O., Edmondson, J.R., Moore, D.M., Valentine, D.H., Walters, S.M. & Webb, D.A. (eds), Flora Europaea (ed. 2) 1: 161-164. (Cambridge University Press: Cambridge). Chen, S. & Rabeler, R. (2001). Stellaria. In: Wu, Z-y. & Raven, P.H. (eds), Flora of China 6: 11—29. (Science Press & Missouri Botanical Garden Press: Beijing & St. Louis). Chinnappa, C.C. & Morton, J.K. (1984). Studies in the Stellaria longipes complex (Caryophyllaceae) — Biosystematics. Systematic Botany 9: 60—73. Chinnappa, C.C., Donald, G.M., Sasidharan, R. & Emery, R.J.N. (2005). The Biology of Stellaria longipes (Caryo- phyllaceae). Canadian Journal of Botany 83: 1367-1383. Chorney, K. (1986). Caryophyllaceae. In: Jessop, J.P. & Toelken, H.R. (eds), Flora of South Australia 1: 233-235. (Government Printer: Adelaide). Cirillo, D.M.L. (1784). Essentialibus nonnullarum Plantarum Characteribus Commentarius, p. 36. (Napoli). Clapham, A.R., Tutin, T.G. & Warburg, E.F. (1952). Stellaria. In: Flora of the British Isles, pp. 241-244. (Cambridge University Press: Cambridge). Conn, B.J. (1983). Caryophyllaceae. In: Morley, B.D. & Toelken, H.R. (eds), Flowering Plants of Australia, pp. 77-79. (Rigby: Adelaide). Curtis, W.M. (1975). Student's Flora of Tasmania (ed. 2) 1: 70—72. (Government Printer: Hobart). Doust, A. (1990). Caryophyllaceae. In: Harden, G.J. (ed.), Flora of New South Wales |: 274-277. (New South Wales University Press: Kensington). Eichler, Hj. (1965). Supplement to J.M. Black's Flora of South Australia (Second Edition, 1943—1957). (Government Printer: Adelaide). Fenzl, E. (1840) [Dec. 1836]. Ordo CCVII Caryophylleae. In: Endlicher, S.L., Genera Plantarum secundum Ordines Naturales disposita 2: 946—974. (Fr. Beck: Wien). Fior, S., Karis, P.O., Casazza, G., Minuto, L. & Sala, F. (2006). Molecular phylogeny of the Caryophyllaceae (Caryophyllales) inferred from chloroplast matK and nuclear rDNA ITS sequences. American Journal of Botany 93: 399-411. Harbaugh, D.T., Nepokroeff, M., Rabeler, R.K., McNeill, J., Zimmer, E.A. & Wagner, W.L. (2010). A new lineage- based tribal classification of the family Caryophyllaceae. International Journal of Plant Science 171: 185-198. Hitchcock, A. S. & Green, M. L. (1929). Standard species of Linnean genera of Phanerogamae (1753-54). In: Fifth International Botanical Congress, Nomenclature: Proposals by British Botanist, pp. 111-199. (His Majesty’s Stationary Office: London). C.H. Miller & J.G. West Hooker, W.J. (1834). Contributions towards a flora of van Dieman’s Land; from collections sent by R.W. Lawrence, and Ronald Gunn, Esqrs., and by Dr. Scott. Journal of Botany |: 241-258. Hooker, W.J. (1836). Contributions towards a flora of van Diemen’s Land: from collections sent by R.W. Lawrence, Ronald Gunn, and Thomas Scott, Esqrs. Companion to the Botanical Magazine \(9): 272-277. Hooker, W.J. (1840). Contributions towards a flora of Van Dieman’s Land; chiefly from the collections of Ronald Gunn, Esq., and the late Mr Lawrence. Journal of Botany 2: 399-421. Kern, J.H. (1965). The Identity of Euthales filiformis de Vriese from Western Australia. Blumea 13(1): 116. Linnaeus, C. (1753). Stellaria. In: Species Plantarum 1: 421-— 423. (Laurentius Salvius: Stockholm). Maiden, J.H. (1910). Earlier French botanists as regards Australian plants. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 44: 139-142. Mattfeld (1938). Uber eine angebliche Drymaria Australiens, nebst Bemerkungen tiber die Staminaldriisen und die Peta- len der Caryophyllaceae. Repertorium Specierum Novarum Reegni Vegetabilis Beihefte 100: 147-164 & pl. VU-IX. McNeill, J. (1962). Taxonomic studies in the Alsinoideae. I. Generic and infra-generic groups. Notes from the Royal Botanic Gardens Edinburgh 24: 79-155. Miller, C.H. & West, J.G. (1996). Stellaria. In: Walsh, N.G. & Entwisle, T.J. (eds), Flora of Victoria 3: 233—240. (Inkata Press: Melbourne). Morton, J.K. (1972). On the Ocurrence of Stellaria pallida in North America. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 99(2): 95-97, 54 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Morton, J.K. (2005). Stellaria. In: Flora of North America Editorial Committee (eds), Flora of North America North of Mexico 5: 96—114. (Oxford University Press: New York & Oxford). Mueller, F.J.H. von (1888). Key to the System of Victorian Plants 1: 532. (Government Printer: Melbourne). Orchard, A.E. (1993). Caryophyllaceae. In: Flora of Australia 50: 123-125. (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra). Pax, F. & Hoffmann, K. (1934). Caryophyllaceae. In: Engler, H.G.A. & Prantl, K.A.E. (eds), Die Nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien (ed. 2) 16c: 320-323. (Wilhelm Engel- mann: Leipzig). Rabeler, R.K. (1988). Eurasian Introductions to the Michigan Flora. [IV Two additional species of Caryophyllaceae in Michigan. Michigan Botanist 27: 85-88. Rabeler, R.K. & Bittrich, V. (1993). Suprageneric nomen- clature in the Caryophyllaceae. Taxon 42: 857-863. Smissen, R.D., Clement, J.C., Garnock-Jones, PJ. & Chambers, G.K. (2002). Subfamilial relationships within Caryophyllaceae as inferred from 5’ ndhF sequences. American Journal of Botany 89: 1336-1341. Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1976). Duperry, Louis Isidore. In: Zaxonomic Literature (ed. 2) 1: 703-704. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema: Utrecht). Regnum Vegetabile 94. Van Royen, P. (1982). The Alpine Flora of New Guinea 3: 2354—2357. (J. Cramer: Vaduz). Webb, C.J., Sykes, W.R. & Garnock-Jones, P.J. (1988). Flora of New Zealand 4: 506-510. (Botany Division, DSIR: Christchurch). A | OQOURNAL of the ADELAIDE BOTANIC GARDENS AN OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FOR AUSTRALIAN SYSTEMATIC BOTANY flora.sa.gov.au/jabg Published by the STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA on behalf of the BOARD OF THE BOTANIC GARDENS AND STATE HERBARIUM © Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium, Adelaide, South Australia © Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Government of South Australia All rights reserved State Herbarium of South Australia PO Box 2732 Kent Town SA 5071 Australia Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium a) Government — of South Australia Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) 55—70 © 2012 Board of the Botanic Gardens & State Herbarium, Government of South Australia © 2012 Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Govt of South Australia Notes on Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) 7. H. hermanniifolia group (subgen. Hemistemma) trom mainly temperate eastern Australia H.R. Toelken State Herbarium of South Australia, DENR Science Resource Centre, P.O. Box 2732, Kent Town, South Australia 5071 e-mail: hellmut.toelken@sa.gov.au Abstract A taxonomic re-evaluation of the H. hermanniifolia group confirmed that it should be segregated from Hibbertia §Tomentosae Bentham (1863). The following taxa are recognised (newly described ones are in bold): H. acaulothrix Toelken, H. hermanniifolia DC. subsp. hermanniifolia and subsp. recondita Toelken, H. hexandra C.T.White, H. planifolia Toelken, H. reticulata Voelken, H. spathulata N.A.Wakef. subsp. spathulata and subsp. pleioclada Toelken. Desriptions, a key to the species and subspecies as well as illustrations are provided. The vestiture and its developments are reviewed. Keywords: Dilleniaceae, Hibbertia, nomenclature, revision, taxonomy, eastern Australia. Introduction Bentham (1863) included in his taxon Hibbertia S7omentosae species of the H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups (Toelken 2010) as well as the H. hermanniifolia group, which is here revised. All three together with other groups are now included in Hibbertia subgen. Hemistemma (Touars) Horn. Hibbertia hermanniifolia was the first species of this. It was described by Candolle (1817) based on a collection by G. Caley from Dovedale near Sydney, but Bentham and subsequent botanists could not locate this second Dovedale, so that it was not recollected for 100 years. The second collection of it was only made in 1913 when E. Cheel and J.L. Boorman rediscovered it at what is now Bents Basin along the lower Nepean River (cf. Notes under H. hermanniifolia). The species occurs here only in one very restricted area and this is still the only locality from where typical H. hermanniifolia has been recorded. Approximately thirty years later C.T. White collected in southern Queensland and described H. hexandra in 1942. He considered it to come “between H. hermanniaefolia and H. velutina R.Br.” (White 1942, p. 201), the latter is here considered to be only distantly related to the complex as it 1s part of Hibbertia §7omentosae, a taxon published by Bentham (1863) without rank (cf. Toelken 2010, p.1). The first collection from Victoria of another species different from H. hermanniifolia was described by Wakefield (1957) as H. spathulata N.A.Wakef. As more collections from Victoria followed the difference between these two species became less clear, but Willis (1973) distinguished H. hermanniifolia by its stalked fascicled hairs and stalked flowers. Since then more collections 35 have become available from a number of populations with usually disjunct localities of the characteristic ‘Inselberg’ distribution so often found in hibbertias along the Great Divide. The present treatment attempted to evaluate and classify these divergent and disjunct populations, as many of them are now represented by several collections to provide a wider range of their local natural variation. However, this does not apply to three recent collections from the Northern Tableland of New South Wales which are here included as subspecies of H. hermanniifolia and H. spathulata. They are well out of hitherto known distribution ranges of the two species and require more field work. Characteristics of the vestiture (cf. vestiture below) again proved a useful tool as in other groups of Hibbertia (Toelken 1998, 2000, 2010). Bentham (1863) largely followed Candolle (1824) when he placed H. hermanniifolia into his §7omentosae, but Toelken (2010) noted that it is distinguished by normal fascicled hairs subtended on the upper leaf surface by base cells, while species of the §7omentosae, consisting of the H. tomentosa and H. melhanioides groups, have rosette-like fascicled hairs or scales. Horn (2005, 2009) had already established this separation in his molecular analyses of the genus and family. Characters Leaves. The margins at the base of the leaf lamina continue into ridges or wings on either side of the persistent leaf bases on the branches. The leaves therefore seem sessile, but, similar to the more or less terete petioles in other parts of the subgen. Hemistemma (Thouars) Horn. They are also often variously elongated, so that the petiole is usually ill defined although approximate H.R. Toelken measurements for this section of the leaf are provided in the descriptions. Species of the H. hermanniifolia group do not develop a marked ridge or wing from the base of the central vein on the undersurface of the leaves, which characteristically continues on the leaf base and the branches of species of the H. tomentosa and H. melhanioides groups (Toelken 2010). No young seedlings have been recorded for this eroup, but juvenile plants about 10 cm tall, e.g. G.L.Stebbins A-63, NSW224829, without the basal leaves still had a few leaves which had two shallow subterminal teeth/lobes each with an obvious vein-end from a lateral vein more or less at the apex (Fig. 3], 4B). Adult leaves including those of coppicing branches of H. acaulothrix (e.g. S.Clarke s.n.) are not lobed or toothed as has been recorded for the H. tomentosa and H. melhanioides groups (Toelken 2010). However, the leaves of H. reticulata, and rarely also in H. hexandra, exhibit short veinlets from the sinuate supermarginal veins to the leaf margins (Fig. 4H), but in contrast to those from juvenile leaves no obvious vein-ends were observed. These veinlets are also not continuations from the lateral veins to the leaf margin (unlike in juvenile leaves above), but seem to develop at irregular intervals, sometimes even several times, from the supermarginal between any two connections with lateral veins. No such veinlets were observed in any of the other species of this group even when the often dense tomentum was removed. Vestiture. All species have predominantly fascicled hairs and in H. reticulata these are overtopped by hooked simple hairs on proximal margins of the leaf lamina. These hooked hairs are different to the occasional simple hairs on the upper leaf surface of, for instance H. acaulothrix (Fig. 1) which usually have a similar habit (including base cells, cf. below) to those of the surrounding fascicled hairs, which have arms varying in number (1-3) and size sometimes even on the same hair. Leaves of coppicing branches of the same species (S. Clarke s.n.) have mainly such simple hairs on the adaxial leaf surface, but even here they seem to merge into few multiangulate fascicled hairs of similar size and habit and are therefore grouped together. These multiangulate fascicled hairs are, however, never found to become rosette-like as in the very similar species of the H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups, nor could the latter species be shown to have any multiangulate hairs, even in juvenile stages, although this would have been the obvious derivation of the rosette-like fascicled hairs (Toelken 2010). The hairs on the upper leaf surface of adult as well as juvenile plants, as much as they are known, are often sparse and usually with very few arms. The leaves of seedlings of typical H. hermanniifolia (G.L.Stebbins A-63, NSW224829) examined had already lost the lowest about fifteen leaves, but still retained a few with shallow subterminal lobes or rounded teeth. These leaves had already a few hairs with short stalks on the abaxial 56 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 3 \ f 1 1 vy \ - e.. . be : w= | £ v 7 Va yy ae - t~/ Up - ~ » *4 Fig. 1. H. acaulothrix. Adaxial leaf surface covered with erect fascicled hairs with 1-3 arms and subtended by a collar of ridged base cells. — J.D.Briggs 2080. — Leaf mounted on specimen holder and scanned uncoated using a JEOL Neoscope JCM-5000 Table Top SEM (Nikon, Tokyo) under low vacuum; accelerating voltage 15kV. surface, but the cover of sessile hairs below them was still more sparse than in adult leaves as also reported for the H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups (Toelken 2010). On the adaxial surface of mature leaves at least one row of epidermal cells form a collar around the base of each hair. The walls of these cells become thickened and often ridged (cf. Fig. 1). They stand out because they are often lighter than other green cells, and are similar to the base cells in the H. aspera group (Toelken 1998). Often they become very pronounced particularly when that leaf is very exposed and the hairs have worn off, so that eventually some leaves especially of H. hexandra are completely covered with such thickened cells. However, the base cells of leaves of H. planifolia and H. spathulata are usually bulging similar to ‘goose-bumps’ on human skin, but do not develop visibly thickened walls under the persistent dense hairs. They are even less well developed in H. reticulata. Normally the base cells, which were only observed on the upper leaf surface, are only slightly raised above the surrounding epidermis and form a bulging or beady collar around each hair. On the undersurface of the leaves the stalked hairs, although not unique to this eroup (cf. H. alopecotis, Toelken 2010), are very well developed in H. hermanniifolia. The stalk is made up of cells similar to those of epidermis, which seem to have formed a protrusion, as the basal tubercle of the fascicled hair is found distally but partly hidden by a layer of epidermis-like cells. The cells of the stalks develop thick walls similar to the base cells and become filled with an amorphous brown substance, which 1s presumed to be tannins. This development of the stalk from the epidermis is further supported by the occasional presence of sessile fascicled hairs at the base or on the base of the stalk (Fig. 2) in the typical subspecies of H.. hermanniifolia. The development of the stalks has, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) however, not been studied as no seedlings with very immature leaves could be obtained. Flowers. The terminal flowers are subtended by a bract that is always found immediately below the calyx as in the §7omentosae but unlike the varying positions in the 8 Vestitae. The internode below the bract here referred to as peduncle (propodium; Conn 1995) is more or less elongated. In H. hermanniifolia subsp. hermanniifolia the internodes on the branches are usually elongate, so that one can more easily examine the flower buds, which are usually immediately overtopped by continued vegetative growth from the axil of the first leaf at the base of the peduncle. After at least two leaves another flower develops terminally and sympodial growth continues in a similar pattern to that described for H. superans (Toelken 2000, Fig. 11). As the branch thickens, the base of the slender peduncle is often pushed aside, so that it is usually not in a strictly leaf-opposed position, as it 1s commonly found in other Hibbertia species. In some dried specimens flowers may even seem axillary, but younger buds examined showed more clearly a terminal origin of the flowers. The position of the flower is not quite so obvious in most specimens of H. hermanniifolia subsp. recondita, H. aculothrix, H. planifolia and H. spathulata partly because of lateral displacement, but mainly as a result of abbreviated internodes between the clustered leaves on distal branches, so that it becomes impossible to determine the position of the flowers. In H. hexandra, and to lesser degree also in H. reticulata, flowers are also borne on elongated branches, but here the flowers are found terminal on fascicled lateral branches toward the apex of the main branches. Usually there are few such branches scattered along the upper reaches of larger branches. However, on actively erowing branches the flowers occur in distal groups of these fascicled branches, at first on short lateral branches with few leaves. Higher up these leaves decrease in number and size acropetally to two caducous leaflets (up to 4 mm long) at the base of the peduncle in the axil of the uppermost leaves. These axillary flowers in such continuous inflorescences are born at successive nodes unlike the terminal flowers, which develop at intervals of several nodes/leaves, as also recorded for the §7omentosae (cf. Toelken 2010, Fig. 12A). Stamens. Five more or less clear bundles of stamens are arranged around the ovaries in most flowers. These bundles seem to agree with the stamen trunks, which divide up to provide vascular traces to the individual stamens (Wilson 1965, Tucker & Bernhardt 2000), as there are usually the same number of stamens in each bundle. Sometimes, particularly in flowers with more than 15 stamens, the dorsal two bundles (in relation to the bract) are more clustered, so that these bundles are less easily distinguished. However, the few stamens of H. hexandra are also not always clearly grouped (Fig. 4E). ae Notes on Hibbertia 7 (Dilleniaceae) Fig. 2. H. hermanniifolia subsp. hermanniifolia. Stalked fascicled hairs with sessile fascicled hairs at or sometimes on the base of the stalk x30. —I.R. Telford 7225. The stamens are variable in size and some of them are reduced to staminodes with more or less reduced, indehiscent anthers or anthers lacking (Fig. 3D, 4D). The number of staminodes varies from one plant to another. There are often more staminodes, or all of them occur in the lateral bundles. The fertile stamens are also variable in length and especially the central one (rarely few) of the dorsal bundle is usually considerably longer than others. The filament of the central stamen, as well as the anthers of the other stamens of that bundle are usually leaning over the ovaries, so that the large anther 1s usually placed between the bases of the two erect styles. Other anthers of different sizes are normally tightly arranged around this to form a broadening column downwards. The rotate flower with a central anther column is unusual in Hibbertia and resembles those of Solanum flowers, except that two styles on either side of the anthers are at first erect, but become strongly recurved, so that the stigmas are directed dorsally and well away from the anthers. The filaments are usually slightly longer in H. elongata and H. spathulata, and as a result the anthers in dried material are rarely close together. A similar arrangement, though not as tightly erouped, is also found in H. hexandra. Here, however, the styles remain more or less erect, as 1n some tropical species of the H. melhanioides group, where the anthers are also often unequally long (e.g. H. bicarpellata, Toelken 2010), but are not forming a central column. A similar spacial arrangement of the anthers and styles as in the H. hermanniifolia complex is also often observed in the H. stricta complex (Toelken 2010b) except here all the stamens are in one dorsal cluster. This spatial arrangement seems to represent a distinct feature of the pollinating syndrome. H.R. Toelken Ovary. In all species of the H. hermanniifolia group the ovaries are densely hirsute with erect-spreading fascicled hairs. Similar to the species of the H. melhanioides croup (Toelken 2010a) the style bases (Fig. 4F, 4J), particularly of H. hexandra and H. reticulata, are often to various degrees hairy. Other specimens of both the species vary to glabrous. Seeds. The more or less lobed cup-shaped apex of the arils varies only slightly in length, similar to those in the H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups. Taxonomy Historically Hibbertia hermanniifolia was placed by Candolle (1817, 1824) into a group of species distinguished by the stamens being arranged around the densely hairy ovaries. Bentham (1863) largely agreed and named the group Hibbertia §Tomentosae. In that group Toelken (2010a) segregated the tropical species of the H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups from the H. hermanniifolia group mainly on the basis rosette-like hairs to scales as opposed to fascicled hairs, respectively. A. hermanniifolia group Shrubs with terete branches covered with raised leaf bases (not ridged or winged). Vestiture of multiangulate fascicled hairs with their base often surrounded by base cells with thickened lateral walls, or at first only radial walls thickened. Leaves cuneately linear-triangular to obovate, with lamina gradually constricted into indistinct petiole, truncate to cuspidate with scarcely recurved apex, sometimes emarginate, flat and with slightly revolute margins, lateral and intramarginal veins incompletely or not visible (except for mainly young J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) leaves of H. reticulata); juvenile leaves broader, with a pair of rounded subterminal teeth/lobes but not repeated in coppicing leaves, with subterminal and terminal vein-ends. Flowers terminal on more or less reduced short shoots, hence sometimes appearing axillary, + stalked, with narrowly ovoid to ellipsoidal buds; bracts linear to linear-spathulate. Calyx with lobes subequal to dissimilar, acute to cuspidate, + ridged distally, with multiangulate fascicled hairs outside and inside. Petals entire to scarcely bilobed. Stamens 6—25 (-48), in groups around the ovaries, with varying numbers of staminodes; anthers \inear-obloid, 1—3 longer ones. Pistils 2; ovaries each with 2 (—6) basal/ parietal ovules, densely fascicled-tomentose; styles erect on either side of stamens, with style base + hairy. Notes. This distinctive group is restricted to temperate areas (except H. reticulata) along mainly the eastern escarpment of the Great Divide in Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, where the present taxa seem to represent local relics judging by their often very disjunct restricted distribution. Widely separated populations of, for instance, the subspecies of H. hermanniifolia and H. spathulata indicate that some of these species once were more widespread. Affinities. Bentham (1863) placed H. hermanniifolia as the first species into the Hibbertia §Tomentosae next to the H. §Vestitae and H. §Ochrolasiae and included them in his sect. Euhibbertia (=sect. Hibbertia), because the stamens in their flowers are arranged around the ovaries. Based on molecular evidence all of these three groups are now separated from the species of H. subgen. Hibbertia and placed in the H. subgen. Hemistemma (Horn 2005, 2009). Furthermore Horn (2009) demonstrated that Key to the species and subspecies based largely on floral characters 1. Lower surface of leaves without stalked fascicled hairs 2. Peduncle > 5 mm long 3. Stamens 32—48; upper leaf surface with distinct rugose-reticulate veins; northern Qld ................. H, reticulata 3: Stamens 6 (—12); upper leaf surface with only a distinct mainly central vein; Qld, NSW ............... A. hexandra 2: Peduncle < 5 mm long 4. Undersurface of leaves not visible between revolute margins and central vein, which is + obscured by dense vestiture; shrublets decumbent to prostrate; NSW PP Glitter NPE NEE ONE WINES ered ae Nae chee RE SE POR Gta Hi, planifolia 4: Undersurface of leaves well exposed between revolute margins and obvious central vein; shrubs erect to spreading 5. Bracts 7.8—10.4 mm long; NSW ................. 5S: Bracts 3.4—5.4 mm long LY ae, FON nen ee Ae Fey eS Hi. acaulothrix 6. Leaves with scarcely recurved margins; upper leaf surface puberulous to tuberculate or glabrescent; CSUN re ecg at pw WN Cee Whe rer Pe teres oF SEES Ges DEE th ye Soe RE es SO HA. hexandra 6: Leaves with obviously revolute margins; upper leaf surface tomentose, rarely pubescent 7. Hairs on upper leaf surface with up to 8-10 (-14) arms; NSW ............... H. spathulata subsp. pletoclada 7: Hairs on upper leaf surface with 2—6 (—8) arms 8. Undersurface of leaves with some shortly stalked hairs; hairs on upper surface of leaves with 2 or 3 (3 rarms? NSW Way 8 esac te soe bee ees PEER L ROT E CO. SOoE RETO HA. hermanniifolia subsp. recondita 8: Undersurface of leaves with sessile hairs; hairs on upper surface of leaves with 6—8 (—14) TILE SEVIS, co hc! ate ate tao dnt PM ach w Oba, Mind, Bu! ae toh 2 1: Lower surface of leaves with some stalked fascicled hairs Ee ee een eT HA spathulata subsp. spathulata 9, Stalk of fascicled hairs 0.35—0.7 mm long; peduncle (9.4—) 10-15 (—17.7) mm long; stamens and Statminodes- 1 S=28 PINS W escce pee Gee een ene ewe ae tena ie pine cd PPAR ee Cee Eee Hi, hermanniifolia subsp. hermanniifolia 9: Stalk of fascicled hairs 0.1—0.3 mm long; peduncle (2—) 3-7 (—9) mm long; stamens and staminodes up to [Se INES Von NOG ase a Wie Bi ain Th Wis and etre eis Wire Mat at alle 14 pect paaterre Oh grives, eice Pag BS atta 32g oh wah ete Hi. hermanniifolia subsp. recondita J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) the H. hermanniifolia group formed a separate clade and one of three sister clades is the H. aspera group. Toelken (2010a) divided the H. $7omentosae into the H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups and here distinguishes the H. hermanniifolia group mainly on the basis of their rosette-like hairs or scales as compared to multiangulate fascicled hairs respectively. The H. hermanniifolia and H. aspera groups, which had previously been widely separated, because of the different arrangement of the stamens, now demonstrate one of several cases in Hibbertia where Horn (2009) could show a switch from the original stamens around the ovaries to stamens in one group to one side of the ovaries in another. Morphologically this affinity is supported because, in contrast to the other two sister clades, both groups have flat leaves with a scarcely developed central vein and develop similar base cells (cf. vestiture) around the tubercles of the fascicled hairs on the adaxial leaf surfaces. While most of the species of the H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups have toothed/lobed leaves of juvenile and regenerating shoots (Toelken 2010a), the H. hermanniifolia group were here found to develop toothed leaves only on seedlings and all leaves in the H. aspera group are entire (Toelken 1998). The H. §Ochrolasiae from Western Australia form according to Horn (2009) part of a sister clade to the Notes on Hibbertia 7 (Dilleniaceae) H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups, while the H. §Vestitae from temperate eastern Australia are part of one of the other two clades separate from the H. hermanniifolia and H. aspera clades (cf. above). Both the H. §Ochrolasiae and H. § Vestitae have more strongly revolute leaves and a more well developed central vein. Species of the H. hermanniifolia group are here alphabetically arranged in order to avoid renumbering them once the whole genus has been revised. Hibbertia acaulothrix Toelken, sp. nov. A H. hermanniifolia floribus plus minusve sessilibus pilisque faciculatis sessilibus; a H. spathulata pilis simplicibus foliorum paginis supernis bracteisque longioribus calice differt. Typus: New South Wales, 10 km N_ Bemboka, 16.x.1986, J.D.Briggs 2080 (holo.: NSW; iso.: MEL; CANB — n.v.). Hibbertia hermanniifolia auct. non DC.: G.J.Harden & J.Everett in G.J.Harden, Fl. New South Wales 1: 300 (1990), pro parte. Shrubs up to 1.1 m tall, with several stems, erect; branches bluntly ridged to scarcely flanged from the leaf base, tomentose or pubescent. Vestiture + persistent, dense multiangulate fascicled hairs sometimes overtopped by larger broad-based ones on whole plant; on branches dense, with erect to spreading multiangulate fascicled hairs (6—9 often unequal arms) overtopped by Key to species and subspecies based on vegetative characters As the revolute margins and central vein often bear different hairs they are here, for convenience, excluded in the use of ‘undersurface of leaves’, which are therefore not synonymous with the abaxial leaf surface (cf. Toelken 1998, 2000). References to the central vein always apply to the abaxial leaf surface unless specified, because here it is usually clearly visible. 1. Upper leaf surface with + rugose-reticulate veins, with hooked simple hairs towards the proximal margins overtopping fascicled hairs; Qld ........... 0.0.0.2 0 0 ee Te cyan ee TNS fe ot cease ha eee ee H. reticulata 1: Upper leaf surface without veins or with incomplete vein network, without hooked hairs overtopping fascicled hairs 2. Stalked fascicled hairs present on branches and veins of abaxial surface of leaves .................. A, hermanniifolia 3. Stalk of fascicled hairs 0.35—0.7 mm long; peduncle (9.4—) 10-15 (—17.7) mm long; NSW ........... Ae eee Hi. hermanniifolia subsp. hermanniifolia 3: Stalk of fascicled hairs 0.1—0.3 mm long; peduncle (2—) 3-7 (-9) mm long; NSW, Vic ............. 2: Stalked fascicled hairs absent on branches and leaves Fs Lites dy vg Fi ot a LORE Ns SI Hi, hermanniifolia subsp. recondita 4. Upper leaf surface sparsely hairy, becoming tuberculate or glabrescent; arms of hairs scarcely longer than basal tubercle; leaf lamina (4.6—) 6-18 (—22.8) mm broad; Qld, NSW...... 0... ce ee ee. A. hexandra 4: Upper leaf surface tomentose to hirsute; arms of hairs at least twice as long as basal tubercle; leaf lamina 1—5.4 (—8.3) mm broad 5. Upper leaf surface hirsute with arms of larger flaccid hairs 2—4 times longer than those on shorter hairs (particularly on flanks of cuneate base), fascicled hairs with 2 or 3 (—5 on margins) arms,not DPCESISTOMTS INS Wi uc oF Seas fea seek Pasa srs ete ee a hea reg oemeh Ue ed oli Pe Be gael iL te Rene nS Oe helo A. acaulothrix 5: Upper leaf surface velvety to tomentose with arms of larger erect-spreading hairs scarcely longer than those of shorter ones, fascicled hairs with (3) 4-6 (—12 on margins) arms, persistent 6. Central vein + obscured by dense vestiture; undersurface of leaves not visible between revolute margins and central vein, shrublets decumbent to prostrate; NSW ........ 0.0... cc eee ee ees Hi, planifolia 6: Central vein obvious; undersurface of leaves visible between revolute margins and central vein; shrublets eréettO SPreadine, sa; Ves ence sce-wte 4 prt een tts Mesie aetat Cnet he abe wed aoe ety Reh arent ha eke ales HA. spathulata 7. Hairs on upper leaf surface with up to 8-10 (—14) arms; NSW ............... H, spathulata subsp. pletoclada 7: Hairs on upper leaf surface 2—6 (—8) arms 8. Undersurface of leaves with some shortly stalked hairs; hairs on upper surface of leaves with 2 or 3:{—5 jrarims? INSW.OVIGi yp eek eee LES ret RE vl bt gail (ls SM LEN, Hi. hermanniifolia subsp. recondita 8: Undersurface of leaves with sessile hairs; hairs on upper surface of leaves with 6—8 (—14) TEINS VU nn asl alae a a rece tame ate ata nlet al! ala ate inte tat ela ard eat ta! at os a ahi ttshce ts H. spathulata subsp. spathulata H.R. Toelken t.- ~ > . - ee * ~, * -. 3 > a. “* 4 x i “ “ ” ; re a \ — ae a, , im iY - . | oe . © - > * ts, 7" % c- - wwe 2 ra ~— cy =| cag “ .. 7 “ FAO, * sm 5. —t ary em ie ay ont ' —— i = wae, "oy ~ of '—- 4 . = ? = “ BD By ie 5 = —_-_ - i (rr =, ie | i - aa oe ff Ee (foe yee, — 2 vt a r ee a ay ‘ LL _ ate. “ i “ar sp A oe fe -f ws . 7 a moan’, oF ag a om ATG | Se ‘ = ai ‘ a =? =- 3h ent ~ JN 2 i eee vif naa Ms ae 77 i) at i‘. ‘j aera eh Zz — ead Peon = fi | 7 . * tg ‘, ve. ‘ = eA : a owe, w - . = Sf ‘m4 - + as “ — ee y i. ae - = a> ee ae 4 . = % - ~ ~~ - = = * - _ »~ , ‘fh. 4 a ; . 4 tafe, © 4 rr > — a 4 : Z ‘ amt.¥, ra os a = Ys ij , uy _ i b S>, he ie on ‘ 5 ny Piet re oe. i he race Shade Oh DK ~ = , “en i ht aa SP $ be ty J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) ae = sd P i r q Fo, a+ fee, = i q e : Ray Fok An. PISS = ‘ ¥ = —- f — df ee LRG TRS Ray j . + ore am s ‘ ia % .. Fig. 3. A-D H. acaulothrix: A flowering branch x1; B leaf from below x3; C transverse section through mid-leaf x9; D flower with calyx and corolla removed to show erect position of stigmas, 1 larger stamen and several staminodes x10. E-G H. spathulata subsp. spathulata: E branch x1; F leaf from below x4; G transverse section through mid-leaf x10. H-K H. hermanniifolia subsp. hermanniifolia: H flowering branch x1; | juvenile leat from above x4; J transverse section through mid-leaf x8; K seed x10. L—-N H. planifolia: L branch x1; M leaf trom below x4; N transverse section through mid-leaf x9. — A-D J.D.Briggs 2080; E-G N.G.Walsh 2209; H, J, K IR. Telford 7225, | G.L.Stebbins A-63; L-N R.Coveney NSW 12/188. or with scattered larger, often almost stalked broad-based ones (11-16 usually unequal arms); on leaves above moderately dense, spreading to antrorse, appearing sessile (basal tubercle surrounded by base cells) subequal multiangulate fascicled hairs (1-3 usually unequal arms or up to 5 on margin and often increasing 2—4 times the length towards the flanks) wearing off sooner or later; on leaves below scattered larger erect 60 to spreading multiangulate broad-based fascicled hairs (7—14 unequal to subequal, antrorse to radial arms) over dense fine narrow-based multiangulate fascicled hairs (5—10 subequal arms, but not always distinguishable); on bracts above dense, with erect hairs (1-3 often unequal arms), below dense, with erect multiangulate fascicled hairs (6—9 subequal arms) or rarely with some broad- based ones (8—11 subequal arms) mainly on the central J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) vein; on outer calyx lobes outside dense, with mainly cactiform broad-based fascicled hairs or some erect multiangulate narrower-based fascicled hairs towards the margins and the apex, inside + dense antrorse narrow- based fascicled hairs on upper third; on inner calyx lobes outside + dense band of cactiform fascicled hairs along the centre becoming smaller laterally and with some fascicled cilia on the broad membranous margin, inside glabrous. Leaves without axillary tufts of hairs; petiole O—0.3 mm long, indistinct; /amina cuneately oblong- oblanceolate, (4.6—) 6—15 (—22.3) x (1.6—) 2.5—4.5 (—5.4) mm, usually truncate-emarginate rarely rounded and with scarcely recurved vein-end, gradually constricted into petiole, flat, entire, above distinctly grooved along the central vein and puberulous or sometimes pubescent, becoming tuberculate, below with central vein broader and often raised above revolute margins or rarely with some lateral veins visible on upper half, velutinous, slightly discolourous; juvenile leaves (coppicing) larger but similar to normal leaves, entire, with finer and larger hairs. Flowers single, terminal, sessile or almost so, often on lateral shoots, with flower bud ellipsoidal; penduncle + absent; bracts linear-oblanceolate to linear-spathulate, 7.8-10.4 x 1.9-2.4 mm, usually longer than outer calyx, pointed, ridged, below pubescent to tomentose or velutinous, above tomentose. Calyx with lobes slightly unequal but forming a range; outer calyx lobes (3/2) linear-lanceolate to -oblanceolate, (5.4—) 6—6.8 (—7.2) x 2.5—2.8 mm, scarcely longer than inner ones, pointed to acute, ridged, outside stubble-like to velutinous along margins, inside puberulous to pubescent on the upper third and the margins; inner calyx lobes (2/3) oblong- ovate, (4.2—) 4.5—5.5 (—6.3) x 3.1—3.8 (4.1) mm, acute to cuspidate, scarcely ridged, stubble-like to pubescent on a central band and with fascicled cilia on broad membranous margin, inside glabrous. Petals obovate, (7.4—) 7.8-9.5 (—10.2) x (4.3—) 5.0—7.0 (—8.8) mm long, scarcely bilobed. Stamens 9-13 (plus some staminodes), subequal except for | (—3) longer ones, in + 5 bundles around the ovaries; filaments narrow throughout, |.3—1.8 mm long, slightly connate basally; anthers narrowly obloid, rarely obloid-ovoid, 1.1—1.3 mm long, | (-3) longer ones (1.8—1.9 mm long) in the centre, abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovaries obovoid, each with 2 (-4) ovules above one another, hirsute, style attached to dorsal apex of ovary then + erect such that stigmas are lateral to the upper part of the longer + incurved anther(s). Fruiting peduncle not elongating. Seeds not seen. Flowering: usually October—April. Fig. 1, 3A-D. Distribution and ecology. Recorded associated with sedimentary rocks from very different woodlands, such as with Eucalyptus sieberi L.A.S.Johnson or E. multicaulis Blakeley or associated with Allocasuarina littoralis (Salisb.) L.A.S.Johnson, Corymbia gummifera (Gaertn.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson and Leptospermum trinervium (Sm.) Joy Thomps.; found in few widely separated localities in New South Wales (CT, CC, SC). 61 Notes on Hibbertia 7 (Dilleniaceae) Conservation status. In Wadbilliga National Park “several thousand plants scattered over at least 3 ha.” were recorded by J.D. Briggs 2080. Diagnostic features. The vestiture of simple or scarcely branched fascicled hairs on the upper leaf surface 1s similar to that of H. hermanniifolia, but H. acaulothrix is distinguished by the absence of stalked fascicled hairs and flowers on elongated peduncles. Similarly the latter is distinguished from H. spathulata by the presence of simple hairs on the upper leaf surface, and bracts are longer than the calyx. Variation. Although the species is at present known only from a few well separated localities, the different populations show little variation. Leaves of young fast- erowing branches have usually predominantly simple hairs on the adaxial leaf surface and these and at least the larger hairs of the abaxial surface are more or less antrorse. Since a similar trend was found in both H. hermanniifolia and H. spathulata the absence of stalked fascicled hairs in this species is significant. Etymology. The epithet “acaulo-thrix”’, Greek, “stalkless- hair’ (noun in apposition) refers to the sessile hairs of this species in comparison to those of the very similar H.. hermanniifolia. Specimens examined New SouTtH WALES: S.Clarke s.n., Water Board land off Long Nose Point Road, 27.11.2001 (WOLL); M.D.Crisp 2235 & I.R.Telford, 3.33 km E Mt Coricudgy, 27.x.1976 (CANB); P. Gilmour WO33, Brogo River near Yankees Creek, Wadbilliga National Park, |.1v.1983 (CANB); D.J. McGillivray 1605, between Kekeelbon Mts and Mt Coricudgy, 13.11.1966 (NSW); D.Tilley WOLL 2113, Wattle Ridge, Hilltop, 111.82 (WOLL); T. & S.Whaite 3275, Kekeelbon Mts, 1.1x.1969 (NSW). Hibbertia hermanniifolia DC. Regn. Veg. Syst. Nat. 1: 431 (1817), as “hermanniaefolia”; Prodr. 1: 75 (1824), as “hermanniaefolia’; Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 30 (1863), as “hermanniaefolia”’; F.Muell., Syst. Cens. 1: 2 (1882), as “hermannifolia’,; C.Moore, Census PI. New South Wales | (1884), as “hermannifolia’’; C.Moore & Betche, Handb. Fl. New South Wales 10 (1893), as “hermannifolia’; W.A.Dixon, Pl. New South Wales 29 (1906), as “hermannifolia’; N.C.W.Beadle et al., Vasc. Pl. Sydney edn 1: 194 (1963); J.H. Willis, Handb. Pl. Victoria 2: 386 (1973); G.J.Harden & J.Everett in G.J.Harden, Fl. New South Wales 1: 300 (1990); Toelken in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 305 (1996). — Type citation: “in montibus Novae Hollandiae. Caley. (v. s. sp. in h. [dried specimen seen in herb.] Lambert)’. Type: “m Lambert” (holo.: G-DC). — see Notes below. Shrubs 0.8—-1.5 (—3) m tall, with several stems, spreading; branches bluntly ridged to flanged from the leaf base, hispid to pubescent. Vestiture + persistent, usually dense multiangulate fascicled hairs over whole plant but overtopped by few to many stalked ones mainly on branches, leaves below and outside of outer calyx lobes; on branches dense, with erect to spreading multiangulate narrow-based fascicled hairs (7—10 often H.R. Toelken unequal arms) of different sizes overtopped by more or less spreading stalked broad-based ones (8-16 (—25) usually unequal arms) often near nodes; on leaves above sometimes wearing off but retaining basal tubercle and ring of base cells, moderately dense, with few to many erect simple to erect or spreading, often antrorse multiangulate narrow-based fascicled hairs (2, 3 often unequal arms, rarely up to 5 arms on the Northern Tableland, New South Wales) of different sizes, becoming larger (up to 12 arms) towards the flanks of the recurved margins; on leaves below dense, with fine spreading multiangulate narrow-based fascicled hairs of different sizes (7-10 subequal arms) overtopped by few to many stalked broad-based ones (11—16 (—23) usually unequal arms) mainly restricted to veins and the revolute margins; on bracts above moderately dense, with erect multiangulate narrow-based fascicled hairs (3—5 subequal arms), below like leaves dense, with spreading multiangulate narrow-based fascicled hairs of different sizes overtopped by few larger stalked broad-based fascicled hairs; on outer calyx lobes outside + dense, with spreading, often short-branched multiangulate, often broad-based fascicled hairs of different sizes overtopped by + stalked usually broad-based fascicled hairs scattered over the surface but becoming shorter towards the margins, inside with + dense antrorse narrow-based multiangulate fascicled hairs on often more than the upper half; on inner calyx lobes outside + dense, with spreading but short-branched multiangulate, often broad-based fascicled hairs of different sizes overtopped by scattered larger broad-based ones mainly along the centre and with narrow-based fascicled cilia on the membranous margins, inside glabrous except for a few antrorse fascicled hairs towards the apex. Leaves without axillary tufts of hairs; petiole 0.2—1.4 mm long, indistinct; /amina obovate to oblanceolate, 3.3-—30.2 x 1.8-10.2 mm, usually + truncate and with short recurved apex, usually entire, flat to + folded lengthwise or grooved along the central vein and pubescent to sparsely velutinous, below with narrow central vein rarely raised above revolute margins and rarely with usually incomplete lateral veins visible towards the apex, and hirsute to velutinous, discolourous; juvenile leaves obtriangular, with three subequal terminal teeth, flat, covered at least at first with fine sessile fascicled hairs, each with few arms on the upper surface and with more on the undersurface. Flowers single, terminal or often not leaf-opposed but beside petiole, with ovoid to ellipsoidal buds; peduncle thread-like but firm, (3-) 4—12 (—17.7) mm long, terete; bracts spathulate to linear-oblanceolate, 3.3—5.5 x 0.8—2.9 mm, longer than half the outer calyx, leaf-like with revolute margins and central ridge, sparsely velutinous above and + hirsute below. Calyx with lobes slightly unequal but forming a range; outer calyx lobes (3/2) linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 5.1—7.4 x 1.8—3.1 mm, slightly longer than inner ones, ridged, outside hirsute rarely velutinous, inside pubescent with few antrorse fascicled hairs on 62 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) upper half; inner calyx lobes (2/3) ovate, 5.1-6.4 x 3.6—4.2 mm, acute to obtuse, without ridge, tomentose to almost stubble-like towards the margins and with fascicled cilia along the membranous margins, inside glabrous to puberulous towards the apex. Petals oblong- oblanceolate, rarely obovate, 6.8-9.4 x 4.7-6.8 mm, scarcely bilobed. Stamens 9-24 (plus few staminodes) unequal, in 5 bundles around the ovary; filaments filiform, 1.1—-1.5 mm long, scarcely basally connate; anthers narrowly obloid, 1.2—-1.5 mm long, at least central one longer (1.8—2.1 mm), abruptly constricted above and below, straight. Pistils 2; ovaries obovoid, each with 2—4 ovules in pairs above one another, hirsute, with style attached to dorsal apex then more or less erect positioning stigmas laterally to the upper part of the longer anther. Fruiting peduncle slightly elongated, + recurved. Seeds obovoid to almost spherical, 2.5—2.9 x 2.9-3.25 mm, shiny-black; aril with fleshy base expanding into + 3 or 4 lobed cup-like membrane clasping the lower half of seed. Diagnostic features. Pedunculate flowers and the uniquely stalked fascicled hairs with their commonly brown stalks, particularly on the undersurface of leaves, are distinctive of this species. Some of the latter hairs were always present, although they were found to erade into normal fascicled hairs with broad and thin tubercles. The discolourous leaves of this species are usually accentuated by the sparse tomentum of simple and fascicled hairs (with few arms) on the upper leaf surface, which is distinctive of the two subspecies. The truncate leaves with a similar fascicled tomentum of vegetative material of some Asterolasia species (Rutaceae) have at times been confused with specimens of Hibbertia hermanniifolia. Variation. The plants from the type locality, Bents Basin on the Nepean River, have particularly large leaves and hairs. They become smaller southwards in southern New South Wales and in Victorian plants often appear similar in size to those of H. spathulata. Throughout the distribution of the species the stalk of stalked hairs is more or less intensely brown-coloured, while the short base of sessile hairs is without colour. The same applies to less obviously stalked rosette-like fascicled hairs in H. alopecota from the Northern Territory and Duretto and Ladiges (1997) also report “often heavily pigmented” stalks of species of Boronia. Similarly in the northern specimens the flowers are usually overtopped by axillary vegetative growth so that they appear to be axillary, because they are commonly pushed sideways. These flowers are rarely clearly leaf- opposed, nor do they show rudiments of axillary short shoots as it 1s observed in the tropical species. The specimen (G.L.Stebbins A-63, NSW224829) is the only one that has a number of terminal flowers but then the peduncles are typically longer than 9 mm. The number of stamens and staminodes of a flower were found to vary from one population to another. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Notes. In the protologue Candolle (1817) cites the type as “in montibus Novae Hollandiae” and being a Caley specimen in Herb. Lambert, but none of this detail is found on the holotype specimen. A sheet (BM 834625) of this species contains four branches, one marked “in the Mountains — Caley” and a second “Dove Dale Oct 30-1807” in a different later handwriting (Bentham’). There is no indication whether they belong to the same collection or two different ones and which specimen then belongs to which collection, except that all four specimens are so similar that it seems likely that they are from the same plant of the only population this, the typical subspecies 1s known from. It could also not be established whether or not the Caley specimen/s in the British Museum are duplicates, i.e. possible isotypes particularly as Vallance et al. (2001) stated “Caley visited and revisited the place over the years.” The R.Brown specimen in Kew Herbarium was noted to have been received in 1880 (after flora treatment of Bentham, 1863) and is accompanied by a collector’s label but without a number added subsequently by J.J. Bennett. This was found typical of that batch judging by other specimens. It is also annotated “Dove Dale Oct 30-1807” and thus unlikely to be collected by Brown. Vallance et al. (2001) suggested he and G.Caley could only have visited Dovedale on 23.x.1803, but no such specimen could be located. A note concerning the exact locality of this Dovedale, which Bentham was unable to resolve, was found in the cover of the species in the National Herbarium of New South Wales (NSW): “The type of this species was collected by Caley at ‘Dovedale’ (cf. Benth. [1863]) or, as cited by DC., ‘in montibus Novae-Hollandiae’. This Dovedale (see label on specimen of leaf from Nat. Herb. Vict. Mel.) is at Bent’s Basin, Nepean River. There was also another early property named ‘Dovedale’ on the Bellinger River (see Balliere’s N.S.W. Gazetteer & Road Guide compiled by R.P.Whilworth 1866) & and this must have lead Moore & Betche [1893 and Dixon 1906] to cite ‘Clarence River District’ in the Fl. N.S.W. Caley’s collections were from the Central Coast & too early for a N. Coast area. N.C.F. [Neridah C. Ford] 6/1957”. The species consists of many, often disjunct populations which are here grouped into two subspecies. The subsp. hermanniifolia is, however, restricted to a small area at Bents Basin. Key to subspecies 1. Stalk of fascicled hairs 0.35—0.7 mm long; peduncle (9.4—) 10-15 (—17.7) mm long; combined stamens and staminodes 18-28; NSW subsp. hermanniifolia : Stalk of fascicled hairs 0.1—0.3 mm long; peduncle (2—) 3—7 (-9) mm long; combined stamens and staminodes up EOSIN We WIG ne are vats 24 oe ek subsp. recondita Aibbertia hermanniifolia subsp. hermanniitfolia. Leaves broadly obovate, (5.6—) 7-18 (—30.2) x (2.2-) 30-75 (—10.2) mm; stalk of fascicled hairs 0.35—0.7 mm 63 Notes on Hibbertia 7 (Dilleniaceae) long. Flowers usually overtopped by axillary vegetative erowth displacing the peduncle to a lateral position; peduncles (9.4—) 10-15 (—17.7) mm _ long; bracts oblanceolate-spathulate, 1.9—2.9 mm broad. Stamens and staminodes 18-28. Flowering: September—February. Fig. 2, 3H-K. Distribution and ecology. Grows on sandy soils or rocky slopes associated with sandstone cliffs in sclerophyll eucalypt forest of mainly Corymbia eximia (Schauer) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson and Eucalyptus pilularis Sm. in New South Wales (CC). Conservation status. Locally common in conserved area. Variation. Judging by a number of specimens collected at this restricted population it would seem that this subspecies shows little variation. Even juvenile plants are remarkably similar to adult plants (see description). Specimens examined New SouTH WALES (all from Bents Basin): D. Benson et al. NSW 167541, 20.11.1984 (NSW); R.Brown [G.Caley] s.n., Dove Dale, 30.x.1807 (BM, K); E.Cheel & J.L.Boorman NSW 33652, 10.1x.1913 (BM, BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NSW); J/.Pulley 897 & I.R.Telford, 29.1x.1971 (CANB); G.L.Stebbins A-63, 20.x1.1974 (CANB, NSW); [.R.Telford 7225, 27.x.1978 (CANB). Hibbertia hermanniifolia subsp. recondita Toelken, subsp. nov. A subspecie typica pedunculis brevibus usque ad 9 mm longis, pilis brevibus foliisque parvis differt. Typus: Victoria, Mt Elizabeth 2, R.D.Hoogland 11911, 26.x1.1970 (holo.: AD98040099; iso.: BRI, MEL, NSW; A, B, BM, CANB, E, G, HBG, K, L, NE, OKLA, PERTH, UC — n.v.). Hibbertia hermanniifolia auctt. non DC.: Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 386 (1973), pro parte; G.J.Harden & J.Everett in G.J.Harden, Fl. New South Wales 1: 300 (1990), pro parte; Toelken in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Victoria 3: 305 (1996), pro parte. Leaves oblanceolate to obovate, (3.3—) 4-8.5 (—13.5) x (1.8—) 2.54 (—5.6) mm; stalk of fascicled hairs 0.1—0.3 mm long. Flowers not overtopped by axillary vegetative erowth, or if displaced by some growth then peduncle leaf-opposed; peduncles (2—) 3—7 (—9) mm long; bracts linear-oblanceolate, 0.9-1.4 mm broad. Stamens and staminodes up to 15. Flowering: August—February. Distribution and ecology. Grows on dry slopes or on skeletal soils in rock outcrops, often on granite, in shrub land to sclerophyll forest in southern New South Wales (NT, SC) and north-eastern Victoria (EHL, EG). Conservation status. Locally common on Mt Poole, New South Wales (/.D. Briggs & D.E. Albrecht 1957A) and Mt Elizabeth 2, Victoria (FE. Davies 640). Variation. Specimens from widely separated localities on the Northern Tablelands are remarkably similar to the southern populations of this subspecies. Even the number of stamens, the most critical character that separates H.R. Toelken the two subspecies, fall into a similar range, although only few flowers from the northern populations have been available for examination. While one specimen (L.M. Copeland 3446) has a vestiture remarkably similar to the southern populations (even with base cells being visible around each hairs on the upper leaf surface), P.Gilmour 8373 has very few stalked hairs on the leaves and these stalks are shorter than normal for this subspecies, and hairs on the upper leaf surface have up to five arms on the margins. Since the two specimens were collected relatively close to one another the two were combined until more material becomes available to evaluate the variation. As the latter specimen has only few, shortly stalked hairs it might easily be confused with H. spathulata subsp. pleioclada, also from the Northern Tableland, but that subspecies can be easily distinguished by fascicled hairs with 5—10 arms on the upper leaf surface. Most specimens of this subspecies can be recognised by their smaller leaves, but in the extreme large range there is an obvious overlap with those of typical H. hermanniifolia. One unusual specimen from between Mt Wellington and Castleburn (Chesterfield MEL530993) has, however, very large leaves (extreme measurements of 21.7 x 9.8 mm), but the hairs are much smaller (arms of stalked fascicled hair being 0.1—0.2 mm long), so that this specimen is here accepted as a form, possibly coppicing and still without flowers, of subsp. recondita, although this variant falls well outside the known range. The vestiture of this specimen also does not fit any species of Asterolasia (Rutaceae), which are at times confused with vegetative material of this species of Hibbertia. Etymology. The epithet “recondita”, Latin, “hidden, not easily seen” refers to the terminal flower buds, which are usually covered up by, or enclosed in the leaves around them because of the short peduncles. Selection of specimens examined (36 seen) New SoutH WALES: J.D. Briggs & D.E.Albrecht 1957A, Mt Poole, Yumbulla State Forest, 16.v11.1986 (CANB, NSW); L.M.Copeland 3446 & PLupica, near Steepdrop Falls, ca 40 km ENE Walcha, 24.x.2002 (AD); L.M Copeland 3864, [.R.Telford & J.Duncan, 100 m NNW Moona Falls, ca 30 km E Walcha, 30.x1.2004 (AD, CANB, NE, NSW); P Gilmour 8373, ca 5 km NNE Limbri, 24.11.2003 (AD); K.Mills NSW 224830, Mt Dunagh, Tantawangalo State Forest, 30.x1.1987 (NSW); R.Outhred NSW 224833, Yankees Gap, Wadbilliga Park, 1.1v.1983 (NSW). VictoriA: D.E. Albrecht 296, Camp Oven Gap track, W Timbarra, 18.11.1984 (CANB, MEL); A.C. Beauglehole 37113, Mt Elizabeth 2, N side, 28.11.1971 (AD, MEL, NSW); 37/44, Collins Road, 5.3 miles from Omeo Highway, 1.111.197] (MEL, NSW, CANB); FE.Davies 640, Mt Elizabeth, 12.x1.1988 (AD, CBG, HO, MEL, NSW); £.A. Chesterfield MEL 530993, on Dargo Road between Mt Wellington & Castleburn, 11.11.1978 (MEL); J.R.Turner 15, Mt Steve, 25.1x.1984, (MEL); JH. Willis MELS02085, Mt Elizabeth summit, 16.1x.1968 (MEL, NSW). 64 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Hibbertia hexandra C.T.White Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 53: 201 (1942); N.C. W.Beadle, Student. Fl. N.E. New South Wales 3: 250, fig. 1I17C (1976); Stanley in Stanley & E.M.Ross, Fl. S.E. Queensl. 1: 188 (1983); G.J.Harden & J.Everett in G.J.Harden, FI. New South Wales 1: 300 (1990); Jessup in Bostock & E.E.Holland, Census Queensl. Fl. 64 (2007). — Typus: Queensland, Lamington National Park, C. 1’ White 11187, 22.x1.1934 (holo.: BRI). Shrubs to small trees recorded up to 5 m, but usually not more than 3 m tall, erect; branches bluntly ridged, tomentose. Vestiture + persistent, with erect to spreading, rarely reflexed multiangulate fascicled hairs on all parts of the plant; on branches dense, with erect to spreading smaller multiangulate fascicled hairs (8-15 often unequal arms) overtopped by scattered larger ones (11—22 often unequal arms); on leaves above sparse, with scattered larger and smaller multiangulate fascicled hairs (with broad base and 2—4 short subequal and often only with antrorse arms, usually wearing off but with tubercle remaining or rarely only tubercles developing) with slightly larger ones towards and on the flanks of the revolute margins; on leaves below dense, with subequal erect multiangulate fascicled hairs (7-12 subequal arms) overtopped by few distinctly larger ones (15—18 subequal arms) mainly associated with the veins; on bracts above and below dense, with subequal erect multiangulate fascicled hairs overtopped by very few larger ones on the central vein; on outer calyx lobes outside dense, with subequal spreading multiangulate fascicled hairs overtopped by more or less larger ones often with many arms, inside densely covered with subequal multiangulate fascicled hairs (but more or less antrorse) on the upper two-third to half; on inner calyx lobes outside like outer calyx but with fewer larger hairs, inside with few antrorse multiangulate hairs towards the apex. Leaves without axillary tufts of hairs; petiole (O—) 0.4—2.0 (—6.6) mm long, often indistinct; lamina elliptic- to oblanceolate, (8.2—) 15-50 (—75.6) x (4.6—) 6-18 (—22.8) mm, rounded to slightly emarginate, rarely obtuse, gradually tapering into petiole, flat with slightly recurved margins, entire rarely slightly sinuate towards the apex and associated with veins to the margins, above slightly grooved along the central vein and puberulous often becoming tuberculate to glabrous, below with more or less raised veins showing the central vein connected to lateral ones at 70—85° and continued onto sinuate inframarginal ones, tomentose to hirsute along the major veins, distinctly discolourous; juveniles leaves (L./.Webb & J.G.Tracey BRI 37332) oblanceolate, with 1, rarely 2, rounded teeth on either side below the rounded apex and continued for up to 30 leaves, occasionally repeated on fast growing branches, flat with hardly recurved margins, above with scattered fascicled hairs (2, 3 subequal arms), scarcely tuberculate at first, but soon tubercles form and arms wear off, below with few scattered hairs along the veins, each with 3—5 subequal arms, becoming densely hairy (tomentose) on the 17" to 20" leaves. Flowers single, terminal on short J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) i ‘ L ‘ 1 ae —— Notes on Hibbertia 7 (Dilleniaceae) Fig. 4. A-F H. hexandra: A flowering branch x1; B juvenile leaf from below x1; C transverse section through mid-leaf x5; D flower with calyx and corolla removed in frontal and lateral view x9; E diagram of stamens around ovaries; F, style base x8; G—-J H. reticulata: G flowering branch x1; H juvenile leat from below x1; I transverse section through mid-leaf x3; J hairy style base x8. — A, C-F /.R. Telford 1170; B IR. Telford 3303; G-J M.B. Thomas 296. shoots along branches but distally progressively reduced to “axillary” with ultimately two caducous leaflets up to 4 mm long in axil of subtending leaf, with buds narrowly ovoid to ellipsoidal; peduncle stiff, 3.1—7.0 (-16.8) mm long, terete to slightly ridged below the flowers; bracts strap-like to linear-oblanceolate, linear- spathulate, 3.4—4.8 x 0.4-1.2 mm, ca half to two-thirds as long as outer calyx lobes, acute to pointed, erect and + appressed, tomentose. Calyx with lobes unequal; outer calyx lobes (3), lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, 6.2—7.0 (—7.7) x (1.7—) 1.9-2.2 mm, usually distinctly longer than inner ones, acute, usually distinctly ridged along the whole length, outside tomentose interspersed with larger hairs, inside tomentose to pubescent on upper two-third to half; inner calyx lobes (2) oblong-ovate, 5.4—5.9 (-6.1) x 2.6—3.1 mm, acute, with faint ridges, outside tomentose and membranous margins with some fascicled cilia, inside tomentose to puberulous towards the apices. Petals oblanceolate to oblong-oblanceolate, 5.2-8.4 mm long, usually entire. Stamens 6 (—12) (without staminodes), unequal, with dorsal one longer, arranged in groups around pistils; filaments strap-like, 1.1-1.4 mm long, scarcely connate basally; anthers narrowly obloid, 1.6—1.8 (—2.1) mm long, abruptly 65 constricted above and below, straight. Pistils 2; ovaries broadly obovoid to almost spherical, with 2 basal to parietal ovules, hirsute, with style attached to the apex then spreading straight out- and backwards with stigmas near the petals. Fruiting peduncle scarcely elongating, slightly recurved. Seeds obloid, 3.2—3.35 x 2.1-—2.2, dark brown; aril with fleshy attachment expanding into a cup-like, + lobed membrane covering lower third to one side of the seed. Flowering: Flowers have been recorded for all months of the year. Fig. 4A-F. Distribution and ecology. Grows usually on shallow soil on volcanic rocks in heath or forest margins but also sometimes in adjoining rainforest vegetation in Queensland (Dd, Mo, Wb) and northern New South Wales (NC). Conservation status. Recorded from and conserved in a number of parks in Queensland and New South Wales. Diagnostic features. The species is distinguished from others in this group mainly by its usual six stamens, but as this number is occasionally variable, its vestiture of the leaves, and in particular on the upper surface of the leaf, is different, especially from H. hermanniifolia and H.. spathulata subsp. pleioclada. H.R. Toelken Variation. All parts of plants of this species are extremely variable, but the difference between leaves on fast growing shoots as opposed to senescent flowering ones as found in most hibbertias, is here particularly pronounced. Leaves of the former also usually have distinct petioles, while in the latter they are often ill-defined. The leaves of plants from Mt Greville (PI. Forster 4698) and Mt Maroon (e.g. S.J. Everist 7172) are usually narrower and have often obviously larger hairs on the flanks of the recurved margins, sometimes larger numbers of stamens and, most interestingly, hairy style bases of varying degrees. However, no two of these characters allow at present a consistent delineation of an infraspecific taxon. Unusual for this species is its outer and inner calyx lobes are often very similar in shape, but they are described separately, because the inner two are usually slightly smaller than the outer three. The number of stamens, commonly six 1n each flower, was occasionally found to vary to eight or even twelve (e.g. S.J Everist 7172), placing it into the same range as in, for instance, H. spathulata subsp. pleioclada, but this taxon has a different vestiture, especially on the upper surface of the leaves. The tropical species, such as H. velutina, to which White (1942) compared H. hexandra, have much higher numbers of hairs as well as the different rosette- like fascicled hair type. Selection of specimens examined (28 examined) QUEENSLAND: E..J.Carroll 1170 & I.R.Telford, Koongalala Point, Coomera Gorge, 27.v.1967 (CANB); S.L.Everest 7172, Logan River E of Mt Maroon, 2.1v.1962 (BRI, CANB); M.Fagg 616, Binna Burra, Coomera Falls track, 12.v.1970 (AD, CANB); PI. Forster 4698, Palm Grove Gorge Mt Greville, 21.viu.1988 (BRI, NSW); £./.Smith 9, Mt Greville Gorge, 20.1v.1938 (BRI); G.L.Stebbins A-S1, SE Binna Burra Lodge, 7.1.1975 (CANB); R.F'Thorne 20394 & S.T-Blake, Roberts Plateau, Binna Burra, 5.iv.1959 (BRI, CANB); C.T. White 7281, Mt Greville, 9.v1.1963 (BRI). New SoutH WALES: &.D.Hoogland 11807, Whian Whian State Forest, 16.x.1970 (BRI, CANB); Z.4.S.Johnson & E_.E-Constable NSW 8&6478, Whian Whian State Forest, 10.v1.1957 (NSW); LR. Telford 3303, Nightcap Range, 2 km N Peach Mtn, 29.1x.1973 (CANB); C. 7) White 12840, Whian Whian State Forest, 2.v1.1924 (BRI, NSW); 12G. White NSW 86479, Kippara State Forest, 20.1v.1957 (NSW). Aibbertia planifolia Toelken, sp. nov. A H. spathulata et H. acaulothrix habitu decumbente, foliis ut videtur planis vena centrale invisibile differt. Typus: New South Wales, Yerranderrie, /.L.Boorman s.n., Vi1.1915 (holo.: NSW 101917; iso.: CANB — n.v.). Prostrate shrublet ca 0.3 m high, + decumbent, much branched, with leaves clustered terminally; branches terete with distinctly raised leaf base but these are not drawn into flanges, tomentose. Vestiture persistent, dense, with subequal (in size not number of arms) erect- spreading multiangulate usually narrow-based fascicled hairs on most parts of the plants; on branches with few slightly larger multiangulate, rarely broad-based fascicled hairs (9—14 usually unequal arms) mainly near J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) leaf bases with/over a dense cover of smaller ones (7—10 unequal or subequal arms); on leaves above dense, with erect to antrorse subequal (becoming longer and with more arms towards the margins) multiangulate narrow-based fascicled hairs (S—10 subequal to unequal some longer arms); on leaves below very dense, with slightly larger spreading multiangulate often broad- based fascicled hairs (8-12 subequal arms) mainly on the central vein over or rarely with a very dense cover of smaller narrow-based ones (5-8 subequal arms, but usually not well discernable); on bracts above and below dense, with erect-spreading but often somewhat antrorse narrow-based (except for a few larger ones on the margins) multiangulate fascicled hairs (7—12 usually subequal arms), subequal to slightly longer along the margins; on outer calyx lobes outside very dense, with erect to spreading narrow-based multiangulate fascicled hairs (6-10 subequal arms becoming longer and often unequal along the margins), overtopped by few spreading broad-based ones, mainly along the central ridge, inside moderately dense antrorse narrow- based fascicled hairs on the upper third; on inner calyx lobes outside dense, with small spreading to reflexed narrow-based multiangulate fascicled hairs (with short arms except along the faint central ridge) along a central band and becoming gradually smaller towards the broad lateral membranous margins, + topped with fascicled cilia, inside glabrous, or rarely with few fine antrorse hairs towards the apex. Leaves without axillary tufts of hairs; petiole 0OQ—0.3 mm long, indistinct; lamina linear-obtriangular, rarely linear, (3.3—) 3.5—4.8 (—6.3) x 1.0-1.3 mm, truncate, rarely obtuse when young, becoming + recurved-spreading when older, cuneate from apex to petiole, flat, above scarcely grooved along the central vein and tomentose, below central vein recessed between recurved margins being densely tomentose and scarcely visible, discolourous; juveniles leaves not seen. Flowers single, sessile in terminal clusters of leaves, with ovoid to ellipsoidal buds; peduncle + absent; bracts linear to club-shaped, 5.4—5.6 x 0.9-1.05 mm, almost as long as outer calyx, usually obtuse, semicircular in section, tomentose above and below. Calyx with lobes scarcely unequal and forming a range; outer calyx lobes (3/2) lanceolate to narrowly ovate, 5.3—5.6 x 2.3—2.9 mm, slightly longer than inner ones, pointed, ridged and with + recurved margins, outside tomentose to hirsute along ridge and margins, inside pubescent on upper half to third; inner calyx lobes (2/3) ovate, 3.8—4.2 x 3.3—3.6 mm, obtuse to cuspidate, rarely almost rounded, with faint ridges, outside pubescent to puberulous, rarely stubble-like along the centre and short, fine, often fascicled, cilia on a broad membranous margin, inside usually glabrous. Petals obovate, 5.3-6.3 mm long, slightly bilobed. Stamens 8—11 (plus up to 10 staminodes), subequal except one, in groups around the ovary; filaments filiform, 1.0—1.15 mm long, scarcely fused basally; anthers narrowly oblong-ovoid, 0.9-1.25 mm long, longer one 1.85—2.0 66 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) mm long, abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovaries obovoid, each with 2 basal ovules, tomentose, with style attached to the centre and then erect on either side of the central cluster of anthers and with constricted stigmas well above even the longer anthers. Fruiting peduncle + absent. Seeds not seen. Flowering: July— September. Fig. 3L-N. Distribution and ecology. Grows in rocky places on sandstone with scrub vegetation in south-eastern Central Tableland of New South Wales (CT). Conservation status. It is only known from two collections and the species has not been collected for forty years. Diagnostic features. The species is distinguished from the very similar H. spathulata by its decumbent to prostrate growth, flat leaves with the central vein + recessed between the revolute margins and an apex that is only slightly recurved, the almost linear bract, and the greater number of stamens and staminodes (18-22 as apposed to up to 15 in the latter species). A narrow- leaved form of H. spathulata (R.D.Hoogland 11922), though superficially similar, is also easily distinguished from H. planifolia by the very prominent central vein and more or less folded leaves. A similar difference in the number of the stamens exists between H. planifolia and H. acaulothrix, which appears to be a more robust form of the former, because its central vein is underdeveloped but well visible, as is the undersurface of the leaf between the vein and the revolute margins. Hibbertia acaulothrix has also fewer arms (1—4 versus 5—14 in A. planifolia) on hairs on the upper leaf surface as well as hairs with distinctly longer arms on the flanks. Variation. Young leaves are erect and similar to those of H.. acaulothrix, but become recurved-spreading as they get older quite unlike that species. Etymology. In contrast to all members of the A. hermanniifolia complex the central vein of this species seems hardly raised and scarcely distinguishable between the recurved margins, but partly also because of a dense cover of hairs. They appear “flat-leaved”, which is referred to in the Latin epithet “plani-folia”’. Specimens examined New SoutH WALES: &.Coveney NSW127188, Mt Colong, 16.1x.1967 (NSW). Hi. reticulata Toelken, sp. nov. A H. hermanniifolia et H. hexandra 32-48 staminibus pilisque fasciculatis adpressis superantibus _ pilis simplicibus in paginis adaxialis foliorum; H. melhanioides nervatura foliorum reticulata, calicis et ovariis pilis fasciculatis differt. Typus: Queensland, Cook district, Tozer Gap, B./.Conn 3787 & A.N.L.Doust, 5.vi.1993 (holo.: AD; 1so.: BRI, NSW — n.v.). Hibbertia sp. (Mt Tozer L.J.Brass 19024) S.T.Reynolds in R.J.F.Henderson, Queensland PI. 65 (1997). Notes on Hibbertia 7 (Dilleniaceae) Shrubs up to 2 m tall, with erect to spreading branches; branches + woody, bluntly angular from the centre of the leaf base, tomentose. Vestiture persistent, with spreading to reflexed multiangulate, mainly narrow-based fascicled hairs on the whole plant, rarely interspersed with hooked simple hairs; on branches densely covered with spreading multiangulate fascicled hairs (5S—8 subequal arms), rarely interspersed with few slightly larger ones but not overtopping; on leaves above with scattered, often subequal + appressed multiangulate + broad-based fascicled hairs (4-6 (—8) subequal to unequal + reflexed short arms) of more or less the same size, overtopped on young leaves by scattered hooked simple hairs mainly on the proximal flanks; on leaves below very densely covered with subequal fine spreading multiangulate fascicled hairs (6-12 subequal often reflexed arms), + felty with individual hairs rarely visible, overtopped by few or no larger ones; on bracts below very densely covered with subequal fine spreading fascicled hairs and less densely above; on outer calyx lobes outside very densely or densely covered with subequal fine spreading fascicled hairs, often with unequally long arms, overtopped by scattered hooked simple hairs, inside more or less densely covered with subequal fine antrorse-spreading multiangulate fascicled hairs on the upper half to two-thirds; on inner calyx lobes outside more or less densely covered with subequal fine spreading multiangulate fascicled hairs, inside glabrous. Leaves without axillary tuft of hairs; petiole (0.8—) 2-5 (—6.3) mm long, often indistinct; lamina obovate-oblong, obovate rarely oblanceolate, (5.4—) 15-50 (—81.5) x (6—) 10—20 (—30.6) mm, rounded to truncate with mucronate vein-end, gradually to + abruptly constricted into petiole, entire to sinuate, + flat with slightly recurved margins, above more or less erooved along much of the network of veins (usually more than 8 lateral veins) and fascicled-puberulous with deciduous hooked simple hairs along the flanks, below more or less raised but partly visible network of veins and tomentose with uniform hairs, distinctly discolourous; juvenile leaves not seen but adult leaves exhibit vein- ends rarely with shallow serrations mainly distally on the margins. Flowers single, “axillary” rarely on visible fascicled short shoots, towards the end of branches, with ellipsoidal buds; peduncle stiff, 10.8-24.6 mm long, slightly compressed and ridged; bracts narrowly oblong to oblong-spathulate, 3.3-6.2 x 0.6—1.2 mm, ca half to two-third of outer calyx lobes, acute to pointed, erect or erecto to spreading, tomentose. Calyx lobes unequal; outer calyx lobes (3), lanceolate, 10.8—12.4 x 4.8—6.4 mm, distinctly longer than inner ones, pointed rarely acute, scarcely to more or less ridged, outside fascicled-tomentose with few overtopping hooked simple hairs, inside pubescent on upper half to two- third; inner calyx lobes (2) obovate, 9.3—10.6 x 6.3—7.5 mm, blunt to rounded; without ridges, outside tomentose and fascicled-ciliate at the apex, inside glabrous. Petals obovate, 8.7—11.4 mm long, shallowly bilobed. Stamens 67 H.R. Toelken 32—48 (without staminodes), unequal with 1—4 longer ones, in 2 or 3 groups around the ovaries; filaments strap- like, 1.8—3.9 mm long, scarcely connate basally; anthers narrowly obloid, (1.4—) 2.0—2.2 mm, or 2.9-3.55 mm long, more or less straight, abruptly constricted above and more gradually below. Pistils 2; ovary broadly obovoid, with 4—6 parietal ovules, densely tomentose also on the style base, with style attached laterally then curved out- and upward and again inward to place the constricted stigma above the apex of the anthers. Fruiting peduncle scarcely elongating, recurved. Seeds obovoid and scarcely laterally compressed, 2.5—2.6 x 2 —2.2 mm, black; aril with fleshy attachment expanding into a cup-like, lobed membrane covering two-third of the seed. Flowering: June—September. Fig. 4G—J. Distribution and ecology. Usually associated with ironstone (rarely granite) in open forest to woodland, known mainly from the Iron Range, northern Queensland (Co). Conservation status. Conserved in the Iron Range National Park, where it was recorded as common (L.J. Brass 19350) in 1948. Diagnostic features. Hibbertia reticulata has similar broad leaves to H. hermanniifolia and H. hexandra, but is distinguished by its reticulate venation on the upper and lower surface as well as hooked simple hairs along the margin, particularly of young leaves. The hairs may appear to be rosette-like fascicled hairs as typical of the §Tomentosae, because the bases of the reflexed arms are sometimes bulging excessively. It also resembles H. melhanioides but differs by the extensively reticulate venation and hooked simple hairs of mainly young leaves, and essentially by the whole plant being covered with multiangulate fascicled hairs, as compared to rosette-like fascicled hairs in H. melhanioides (ct. Toelken 2010a). Variation. The two or three first leaves of lateral branches are commonly very much smaller (less than half the size) of normal leaves, and therefore rapidly erowing branches (e.g. H.E. Volck AFO 3263) with long internodes and very large leaves have a very different appearance to senescent branches with smaller leaves of more or less the same size and short internodes (e.g. B.J.Conn 3787 & A.N.L.Doust from the same locality, Mt Tozer). Although usually 6-10 lateral veins are visible, there may be up to 16 on particularly large and well- developed leaves. The shape and size of the bracts also vary considerably. Etymology. The almost complete “reticulate” venation particularly visible on the adaxial surface, especially of young leaves, is referred to in the Latin epithet “reticulata”. Selection of specimens examined (21 seen) QUEENSLAND: L.J. Brass 19024, northern slopes of Mt Tozer, 3.v1.1948 (BRI, CANB); L./. Brass 19350, Tozer Range 68 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) northern end, 29.v1.1948 (BRI); B.G. Briggs 7331, 4 km NW Mt Tozer, 21.vin.1983 (NSW); C.H.Gittens 1074, Mt Tozer, vill.1965 (NSW); C_H.Gittens 1086, Kennedy Road, vi1.1968 (NSW); B. Hyland 7549, Mt Carter, 15.1x.1974 (QRS); A./rvine 258, Puff de Looney Ridge, 3.vi1.1972 (CANB); A.C. Robinson BRI 194178, Tozer Gap, 31.x.1974 (BRI); M_B.Thomas 296, Tozer Gap, 9.vi1.1988 (BRI); H.E.Volk AFO 2409; near Mt Tozer, 1x.1962 (QRS); HE. Volk 3263, Mt Tozer, viui.1966 (QRS); LL. Webb & J.G.Tracey 13487, northern Mt Tozer, 26.x1.1977 (QRS). Hibbertia spathulata N.A.Wakef. Victorian Naturalist 73: 166 (1957); J.H.Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 386 (1973); Toelken in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 3: 304 (1996). — Typus: Victoria, Butchers Ridge, Snowy River, N.A.Wakefield 4832, 10.1x.1955 (holo.: MEL1010267; 1so.: CANB, K, NSW). Shrubs 0.5—0.8 (—1.5) m tall, with several stems, erect to spreading; branches terete to scarcely flanged from the leaf base, tomentose. Vestiture: persistent, dense, with larger with/over smaller erect multiangulate, mainly narrow-based fascicled hairs on most parts of the plant; on branches dense, with few larger with thinner erect-spreading narrow-based fascicled hairs (7-12 unequal to subequal arms); on leaves above dense with subequal erect to rarely antrorse multiangulate narrow- based fascicled hairs (3-8 (—14) subequal arms), with base cells usually not developed; on leaves below very dense, with erect smaller subequal multiangulate, mainly narrow-based fascicled hairs but + overtopped by, or with few interspersed broad-based ones (7-11 subequal or rarely with the odd longer arms, but often not fully visible because of denseness of hairs) mainly on the central vein and recurved margins; on bracts above and below dense, with subequal erect to spreading multiangulate narrow-based fascicled hairs with slightly longer arms along the margin and the central ridge; on outer calyx lobes outside very dense, with + broad- based spreading but short-branched multiangulate fascicled hairs except for a few spreading ones along on the central ridge and the margins, inside with antrorse fascicled hairs on upper half to third; on inner calyx lobes outside dense, with + broad-based cactiform fascicled hairs except for a few spreading ones along the central ridge and with fascicled to simple cilia on the membranous margin, inside glabrous. Leaves without axillary tufts of hairs; petiole OQ—0.5 mm long, indistinct; lamina often broadly but also narrowly obtriangular to spathulate, 3.8—22.3 x (1.2—) 1.5—4 (—8.3) mm, truncate with scarcely recurved apex, entire, flat, rarely + folded lengthwise, above + grooved along the central vein and tomentose, below with bold central vein usually raised above the recurved margins and tomentose, vaguely discolourous; juvenile leaves not seen. Flowers single, terminal, sessile or subsessile, with ovoid to ellipsoidal buds; peduncle 0.6—4.4 mm long, terete; bracts linear- oblanceolate, (4.5—) 5.0-5.4 x 0.9-1.3 mm, bluntly acute, leaf-like with slightly recurved margins, as long as or just shorter than outer calyx lobes, ridged, tomentose. Calyx with lobes scarcely unequal; outer calyx lobes J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) (3) lanceolate, 5.2-5.9x 2.7—3.0 mm, scarcely larger than inner ones, acute, outside ridged or keeled and tomentose, inside pubescent to tomentose on often more than the upper half; inner calyx lobes (2) ovate, 5.0—5.3 x 3.1-4.0 mm, obtuse to cuspidate, without ridge, outside finely tomentose to almost stubble-like and with fascicled cilia on membranous margin, inside glabrous. Petals oblong-oblanceolate, 5.8—7.8 x 3.5-5.5 mm, scarcely bilobed. Stamens 5—12 (plus 2—8 staminodes), unequal, in 5 bundles around the ovaries; filament filamentous, 0.8—1.1 mm long, scarcely connate basally; anthers narrowly obloid, 0.9-1.3 mm long, or 1-3 longer ones (1.6—1.8 mm long) in centre surrounded by shorter ones, abruptly constricted above and below, straight. Pistils 2; ovaries obovoid, each with 2 (-4) ovules (usually 2 basal ones or rarely in pairs above one another), tomentose, with style attached to dorsal apex then erect to position stigmas laterally to upper part of longer anther/s. Fruiting peduncle scarcely elongating, recurved. Seeds not seen. Diagnostic features. A similar tomentum of dense fascicled hairs (rarely with a few broad-based ones) on the upper and lower leaf surfaces, and the absence of stalked fascicled hairs on the leaves and branches, as well as the usually subsessile flowers, distinguish this species from H. hermanniifolia. Altogether the leaves as well as the hairs are much thinner in this species, and are similar to those of H. acaulothrix. The latter has commonly elongated leaves, and the fascicled hairs on the upper leaf surface have only 1-3 arms, while the arms of the larger hairs, mainly on the flanks or at least on the lower cuneate base, are 2—4 times longer than those of the smaller hairs next to them. Bracts are also longer than the sepals and large obovate petals are also distinctive tor H. acaulothrix. Key to subspecies 1. Shrubs with many wiry-woody branchlets (often twiggy); hairs on upper leaf surface with up to (3—) 5 or 6 (-8) subsp. spathulata : Shrubs with rigid-woody branches, hairs on upper leaf surface with up to 8-10 (—14) arms .. subsp. pleioclada Aibbertia spathulata subsp. spathulata. Shrub much branched, often twiggy, usually with wiry branches. Leaves (3.8—) 4.5—8.5 (—13.6) x (1.2-) 1.5—4 (—5.4) mm, on upper surface with subequal hairs each with (3—) 5 or 6 (—8) arms. Outer calyx lobes outside mainly densely covered with cactiform fascicled hairs or with very short arms and usually broad-based; all these overtopped by larger coarse hairs. Flowering: September—December. Fig. 3E—-G. Distribution and ecology. Recorded from rocky slopes in open heath, woodland or sclerophyll forest in the catchment of the Snowy River, Victoria (EG). Conservation status. Notes on herbarium specimens give no indication of the size of recorded populations. It was last collected in 1988. 69 Notes on Hibbertia 7 (Dilleniaceae) Variation. Since only a few records of this species are available, not much is known about its variation. One collection (R.D.Hoogland 11922) has slender elongate leaves, but unlike those of H. acaulothrix, they are only up to 3 mm broad. The peduncles of some of the flowers of this collection are up to 5 mm long. The difference between the closely resembling 4. spathulata and H. hermanniifolia subsp. recondita, which also occur close to one another, is not merely based on the absence or presence of stalked fascicled hairs but also on a similar dense fascicled tomentum of both leaf surfaces of AH. spathulata, whereas H. hermanniifolia subsp. recondita has fewer hairs with few arms adaxially. Specimens examined VictoriA: A.C. Beauglehole 37356, Museum _ Spur, 11.10.1973 (CANB, MEL); S.J. Forbes 171, SE Campbells Knob, 12 1x.1979 (MEL x2); R.D.Hoogland 11922, ca 5 miles [8 km] ESE Suggan Buggan, 29.x11.1970 (MEL, NSW); N.G.Walsh 2209 & K.C.Norris, Museum Spur, 15.x1.1988 (CANB, MEL). Hibbertia spathulata subsp. pleioclada Toelken, subsp. nov. A subspecie typica et a H. hermanniifolia subsp. recondita foliis majoribus et ramis pluribus pilorum in paginis superis differt. Typus: New South Wales, Mt Jondol, 25 km SE Tenterfield, /.7.Hunter 3197, 1.vi.1995 (holo.: AD; iso.: NE, NSW — n.v.). Shrub moderately branched, with rigid-woody branches. Leaves (5.8—) 7.0-18.0 (—22.3) x (2.4-) 3.5—5.0 (—8.3) mm, on upper surface with subequal hairs each with 8-10 (—14) arms. Outer calyx lobes outside mainly densely covered with subequal fascicled hairs with fine arms and usually small-based, except for larger fine overtopping hairs. Flowering: June. Distribution and ecology. Grows on sandy soil on west aspect of granite outcrop in dry heath vegetation in northern New South Wales (NT). Conservation status. Recorded as locally common in Forestlands State Forest (/.7’Hunter 3197), but only collected once in 1995. Variation. The only two branches of this subspecies examined indicate a much more robust plant than typical H. spathulata, not only because of the woody stems, but also since the leaves on the main branch are up to 22.3 mm long, while in the typical subspecies they are rarely up to 13.6 mm long. There are, however, a few leaves on the type specimen of this subspecies that show some overlap with the size of leaves of the typical plants, so that only subspecific status is applied until more specimens will reveal a fuller range of variation of this taxon. The many arms of the fascicled hairs of the upper leaf surface distinguish this subspecies from specimens of H. hermanniifolia subsp. recondita, which is mainly H.R. Toelken recognised by its short-stalked fascicled hairs on the lower surface of their leaves. Both of them occur on the Northern Tableland. The dense hairs and the larger number of arms of these hairs are approaching those on the undersurface and the rest of the plant and are possibly closer to those of seedlings of these plants (cf. seedlings in Toelken 2010a). Etymology. The epithet “pleio-clada’, Latinised Greek, “more (than usual)-branched” refers to the larger number of arms of the fascicled hairs on upper leaf surface. Specimen examined. Known only from the type collection. Acknowledgements I am indebted to Jtirgen Kellerman for reading the manuscript. I also very much appreciated additional material, especially of regenerating specimens of H. acaulothrix collected by Belinda Pellow, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Wollongong in co- operation with Sam Clark and D. Tilley. Caroline Ricci’s assistance with preparing the SEM image of hairs of H. acaulothrix 1s acknowledged. Discussions concerning the anatomy of the hairs with Ihsan Abdl Azez Abdul Raheem were appreciated. I also acknowledge the loan of a great number of specimens from BM, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, JCU, K, MEL, NSW, NE, and QRS. 70 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) References Bentham, G. (1863). Dilleniaceae. In: Flora Australiensis, a description of plants of the Australian Territory 1: 16—48. (Reeves: London). Candolle, A.P. de (1817). Dilleniaceae. In: Regni vegetabilis systema naturales 1: 411-438. (Treuttel & Wirtz: Paris). Candolle, A.P. de (1824). Dilleniaceae. In: Prodromus syste- matis naturalis regni vegetabilis 1: 67—76. (Treuttel & Wirtz: Paris). Conn, B.J. (1995). Description of inflorescence axes in the genus Logania R.Br. (Loganiaceae). Kew Bulletin 50: TT1-7183. Dixon, W.A. (1906). The Plants of New South Wales. (Angus & Robertson: Sydney). Duretto, M.F. & Ladiges, P.Y. (1997). Morphological variation within the Boronia grandisepala group (Rutaceae) and the description of nine taxa endemic to the Northern Territory, Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 10: 249-302. Horn, J.W. (2005). The phylogentics and structural botany of Dilleniaeceae and Hibbertia Andrews. Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, Duke University, Durham, NC, U.S.A. 171 pp. Horn, J.W. (2009). Phylogentics of Dilleniaceae using sequen- ces data from four plastid loci (rbcl, infA, rps4, rpll6 intron). International Journal of Plant Science 794-813. Moore, C.W. & Betche, E (1893). Handbook of the flora of New South Wales. (Charles Potter: Sydney). Toelken, H.R. (1998). Notes on Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae). 2. The Hibbertia aspera-empetrifolia complex. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 18 (2): 107-160. Toelken, H.R. (2000). Notes on Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae). 3. H. sericea and associated species. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens \9: 1-54. Toelken, H.R. (2010a). Notes on Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae). 5. H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups from tropical Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 23: 1-117. Toelken, H.R. (2010b). Notes on Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae). 6. Three new species and a new combination in the H. stricta complex from South Australia and Victoria. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 24: 57-60. Tucker, S.C. & Bernhart, P. (2000). Floral ontogeny, pattern formation, and evolution in Hibbertia and Adrastaea (Dilleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 81 (2): 1915— 1936. Vallance, T.G., Moore, D.T. & Groves, E.W. (2001). Nature's Investigator: The diary of Robert Brown in Australia. 1801-1805. (ABRS: Canberra). Wakefield, N.A. (1957). Flora of Victoria: new species and other additions — 2. Victorian Naturalist 73: 166. White, C.T. (1942). Contributions to the Queensland flora No. 7. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 53: 201. Willis, J.H. (1973). Dilleniaceae. In: A handbook to plants of Victoria 2: 385-391. (Melbourne University Press: Melbourne). Wilson, C.L. (1965). The floral anatomy of the Dilleniaceae. |. Hibbertia Andrews. Phytomorphology 15: 248-274. A | OQOURNAL of the ADELAIDE BOTANIC GARDENS AN OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FOR AUSTRALIAN SYSTEMATIC BOTANY flora.sa.gov.au/jabg Published by the STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA on behalf of the BOARD OF THE BOTANIC GARDENS AND STATE HERBARIUM © Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium, Adelaide, South Australia © Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Government of South Australia All rights reserved State Herbarium of South Australia PO Box 2732 Kent Town SA 5071 Australia Board of the Botanic Gardens and State Herbarium a) Government — of South Australia Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2012) 71-96 © 2012 Board of the Botanic Gardens & State Herbarium, Government of South Australia © 2012 Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, Govt of South Australia Notes on Aibbertia (Dilleniaceae) 8. Seven new species, a new combination and four new subspecies from subgen. Hemistemma, mainly from the central coast of New South Wales H.R. Toelken* & R.T. Miller’ “ State Herbarium of South Australia, DENR Science Resource Centre, P.O. Box 2732, Kent Town, South Australia 5071 E-mail: hellmut.toelken@sa.gov.au » 13 Park Road, Bulli, New South Wales 2516 E-mail: janrob@fishinternet.com.au Abstract Increased collections from the Aibbertia-rich vicinity of Sydney, New South Wales, prompted a survey of rarer species to publicise the need for more information ahead of the rapid urban spread. Many of these species were previously misunderstood or are listed as rare and endangered. Thirteen new taxa (in bold) are described and discussed in context with the following seventeen taxa within seven different species groups: |. H. acicularis group: H. woronorana Toelken; 2. H. humifusa group: H. fumana Toelken; 3. H. pedunculata group: H. intermedia (DC.) Toelken; 4. H. rufa group: H. pilifera Toelken, H. pustulata Toelken, H. rufa N.A.Wakef., Hi. surcularis Toelken; 5. H. sericea group: H. puberula subsp. puberula, — subsp. extensa R.T.Mull. and — subsp. glabrescens Toelken; 6. H. stricta group: H. cistiflora N.A.Wakef. subsp. cistiflora, — subsp. quadristaminea Toelken, H. oxycraspedota Toelken & R.T.Miull., A. stricta (R.Br. ex DC.) F.Muell. subsp. stricta, — subsp. furcatula Toelken, H. sulcinervis Toelken; 7. H. strigosa group: Hi. strigosa Toelken. Keywords: Dilleniaceae, Hibbertia, nomenclature, revision, taxonomy, eastern Australia. Introduction Bentham’s treatment of Hibbertia tor Flora Austra- liensis in 1863 cannot provide adequate answers for the many collections accumulated since. Collectors are now also more aware of varying forms in different environments and this is apparent from many newer collections. Some of these distinct taxa had already been recognised by N.A. Wakefield in Victoria and R.D. Hoogland generally in Australia, but only fragments of this information have been published due to their untimely deaths. It would be preferrable to revise the genus in individual species groups in order to achieve a more coherent phylogenetic approach, but increasing demand for names and identification tools of Hibbertia, especially near fast developing cities such as Sydney, drives this paper. A number of old and recently collected species were selected for this publication to show that inadequate knowledge of the taxonomy of species of Hibbertia 1s widespread in most groups of the genus, even in, for instance, this botanically well-known region, where most of the early exploration started. Old names and new taxa are both considered alike. The two species H. fumana and H. intermedia, which are based on specimens collected about two hundred TI years ago, deserve fuller recognition and, in the case of H. fumana, this paper hopefully will help to rediscover plants in the wild, as the species has not been recorded since Sieber’s collection in 1820s. The paper also explores the morphological variation in Hibbertia of the Sydney region in order to demonstrate how many forms, at present relegated to variations of previously described species, can clearly be delineated and segregated, often as infraspecific taxa. Usually only one species per group was considered (Tab. 1), except where a wider sample was needed to present the new taxa in their wider context, as in the case of the H. puberula, H. rufa and H. stricta groups. A number of species- eroups are also here introduced to create awareness of possible subdivisions of, for instance, Bentham’s H. stricta Ssupercomplex that was (and 1s) still maintained by subsequent authors. They allow a_ provisional structuring of the species into groups (Tab. 1), although these groups still require more ongoing research into the eastern Australian species of Hibbertia. Some of the new species are, however, described on the basis of very few specimens and more information of their distribution and range of variation would greatly assist to better understand and clearer delimit these taxa, 1.e. species limits might need further adjusting as well, as more material and information becomes available. H.R. Toelken & R.T. Miller A good example of this 1s the new extensive treatment of the H. puberula complex, which was previously described on the basis of few specimens (Toelken 2000). It seemed for a time that the species complex was possibly extinct, because no more plants could be found at known localities. Not only has its taxonomy changed to include two subspecies, but its range has been extended from an apparently coastal species of Sydney to inland localities from Wollemi to Morton National Parks. Numerous specimens of this species are purposely cited here, not only to underpin the taxonomy and increased knowledge of the species, but also to demonstrate the importance of small parks and reserves as refuges for native species in a time of rapid urban spread. Nobody knew that the plants occurred there and only interested volunteers, who have changed and are constantly further changing our knowledge of their variation and distribution, have made it possible that the taxonomy of the H puberula complex is presented in this paper. In order to put these often rare species into perspective with known species or species-groups a few taxa were included, which do not occur in the immediate vicinity of Sydney. It is thus hoped that this paper will generally encourage more discerning collecting of MHibbertia specimens everywhere. The species-groups, species and subspecies are all alphabetically arranged. The terminology is similar to that used in previous publications and described in detail in Toelken (2010b). This paper is based on herbarium material. Funds for detailed field work were not available. The conservation status of these taxa will require further assessment. For information purposes and to aid this assessment, the frequency as reported by collectors is provided after the descriptions. 1. H. acicularis (Labill.) F.§Muell. group This species-group 1s characterized by awned leaves and stalked flowers; its species occur in a wide range of habitats of eastern Australia from Queensland to Tasmania. There are about 18 species in the group and some are extremely localised endemics. They are often restricted to a mountain range or even a single mountain in an ‘inselberg’ distribution on the eastern and western slopes of the Great Divide. Hibbertia woronorana 1s, for instance, localized to the Woronora River, south of Sydney. The position of the bract along the flower stalk varies between and within species, so that it cannot be compared to the peduncle in the H. cistoidea (Hook.) C.T.White group (Toelken, in prep.), as the flower stalk consists of the penultimate and ultimate internodes (cf. H. australis N.A.Wakef. group, in Toelken 2010b). However, 1n view of the variation of the position of the primary bract, it proved convenient to use measurements of the whole flower stalk (cf. H. rufa N.A.Wakef. group, below). 72 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) SS Hibbertia woronorana Toelken, sp. nov. Hibbertiae aciculari (Labill.) F:Muell. similis sed ramis foliis et calicibus glabris, foliis patentibus brevioribus (9.3-11.3 mm longis), calicibus brevioribus (3.7—4.3 mm longis) differt. Typus: New South Wales: Woronora River at Heathcote Bridge, R.D.Hoogland 12257 (holo.: MEL; iso.: CANB, K, L, NSW, US — 7.¥v,). Hf. acicularis auct. non (Labill.) F.Muell.: A.A.Hamilton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 40: 628 (1915), as per specimens from Woronora River. Much-branched shrublets up to | m tall, with stiff- woody main branches and stems; distal branches wiry and with decurrent leaf bases, purplish-red, glabrous. Vestiture absent except for short tufts in leaf axils and short erect to antrorse simple hairs on the ovary. Leaves without or with sparse short axillary (intrapetiolar) tuft of hairs (up to 0.15 mm long) usually hidden by appressed petiole; petiole 0.2—0.5 (—0.7) mm long, + dorsiventrally compressed; /amina linear-lanceolate to linear when revolute margins are strongly recurved, (5.3—) 7.0—9.0 (—11.3) x (0.45—) 0.6—0.7 (—0.85) mm, with apex drawn into terminal bristle 0.2—0.6 (—0.85) mm long, abruptly constricted into petiole, above + flat, below with strongly revolute margins and broader, usually deeply recessed, central vein but the undersurface not visible between them, spreading, often at right angles to stems, glabrous. Flowers single, terminal, becoming + leaf- opposed mainly along main shoots; flower stalk thread- like, (8.8—) 11-13 (—14.7) mm long, with bract on upper third, recurved in bud and in fruit; buds narrowly ovoid; bracts linear, rarely linear-triangular, 0.6—0.8 (—1.1) x 0.1—0.2 mm, acute or with short bristle, with central vein scarcely visible, glabrous. Calyx scarcely accrescent; outer calyx lobes narrowly oblong to oblong-elliptic, (3.8—-) 4.0-4.3 x 1.2-1.5 mm, rarely slightly shorter than inner ones, acute, without central ridge, glabrous; inner calyx lobes oblong-ovate to oblong-elliptic, (3.7—) 4.0-4.3 x 2.2—2.7 mm, abruptly constricted into shortly acute apex, without central ridge, glabrous. Petals oblanceolate to oblong-oblanceolate, (3.3—) 3.9—5.0 (—5.4) mm long, emarginate, rarely bilobed. Stamens (4) 5 or 6; filaments 1.0—1.2 mm long, up to lower third connate; anthers narrowly obloid, 1.25—1.4 mm long, abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovary obovoid, tomentose to pubescent, with 2 (—4) ovules, scarcely laterally compressed with style attached to upper edge next to stamens, then straight erect upwards on either side of stamen cluster placing the fine stigma well above the apex of the anthers. Fruit usually puberulous. Seed unknown. Flowering: September— December. Fig. 1A-C. Distribution and ecology. Restricted to the mid and lower reaches of the Woronora River, New South Wales (CC). Growing on rocky sandstone slopes in sclerophyll forest comprised of Angophora costata, Corymbia gummifera, Eucalyptus punctata and stringybark sp. in association with Allocasuarina littoralis, Doryanthes J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) excelsa, Banksia serrata, Dodonaea triquetra, Platysace linearifolia, Epacris pulchella, Hakea_ dactyloides, Grevillea buxifolia, Grevillea diffusa, Acacia linifolia, Xanthosia tridentifera; in the Dingo Tunnel vicinity and fluvial deposits such as deep sandy bars with Angophora costata, Corymbia gummifera, Eucalyptus punctata on slopes and in association with Stenocarpus salignus, Grevillea longifolia, Hakea dactyloides, Persoonia levis, Stylidium laricifolium, Dodonaea _ triquetra, Grevillea diffusa, Doryanthes excelsa, Platysace linearifolia, Pultenaea flexilis, Grevillea mucronulata, Lepidosperma laterale, Dampiera purpurea, D. Stricta, Astroloma pinifolius, Xanthosia pilosa, X. tridentifera, Hypolaena fastigata in the Broula Pool vicinity and infrequently sandy loam soils of levee banks. Conservation status. Highly restricted small localised populations within Heathcote National Park though locally common at some sites (R.7’Miller & J. Miller 69/18.iii.2007). Extremely vulnerable to disturbances, rare and possibly endangered downstream of the Needles (R.7! Miller & J.Miller 11/1.xi.2008). It could not be relocated in the Como vicinity (R.T. Miller, pers. obs..). Diagnostic features. Hibbertia woronorana 1s super- ficially very similar to H. acicularis, but the whole plant, including the calyx, is glabrous. The shorter leaves are spreading at about right angles to the branches, the calyx is only 3.7-4.3 mm long and anthers are 1.25—1.4 mm long. Variation. The bract does not subtend the calyx, but is usually found in the upper third of the flower stalk. Its position on the stalk varies considerably, even sometimes on the same plant. Although the filaments are usually connate in the lower third, some were observed to be fused up to two-thirds on some plants. Since this species has 4—6 stamens of subequal length, it seems likely that H. woronorana has the same pollination syndrome as the H. rufa group (see below). The two species groups are, however, not considered to be closely related, as the non-acicular leaves and the compressed ovaries with laterally attached styles of H. rufa clearly show. Etymology. As the species mainly occurs along the Woronora River the suffix ‘-ana’, Latin, was added to indicate ‘position or possession’. Specimens examined New SoutH Watss. CC: E.Betche NSW 102275, Wo- ronora River near Como on sandbanks, x11.1893 (NSW); E.Cheel NSW 102273, Woronora River, 2.x.1901 (NSW); A.A.Hamilton NSW 102274, Heathcote, Woronora River, x.1915 (NSW); R.D.Hoogland 12257, at Heathcote Bridge, 13.1x.1972 (MEL); R. 7: Miller & J. Miller 69/18. iii.2007, Water Board track above Woronora River (AD, NSW); 2.7. Miller & J. Miller 11/1.xi.2008, Woronora River between Forbes Creek and the Needles (AD). 13 Notes on Hibbertia 8 (Dilleniaceae) 2. HM. humifusa F.Muell. group Although species of this group have dense fascicled hairs and especially pronounced intrapetiolar tufts of hair, similar to those of the H. sericea group (Toelken 2000: 7), they are distinguished by their more or less stalked flowers not aggregated into inflorescences and decumbent to prostrate growth habit. Unlike the superficially similar species of the H. pedunculata eroup (cf. below), H. fumana has stamens in a cluster on one side of the ovaries and the whole plant is fascicled- pubescent to tomentose. Toelken (1995) taxonomically re-assessed H. humifusa and its three subspecies, which occur in widely separated populations in Victoria. HAibbertia fumana Sieber ex Toelken, sp. nov. AH. humifusa F’Muell. foliis brevioribus (1.9—) 2.1—3.1 (—3.3) mm longis, paginis abaxillaribus foliorum non visibilibus ramisque sine pilis simplicibus differt. Typus: Australia, near Sydney, “/?W.Sieber Nov. Holl. No. 147” (holo.: MEL 31618; iso.: K; NY — n.v.) Pleurandra fumana Sieber ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 27 (1863), nom. inval., pro syn. Hibbertia stricta var. glabriuscula Benth. Fl. Austral. 1: 27 (1863), partly as for Sieber 147. Decumbent shrublet, prostrate, with many branches from the base, moderately to much branched; branches, wiry, with raised leaf bases shortly decurrent, shortly fascicled-pubescent. Vestiture persistent, consisting of more or less coarse simple hairs over fine fascicled hairs on tubercles; on branches more or less densely covered with short subequal multiangulate fascicled hairs (4—7 equal arms) and without simple hairs except for intrapetiolar tufts of hairs in leaf axils; on leaves above scattered, short antrorse fine bi- or triforked to simple hairs, sparse becoming denser onto the petiole, few simple hairs along the flanks, all wearing off soon; on leaves below dense, with short subequal multiangulate fascicled hairs (4-12 subequal arms) particularly on central vein, overtopped by few simple hairs on the flanks of the revolute margins; on outer calyx moderately outside dense, with spreading coarse antrorse simple hairs over erect-spreading multiangulate fascicled hairs (8—15 subequal arms), inside dense, with forked to simple antrorse hairs over most of surface; on inner calyx lobes outside dense with spreading multiangular fascicled hairs (2-12 subequal or unequal arms) becoming smaller towards the membranous margins, overtopped by coarse antrorse simple hairs along the central ridge, inside glabrous except for a few simple hairs towards the apex. Leaves with intrapetiolar axillary tuft of hairs up to 0.7 mm long; petiole 0.2-0.45 mm long; /amina narrowly oblong, rarely linear-elliptic, (1.9—) 2.1—3.1 (3.3) x 0.5—0.8 mm, obtuse, with terminal tuft on a somewhat recurved apex of the central vein, more or less abruptly constricted into petiole, above + flat and puberulous to glabrescent, below with broadened central vein recessed below the level of revolute margins and protruding into apex, pubescent to puberulous. Flowers single, terminal, commonly on main branches; flower stalk 2—8 mm long, H.R. Toelken & R.T. Miller recurved and elongating after flowering; bract linear to linear-triangular, 1—1.3 mm long, fascicled-pubescent, on lower third of flower stalk. Calyx distinctly accrescent, with lobes subequally long; outer calyx lobes lanceolate, 4.5-5.7 x 1.3-1.65 mm, acute to acuminate, without ridge, outside strigose-pubescent, inside finely strigose with antrorse forked hairs on much of the surface; inner calyx lobes oblong-ovate, 4.5—5.8 x 3.1—3.5 mm, usually cuspidate, outside strigose along the central vein and tomentose towards the margins, inside glabrous with few forked hairs at the apex. Petals obovate, 4—5.2 mm long, broadly bilobed. Stamens 5 or 6 (7), subequal, clustered on one side of the ovaries; filaments 0.4—0.6 mm long, basally connate; anthers broadly oblong, 1.3—1.4 mm long, + abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovaries obovoid but + laterally compressed, each with 4 ovules, fascicled-tomentose, with style attached to dorsal apex then base recurved to the base and up on either side of the stamens with stigmas exposed above the anthers. Fruit and seeds unknown. Flowering: August. Fig. 1D. Distribution and ecology. Without precise locality or ecological data from “near South Heads”, Sydney, New South Wales. Conservation status. Presumed extinct. Known only from a few collections made near Sydney before 1824. Diagnostic features. H. fumana has a very similar vestiture, leaves and stalked flowers to H. humifusa from Victoria, but differs from the latter by much smaller leaves and the lack of simple hairs along the branches, except for the tufts of hairs 1n the leaf axils. Note. Although no collecting dates are available for the few specimens of this species, it would seem that G. Caley is the discoverer of this plant, as there is a specimen of his in BM, accompanied by a small collector’s tag inscribed “Aug. 02 near South Heads”. While Robert Brown’s collection “In occidental Sydney 1804” does not provide a definite locality, it is broadly consistent with that of Caley. The Brown specimen was subsequently incorrectly identified as Pleurandra hirsuta Hook. (1836) (= Aibbertia hirsuta (Hook.) Benth.) based on its superficial resemblance, but is distinguished from this species by its vestiture and presence of a flower stalk and 5—7 stamens. Etymology. Sieber’s suggested name for the plant on the collector’s label was retained as it draws attention to the similarity of the linear hairy leaves to those of the species of the genus Fumana (Cistaceae). Specimens examined New SoutH WALES. CC: R. Brown |J./. Bennett 4873], “In occidental Sydney 1804” (BM); G.Caley s.n., “near South Head”, viu1.1802 (BM). 3. H. pedunculata R.Br. ex DC. group Bentham (1863) included the H. pedunculata species- eroup (characterized by their stalked flowers), together 74 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) with the sessile-flowered H. serpyllifolia R.Br. ex. DC. and H. vestita A.Cunn. ex Benth. groups, in §Vestitae Benth. In spite of stamens being arranged around the ovary in these three groups, they are included in subgen. Hemistemma (Horn 2004, 2009); other species of the subgenus have a cluster of stamens to one side of the ovary. Most species of the H. pedunculata group have fascicled and simple hairs, more or less pronounced intrapetiolar axillary tufts of hairs, and the wiry branches usually have a prostrate to decumbent habit. They are recorded — some of the species from all too few specimens — from often widely disjunct localities along the Great Divide from northern New South Wales to central Victoria. Hibbertia intermedia (DC.) Toelken, comb. nov. Pleurandra intermedia DC., Regn. Veg. Syst. Nat.. 1: 420 (1817); Prodr. 1: 72 (1824); Spreng., Syst. Veg. edn 16, 2: 462 (1825); G.Don, Gen. Hist. 1: 64 (1842). — Type citation: “in montibus Novae-Hollandiae. Caley” (holo.: G-DC). Hibbertia pedunculata auctt. non R.Br. ex DC.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 32 (1863), p.p.; F.Muell., Key Syst. Vict. PI. 2: 5 (1885), p.p.; Second. Syst. Cens. 1: 2 (1889), p.p.; Ewart, Fl. Vict. 767 (1930), partly; J.H.Willis, Handb. Pl. Vict. 2: 386 (1973), p.p.; G.J.Harden & J.Everett in G.J.Harden, Fl. New South Wales 1: 300 (1990), p.p.; Toelken in Walsh & Entwisle, Fl. Vict. 3:304 (1996), P-Pp. Shrublets rarely higher than 15 cm, with prostrate or procumbent branches up to 25 cm long; branches wiry, with raised leaf bases decurrent and + flanged, pubescent to glabrescent. Vestiture + persistent, dense to sparse with mixed longer and shorter mainly simple hairs (rarely biforked) often on distinct tubercles; on branches moderately dense to denser between flanges, with mainly long ones over few shorter antrorse simple hairs with basal tubercle; on leaves above not persistent, with scattered antrorse, + appressed short hairs (subequal) on tubercles, particularly on the flanks of revolute margins; on leaves below not persistent, with very few hairs similar to upper surface, very rare on central vein, except for persistent terminal tuft; on bracts as on leaves but often more spreading; on outer calyx lobes outside glabrous or with scattered short hairs without tubercles, mainly on terminal central ridge, inside glabrous, rarely with few scattered hairs towards the apex; on inner calyx lobes outside glabrous to very fine hairs on distal central area, inside glabrous. Leaves with sparse axillary tufts up to 0.6 mm long and usually continued along both sides of the petiole of leaves, mainly below flowers; petiole 0.2—0.7 mm long; lamina \inear to narrowly oblong, (1.8—) 2.3—3.0 (44.6) x (0.45—) 0.6—0.8 (—1.1) mm, gradually constricted into the petiole, acute, but with terminal tuft of hairs wearing off and becoming obtuse, above flat, puberulous, soon glabrescent, with tubercles usually recessed, below similarly glabrescent or with papillae on the exposed undersurface between the broad central vein and revolute margins. Flowers single, terminal on main and lateral Notes on Hibbertia 8 (Dilleniaceae) J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) y, = = a F j L ff A Lo hE AL thre Ss SSeS SS a ‘ xi : « | : AN — = . vr Ao , 4 =a — Fig. 1. A-C Hibbertia woronorana: A flowering branch; B leaf from below; C flower. D H. fumana: flowering plant. E-H H. intermedia: E flowering branch; F leaf from below; G transverse section through mid-leaf; H flower with petals removed. I-L H. pustulata: | flowering branch; J leaf from below, K transverse section through mid-leaf; L flower. M, N H. pilifera: M, flowering branch; N, flower. O, P H. rufa: O flowering plant; P leat from below. Q, R H. surcularis: Q flowering plant; R leaf from below. Scale bars: habits (A, D, E, |, M, O, Q) 10 mm; leaves (B, F, J, P, R) 2 mm; flowers (C,L,N)2.5mm.—A-CR.T & J.Miller 69/78. 111.2007; D FW Sieber 147 (MEL 311616); E-H R.T & J. Miller 73/8. 111.2007; I-L S.Bell 216; M, N S.Bell 20; O, P R. Bates 10812: Q, R H.R. loelken 7979. 71) H.R. Toelken & R.T. Miller Table 1. Characters of species in H. rufa species-group. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Character H.. surcularis H. pustulata HL. pilifera HA. rufa Habit erect-spreading decumbent spreading to prostrate or scrambling decumbent Leaves cuneate base; cuneate base; cuneate base; cordate to truncate base; glabrous puberulous to sparsely sericeous glabrous (pubescent) denticulate Inflorescence monads monads monads thyrses, rarely thyrsoids Flowers sessile sessile stalked stalked Bracts linear-triangular, triangular, linear-triangular, linear, triangular, glabrous ciliate glabrous glabrous (pubescent) Stamens 4 4 3-5 (3) 4 Filaments 344, connate 14 connate 34, connate 34, connate branches, rarely on short shoots, with narrow base or stepped into stalk; flower stalk (as anthopodium) 2—5 mm long, with bract + at base; bracts 1 or 2 (3), linear or linear-triangular, 1.8—2.8 x 0.1—0.2 mm, with scarcely recurved margins, almost membranous, often shortly ciliate, grading into leaves. Calyx lobes unequal; outer calyx lobes narrowly elliptic, elliptic-lanceolate, 4.5—5.1 x 1.9-2.2 mm, acute, with central ridge more or less developed, puberulous to glabrescent outside, glabrous or sometimes with few hairs on the inside; inner calyx lobes elliptic-obovate, 4.44.85 x 3.1—3.4 mm, rounded to mucronate, papillate to glabrous. Petals obovate, up to 6.8 mm long, bilobed. Stamens 7—9 (10) and without staminodes; filaments 1.6—1.8 mm long; anthers obloid to broadly obloid, 1.6—1.9 mm long, abruptly constricted above and below, smooth or almost so. Pistils 3, 4 (5); ovaries obovoid, hirsute with simple hairs, with 2-4 ovules; style attached to the somewhat flatted apex then recurved and upwards to place the incurved stigmas just above the apex of the anthers. Fruit and seeds not seen. Flowering: November—March. Fig. 1E—H. Distribution and ecology. Grows on_ sandstone formations, usually on wet slopes in low heath, scrub or open woodland in New South Wales (CT, CC). Observed at one locality only within the riparian zone of the Grose River growing atop large flat-toped sandstone boulders and rooting at some nodes (R.T. & J. Miller 73). Conservation status. Not common, but occurs mainly in conserved areas. Diagnostic features. Since Bentham (1863) everyone always included AH. intermedia under H. pedunculata, but it is more than a glabrous form of that species. It 1s distinguished from the latter by glabrous or glabrescent calyx lobes, the outer of which are acute and more or less ridged, and the bract is born at the base of the peduncle, while it subtends the flower in H. pedunculata. Variation. Some variation in the leaf shape and especially in the size of the undersurface has been recorded. A few collections from the Maroka Range (Victoria) are very distinct and it is not clear, whether these should also be included in H. intermedia. They are at present mainly distinguished by their obtuse leaves with the undersurface not visible between the central vein and revolute margins, and a greater number of stamens. Notes. Hibbertia empetrifolia is superficially similar in the shape of the leaves and the scattered simple hairs, but it has stamens only on one side of the ovaries. This must have confused Candolle (1817) because he inferred that H. intermedia 1s not only ‘intermediate’ between his Pleurandra empetrifolia and P. ericifolia, but also between the genera Pleurandra and Hibbertia. However, the type specimen at G-DC leaves no doubt about the identity of the taxon. Hibbertia intermedia 1s distinct from both those species and also from AH. pedunculata. Specimens examined New SoutH WaAtes. CT: E.F' Constable NSW 85844, Blackheath, 17.x1.1946 (NSW); 4.4.Hamilton NSW 85843, Blackheath, x1.1914 (NSW); A.4.Hamilton NSW 85856, Leura, 23.x1.1912 (NSW); C_L.Wilson 502, Kings Tableland, 25.11.1957 (NSW 85853/4). CC: R.T. & J Miller 73, Grose River junction with Burralow Creek, 8.111.2007 (AD, NSW). 4. H. rufa N.A.Wakef. group The H. rufa species-group, which is known from mainly the eastern side of the Great Divide, namely from northern New South Wales (NT) to Tasmania, also includes the following three new similar species: H. pustulata, H. pilifera and H. surcularis. Vhe group is characterized by the combination of usually four stamens and their filaments are more or less, but usually almost entirely connate to form a column (except in H. pustulata) at the back of the two glabrous and laterally compressed ovaries, which have the styles dorso-laterally attached. The arrangement of the flower parts indicates a similar pollination syndrome in the four species. The bracts of H. pustulata are triangular and membranous, a characteristic of H. exutiacies N.A.Wakef. (Toelken in prep.). The latter species has, however, broad, not compressed ovaries with the style attached to their apex. 70 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) The four species of the H. rufa species-group are found in at least temporarily wet places, swamps or seepage areas. Individual plants often cover large areas, as amore or less branched rhizome spreads continuously above or usually below soil level. The combination of characters that distinguish the individual species are listed in Table 1. The position of the flowers is of particular interest among the species as it varies from sessile and terminal as monads on main branches in H. surcularis and H. pustulata, to monads with stalked flowers on lateral branches in H. pilifera, and stalked flowers on fascicled lateral branches with bract-like leaves (4 additional bracts), thus forming distal thyrses (rarely thyrsoids), on all branches of H. rufa. The flower stalk of H. pilifera consists of two internodes (cf. H. acicularis and H. cistoidea groups earlier) and is therefore not comparable to the peduncle of the H. tomentosa group (Toelken 2010a), where the bract subtends the calyx. In H. rufa the bract is similar to or rarely grades into several bract-like leaves of the subtending short shoot, so that it becomes necessary to distinguish between the primary bract and additional bracts. In this species the flower stalk usually consists of only the ultimate internode, the pedicel. Many specimens of H. rufa have been examined, but little is known about the variation and distribution of the other three species. Since they occur in similar habitats, it would be interesting to know whether these three species are always allopatric and, if so, what their specific ecological requirements are. Key to the species of the H. rufa group 1. Flowers clustered distally, each at consecutive nodes and/ or if single (rare) then terminal on an axillary short shoot with bract-like leaves; base of leaf lamina truncate to cordate HA. rufa 1: Flowers single, distally on leafy branches (not at consecutive nodes if more than one); base of leaf lamina cuneate 2. Leaves pustulate abaxially; filaments basally connate .. . snop itd sme bStseee dan hE YEE aobenit Hogans bin Gordon 3 HA. pustulata 2: Leaves smooth or slightly hairy abaxially but without raised bases; filaments mostly connate 3. Flowers stalked; leaves and calyx with appressed hairs HA, pilifera 3: Flowers sessile; leaves and calyx glabrous except for minute terminal tuft of hairs HA. surcularis Hibbertia pilifera Toelken, sp. nov. A H. rufa habitu plerumque multo ramoso subterraneo et aerio, ramis et calicibus pilis, basibus laminis foliorum cuneatis et plerumque 5 staminibus; a H. surculari ramis et calicibus pius, lobis calicis sine costis ad apicem, plerumque 5 staminibus floribusque distincte pedunculatis differt. Typus: New South Wales, Adams Lookout, Bungonia Gorge, MEvans 2519, 10.x1.1966 (holo.: CANB 161485; 1so.: CANB 161484; A, K, L, NSW —7.¥1.). Spreading shrublets 0.15 m tall, tufted to becoming decumbent, usually + branched above and below soil level, repeatedly rooting; branches wiry with long decurrent leaf bases, tinged pink, sparsely short- sericeous to glabrescent. Vestiture rarely persisting for Pek Notes on Hibbertia 8 (Dilleniaceae) a long time, on distal branches and calyx, with simple hairs antrorse, appressed on branches, leaves especially on the undersurface, and on the calyx. Leaves with or without short tufts of hairs (up to 0.2 mm long) in the leaf axils but usually hidden by appressed petiole; petiole 1.5—3.0 (—3.5) mm long, dorsiventrally compressed; lamina \inear, narrowly oblong-elliptic to -lanceolate, (4.6—) 5.0—7.5 (—8.8) x 5.4-6.5 (—7.2) mm, with apex drawn into a 0.1—0.25 mm long bristle, but this terminal hair wears off soon, + gradually constricted into petiole, above = flat, glabrous to glabrescent along flanks, below with narrow but strongly revolute margins (glabrescent) and more than twice broader central vein (glabrous), but with no undersurface visible except for a row of papillae along the slit. Flowers single, terminal, becoming leaf- opposed along upper main branches; flower stalk thread- like, (4.2—) 5.0-8.0 (—10.2) mm long, with bracts on lower third and often grading into 2—5 shorter leaves, recurved in bud and in fruit; buds narrowly ovoid; bracts \inear-triangular, 1.2-1.5 x c. 0.25 mm, acute, with central vein scarcely visible, glabrescent. Calyx scarcely accrescent; outer calyx lobes narrowly elliptic- oblong, 4.24.4 x 1.4-1.6 mm, as long or scarcely shorter than inner ones, obtuse, without central ridge, pubescent or puberulous especially towards the apex, glabrescent; inner calyx lobes oblong-ovate, 4.8—5.0 x 1.8—2.3 mm, rounded or abruptly constricted into a short point, without ridge, glabrescent. Petals oblong-obovate to oblong-elliptic, 5.6—6.4 mm long, scarcely emarginate to lobed. Stamens 3—5 on one side of ovaries; filaments 1.2—1.3 mm long, 0.8—1.0 mm connate; anthers obloid, 1.5—1.7 mm long, abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovaries obovoid but + laterally compressed, with 4 ovules, glabrous, with styles attached to the lower half of the dorso-lateral surface and curved up on both sides of the stamen column to place the erect stigmas just above the apex of the anthers. Fruit glabrous. Seeds not seen. Flowering: September—November. Fig. 1M, N. Distribution and ecology. Grows in open eucalypt woodland in central New South Wales (CWS, ST). Dry sclerophyll woodland of Eucalyptus amplifolia, E. bosistoana and E. eugenoides (R. Miller 23-29). Conservation status. The species was only noted at two roadside locales and one other site in Bungonia State Conservation Area. Hibbertia pilifera 1s rare and possibly extremely vulnerable (R.T. Miller, pers. obs.; R. Miller 23-29). it could not be relocated at the type locality (Adams Lookout, vicinity Bungonia Gorge), but the species is cryptic, even when in flower. Diagnostic features. Although superficially similar to H. rufa it 1s easily distinguished by its usually much branched habit above and below soil level, hairy branches and calyx lobes, cuneate bases of the leat lamina, and 3—5 stamens. Hibbertia pilifera differs from H. surcularis by its hairy branches and calyx, calyx lobes without ridges towards the apex, 3—5 stamens and distinctly stalked flowers. H.R. Toelken & R.T. Miller Variation. The appressed hairs on most parts of the plants will soon wear off, so that vestiture is best observed on distal parts of branches. It is particularly well developed below flowers where it is usually retained for a longer time. Some plants have hairs restricted to the region of several nodes below the flowers and only the occasional hair can be observed on the rest of the plant, but these hairs are usually well developed, 1.e. they are not reduced hairs as sometimes found in H. surcularis. The number of stamens varies from three to five but is usually specific to individual plants. Their filaments are usually almost completely connate into an erect column. Etymology. In contrast to the very similar species, H. rufa, this species 1s on most parts of the plant ‘hair- bearing’, Latin, ‘pili-fera” and hence the choice of epithet. Specimen examined New SoutH Wates. CWS: S. Bell 20, 21, 22, Black Mountain, NE Scone, 1x.2007 (AD, NSW). CT: R. Miller 23- 29, Bungonia SCA, 15.x.2008 (AD). Hibbertia pustulata Toelken, sp. nov. A H. pilifera et H. surculari foliis costis centralibus tumescentibus, paginis abaxialibus pustulatibus disperses (tuberculi basales pilorum) filisque vix basale connatis differt. Typus: New South Wales, Mt Hay Road, N Leura, C.P.Gibson 56, 13.x.2006 (holo.: AD; 1so.: K, MEL, NSW, NY). Decumbent shrublets up to 0.15 m tall, sparsely branched; branches wiry, with long decurrent leaf bases, brown, glabrous. Vestiture not persistent, scattered short antrorse simple hairs on raised tooth-like tubercles which remain after the hairs have worn off, mainly restricted to abaxial surface and especially towards the margins and apex of leaves. Leaves without tufts of hairs in the leaf axils; petiole 0.2—-0.6 mm long, dorsiventrally compressed; /amina linear, linear-elliptic to linear-lanceolate, (4.3—) 6.0—-7.5 (—8.6) x (0.6—) 0.7-0.8 (—1.0) mm, acute with short tuft of simple hairs, with paler tubercle usually retained, with cuneate base, above flat and glabrous, below with central vein bulging over revolute margins and no tubercles visible between them, puberulous when young and soon wearing off, but retaining scattered paler hair tubercles mainly along the margins and towards the apex. Flowers single, terminal, sessile on all branches; flower stalk absent; buds narrowly ellipsoidal or rarely ovoid; bract triangular, 0.7—1.1 x 0.6—0.75 mm, acute to pointed, scale-like, without central ridge, glabrous or often with more or less dense, very short cilia; often subtended by 2 additional bracts or grading into reduced leaves, fleshy and narrowly oblong. Calyx scarcely accrescent; outer calyx lobes narrowly elliptic-lanceolate, (5.5—) 5.9-6.3 x 2.5—2.6 mm, acute to pointed, with scarcely raised central ridge distally, glabrous; inner calyx lobes lanceolate, rarely ovate, (5.6—) 6.0-6.5 x 3.2—3.4 mm, 78 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) subequally as long as outer ones, without central ridge, glabrous. Petals obovate-spathulate, 7.6—9.3 mm long, distinctly emarginate. Stamens 4; filaments 1.0—1.2 mm long, free, basally connate; anthers narrowly obloid, 2.3—2.5 mm long, abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovaries broadly obovoid but distinctly laterally compressed, with 4-6 ovules, glabrous, with styles attached to lower dorso-lateral surface and curved up on both sides of the anthers to place the erect stigmas above the apex of the anthers. Fruit glabrous. Seeds not seen. Flowering: August—October. Fig. 1I-L. Distribution and ecology. ‘Swamp in creekline’ in central New South Wales (CT). Conservation status. The species is recorded and conserved in the Blue Mountains and Wollemi National Parks, but further assessment is needed. Diagnostic feature. Hibbertia pustulata 1s a little known species and differs from other species in the H. rufa eroup by the staminal filaments being scarcely connate basally, and by the scattered raised tubercles or bases of the short hairs on the abaxial surface of leaves. The species is also characterized by an unusually bulging central vein on the abaxial surface, by a cuneate leaf base, and by sessile flowers on all branches. As with other species in the H. rufa group, H. pustulata has usually four stamens. Variation. One flower on an axillary short shoot was observed on a single specimen (S.Bell 216), whereas usually flowers are borne terminally on leafy long shoots. Etymology. Since the pale persistent basal tubercles of the hairs are visible with the naked eye on the margins of the leaves, the epithet “pustulata’, Latin, “pustulate’ was chosen for this species. Specimens examined New SoutH WALES. CT: S. Bell 216, SE Wollemi National Park, c. 300 m W Mt Tootie Road, 15.vi11.2007 (AD, NSW); C.P. Gibson 034, Lacy Tableland, 2.x.1990 (AD); C.P. Gibson s.n., Wentworth Falls, 25.11.2006 (AD, NSW). Hibbertia rufa N.A.Wakef. Victorian Naturalist 72: 119 (1955); J.H.Willis, Handb. Pl. Victoria 2: 388 (1973); G.J.Harden & J.Everett, FI. New South Wales 1: 301 (1990); Toelken in N.G.Walsh & T.Enwisle, Fl. Victoria 2: 307 (1996); A.M.Gray (2009) 92 Dilleniaceae version 2009.2. in M.F.Duretto (Ed.) FI. Tasmania Online; A.Fairley & P.Moore, Native Pl. Sydney Region 78 (2010). — Type: Victoria, Reedy Creek, 3 miles E Cann River, JH. Willis & N.A. Wakefield s.n. (holo.: MEL 35552; 1s0.: MEL 658094; NSW 86703). Hibbertia stricta var. pedunculata Maiden & E.Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 24: 640 (1900). Shrublets rarely up to 0.3 m tall, trailing to scrambling, rarely erect-spreading, with rhizome or branches rooting and/or often suckering; branches wiry and up to 0.5 m long, with leaf bases + flanged, glabrous rarely puberulous, usually reddish-brown. Vestiture scattered J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) fine short simple hairs occasionally on the branches, on leaves in particular on flanks and terminal, soon wearing off or usually absent except for intrapetiolar tufts of simple hair in distal leaf axils. Leaves with short axillary tufts up to 0.2 mm long, petiole 0.2-1.3 mm long, dorsiventrally compressed; /amina l\inear-lanceolate to linear-triangular, (1.8—) 4-9 (—10.6) x (0.8—) 1-2 (-2.5) mm, acute to pointed, with one to usually few terminal hairs wearing off soon, with truncate to cordate base, above flat to slightly convex and sometimes + grooved along the central vein, glabrous or sometimes with few antrorse hairs along the upper flanks but wearing off soon, below with narrow but strongly revolute margins (glabrescent) and more than twice broader central vein (glabrous), but with no undersurface visible except for a row of papillae often along the slit. F/owers terminal on short shoots, usually in successive distal leaf axils and forming a terminal thyrse (rarely a thyrsoid) on major branches; flower stalk filiform, (0.3—) 5—15 (—24.4) mm long (excluding short shoot = pedicel), with bracts at the base, curved downwards in bud and fruit; buds narrowly ovoid; bracts (primary) linear-lanceolate to elliptic- triangular, 0.5—1.4 <x 0.2—0.4 mm, acute, rarely obtuse, glabrous except for often with terminal tuft wearing off soon, scale-like with central vein scarcely visible, subtended by (2) 3 or 4 similar additional bracts (bract- like leaves of short shoot), which are sometimes smaller (less than 0.3 mm) than the primary bract. Calyx scarcely accrescent; outer calyx lobes narrowly lanceolate- oblong to elliptic-oblong, (2.2—) 3-4.5 (—5.3) x 1.8—2.4 mm, longer to shorter than inner ones, acute, obtuse becoming rounded, without central ridge, glabrous; inner calyx lobes broadly elliptic to oblong-obovate, (2.3-—) 3.2—5 (—5.6) x (2.0—) 2.2—3.6 mm, rounded or cuspidate, without ridge, glabrous. Petals obovate, (3.5—) 5.5—7 (—8.2) x 2.4-) 2.8-4 mm, + deeply emarginate. Stamens (3) 4, on one side of ovary; filaments 0.9-1.3 mm long and 0.9-1.1 mm connate; anthers obloid, 1.4-1.6 mm long, abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovaries broadly obovoid and laterally compressed, with (2) 4 ovules, glabrous, with styles attached to the lower half of the dorso-lateral surface and curved up on both sides of the stamen column to place the erect stigmas just above the apex of the anthers. Fruit glabrous. Seeds not seen. Flowering: September—November. Common name: Brown Guinea-flower (Gray 2009). Fig. 10, P. Distribution and ecology. Locally common in moist heath-like vegetation or along streams rarely overtopped by eucalypts in southern New South Wales (CT, SC), eastern Victoria (EG) and rare in Tasmania (TSE). Conservation status. Widespread and present in several conservation areas in southern New South Wales and Victoria, but known only from one locality in north- western Tasmania. Diagnostic features. Prior to its segregation by Wakefield (1955), AH. rufa was included in the H. acicularis complex. Hibbertia rufa 1s, however, easily T9 Notes on Hibbertia 8 (Dilleniaceae) distinguished from other species in the H. acicularis eroup by the absence of the typical terminal awn on the leaves, and differs from species in the H. rufa eroup by the following combination of characters (cf. also Table 1): leaf lamina with cordate base, filaments connate and stalked flowers borne on axillary short shoots at successive nodes. Occasionally the thyrse thus formed has only a single flower, or rarely, a flower in terminal position (thyrsoid) is also found. The length of the short shoots and the peduncles varies and might in rare cases be almost absent as in, for instance, J.Crawford & L.Williams CBG 43386 (from New South Wales), A.C. Beauglehole 34440 (from Victoria) and W. Fitzgerald MEL 35557 (from Tasmania), but the basal scales at successive nodes are obvious. Wakefield (1955) commented on such depauperate specimens, which are diminutive in every respect. The leaves are, for instance, only (1.5—) 3.0—3.8 (—5.5) mm long. Variation. This is an extremely variable species. Not only is there variation in the sizes of different organs, but the habit varies from suberect tufted plants to plants with long trailing branches up to 50 cm long. The leaf lamina is triangular in some populations, whereas it is almost linear in others; the flower stalk, usually a pedicel, is almost absent in depauperate plants but more commonly S—15 (—24.4) mm long with subequal to smaller lower bracts. The size of the flower clearly reflects the conditions under which the plants were growing. While plants from the Central Tableland of New South Wales are usually very vigorous, a specimen from Boyd River near Jenolan Caves (/.Crawford & L. Williams CBG 43386) is very small in all respects and erades into the generally smaller plants from Tasmania (Wakefield 1955). Additional specimens completed the range and a recent collection from Tasmania indicated that plants there are generally smaller (Gray 2009). Typification. The holotype sheet (MEL 35552, det. N.A. Wakefield) contains four pieces, each with typical flowers and leaves of the species and is expressly described as “pieces all from a single plant”. The isotype (MEL 658094, also det. N.A. Wakefield) “was recovered from the Victorian Reference Collection”. A note on the holotype by J.H. Willis: “part of the material donated to Sydney Herbarium, 1961” accounts for the isotype NSW 86703 (without det. N.A. Wakefield). Selection of specimens examined (39 seen) New South WaAtss. CT: L.G.Adams 1478, 5 miles E Nerriga, 27.x.1965 (CANB; B, E, K, L, MEL, NSW, US — n.v.); J.D.Briggs 692, Paddys River Bridge, 2.3 km NW Penrose, 20.x.1980 (NSW; CANB — n.v.); J-Crawford & L.Williams CBG 43386, near Boyd River, between Jenolan & Kanangra (CANB); R.Pullen & J.Story 4983, c. 2 km W Mt Corang, 26.1x.1973 (NSW). Victoria. EG: A.C. Beauglehole 34440, W Genoa River, 7.X1.1973 (MEL); R.D.Hoogland 11917, c. 2 mls W Genoa, 27.x1.1970 (MEL; CANB — n.v.); JAH. Willis MEL 35553, Genoa Creek, 31.x.1969 (MEL). TASMANIA. TSE: L.Rodway s.n. (sub W. Fitzgerald), Georges Bay, x.1892 (HO 3043, MEL 35557). H.R. Toelken & R.T. Miller Aibbertia surcularis Toelken, sp. nov. Hibbertiae rufae similis sed habitu surrecto ramoso caudice surculare, basibus cuneatis laminarum, lobis calicis sine costis ad apices, foliorum floribusque terminalibus sessilibus; a H. pilifera ramis et calicibus glabris, lobis calicis sine costis ad apices, floribus sessilibus terminalibus et plerumque 4 staminibus differt. Typus: New South Wales, Bark Hut Swamp in Boonoo Boonoo Forest Reserve, H.R. Toelken 7979, 20.x.1989 (holo.: AD; iso.: BRI, CANB, K, B, MO, NSW, PERTH). Hibbertia rufa auctt. non N.A.Wakef.: N.C.W.Beadle, Stud. FI. N.E. New South Wales 3: 255 (1976), p.p.; G.J. Harden & J. Everett, Fl. New South Wales 1: 301 (1990), p.p.. Shrublet rarely up to 0.3 m tall, erect-spreading, branching (suckering) mainly from underground rhizome; branches filiform to thin-wiry, with distinct decurrent leaf bases, reddish-brown, glabrous. Vestiture absent except for one or two short terminal hairs on the acute apex of leaves and calyx lobes. Leaves without axillary leaf tufts; petiole 2—-3.5 (-4.5) mm _ long, dorsiventrally compressed; /amina linear to linear- elliptic, (3.9-) 5.0-8.0 (—10.2) x (0.5—) 0.6—-0.8 mm, acute to pointed with | or 2 terminal hairs, wearing off soon, gradually tapering into petiole, above + flat and glabrous, below with strongly revolute margins and much broader central vein + flush, with undersurface nor teeth visible between the two, glabrous. Flowers sessile, terminal, axillary towards the end of main branches, subtended by a ring of 3, 4 bracts; peduncle absent; buds narrowly ovoid; bracts \inear-triangular to subulate, 0.9-1.2 x 0.2—0.3 mm, acute, with central vein scarcely visible, glabrous. Calyx not accrescent; outer calyx lobes elliptic-oblong, (3.6—) 3.8—4.5 (4.8) x (1.6—) 1.8—2.1 mm, slightly shorter than inner ones, pointed to acute, ridged on upper third, glabrous; inner calyx lobes oblong-ovate, (3.7—) 4.0-4.7 (—5.0) x (2.4—) 2.6—-3.0 mm, abruptly constricted into a short point, slightly ridged towards the apex, glabrous. Petals obovate, 5.6—7.7 mm long, emarginate to slightly lobed. Stamens 4; filaments 1.0—-1.2 mm long, 0.8—-1.0 mm connate; anthers obloid, 1.6—1.8 mm long, abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovaries obovoid but laterally compressed, with (3—-) 4 (—5) ovules, glabrous, with style base attached to the lower dorso- lateral ridge and then curved up on either side of the stamen column to place the erect stigmas just above the apex of the anthers. Fruit not seen. Flowering: October, November. Fig. 1Q, R. Distribution and ecology. Grows in damp or swampy areas in sedge- or heathland, in or surrounded by, eucalypt forests or woodland, often along creeks, in New South Wales (NT). Conservation status. Locally common in conserved areas (/.R. Hosking NSW 224543, Toelken 7979). Diagnostic features. Hibbertia surcularis has very similar flowers with connate filaments to H. rufa, but is 80 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) distinguished (cf. Table 1) by its habit of erect branched shrublets interconnected by a suckering subterranean rhizome, by cuneate leaf bases, and terminal sessile flowers. It has a more shrubby habit than the similar H. pilifera but differs by its glabrous branches and calyx lobes, usually four stamens and terminal sessile flowers. Hibbertia pustulata superficially resembles 4H. surcularis, which differs by its connate filaments and smooth leaves. Variation. The central vein is broad and usually flush with, or rarely slightly recessed to the revolute margins on either side of it. It was never found to bulge or protrude above the margins, as is commonly observed in Hf. pustulata. Notes. The existence of this species with sessile flowers was mentioned in several previous floras (e.g. Harden & Everett 1990), but has never been followed up with the detailed research needed, probably because of a lack of specimens. Etymology. A plant of this species consists of a great number of erect aerial tufts of an ever increasing area as the underground rhizome ‘suckered’, Latin, “surcularis’. Specimens examined New SoutH WALES. NT: PG.Kodela 201, PD.Hind & T'A.James, Grass Tree Swamp, near junction of Racecourse Trail and Spokes Trail, Werrikimbe National Park, 8.x1.1992 (AD, CANB, NSW, UNSW- n.v.); R.G.Coveny 16577 & A.J.Whalen, Basket Swamp picnic area. 9 km from Mount Lindesay Highway, 14.x.1993 (AD; BRI, CANB, MEL, NS W- n.v.); R.D.Hoogland 11824, near Mulligans Hut, Gibraltar Range National Park, 22.x1.1970 (CANB, K; L, NSW — 7.1); J.R.Hosking NSW224543, Werrikimbe National Park, 10.x. 1987 (NSW; NE — z.v.); C.Stuart 267, Sandy Creek, Nov. (MEL 1003812/3/5). 5. H. sericea (R.Br. ex DC.) Benth. group When H. puberula Toelken was described in a taxonomic revision of the H. sericea species-group (Toelken 2000) the research was based on a few specimens collected before 1954, which provided the impression of a very rare and endangered, or possibly extinct, species. In the meantime many additional collections have demonstrated that plants of this species complex are never common, but have a much wider range than was originally known. They are no longer recorded only from populations along the Central Coast of New South Wales, but recent accessions extend their distribution inland north of Sydney as far as Wollemi National Park and south to Morton National Park. Collections of material from many plants from a few bigger populations provide a much needed wider insight into the variation of the species. Thus, the unusual form recorded from Bankstown Airport could now be assessed in a broader morphological context. All specimens examined are cited here, not only to show on what large foundation the following taxonomic changes are based, but also to publish these records to demonstrate the J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) conservation value of natural vegetation in small local parks and reserves, where these not-previously recorded plants were found. These are last vestiges from the rapidly expanding urban development. Hibbertia puberula is placed in the H. sericea group as it shares with those species the slightly recurved distal margins of the outer calyx. The distinctive feature of the H. puberula complex is the erect obloid ovary with an almost horizontal upper surface on the side of which the style is attached, usually at the apex, but in most of the specimens from Morton National Park it is more or less lateral. The ovary is covered with normally few, very short, simple hairs. At times these hairs are also mainly restricted to areas along the margins of the ovaries (Toelken 2000, fig. 7G), but they are rarely quite glabrous. Hibbertia puberula 1s unusual in the H. sericea group, because of the larger number of normally subequal stamens. Usually more than ten stamens (except in subsp. exfensa) occur in a dense cluster, with the base of the filaments distinctly connate to one side of the ovaries. These, and the frequently long simple hairs (strigose to hirsute) on the calyx it shares with, and gives H. puberula superficial similarity to a eroup of species, which Bentham (1863) included in H. stricta var. hirtiflora Benth., but is here placed into the H. strigosa group (cf. below). Hibbertia puberula is, however, distinguished by recurved distal margins of the outer calyx and obloid ovaries (obovoid in the H. strigosa group), which are usually puberulous with scattered short simple hairs (usually hirsute and densely covered with fascicled hairs in the H. strigosa group). The following re-assessment and enlarged description of H. puberula with the aid of many more specimens reveals a very variable species complex with a number of local forms. Aibbertia puberula Toelken J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 19: 27 (2000). — Typus: New South Wales, Yowie Bay, 4.A.Hamilton s.n., 14.x1.1908 (holo.: NSW 101955 (sheet two); 1so.: NSW 101955 (sheet one), CANB). Shrublets up to 0.25 m tall, decumbent or rarely suberect, much to sparsely branched or spreading; branches wiry to stiff from a woody stem or base, with decurrent leaf bases more or less flanged, pubescent to hirsute mainly between flanges, rarely glabrescent or glabrous. Vestiture often not persistent, with spreading longer over shorter simple hairs on all parts of the plant; on branches with few to many (rarely glabrous) mainly longer hairs (but varying very much in actual length) over much shorter ones, often predominantly in the grooves between flanges of the leaf bases, becoming appressed and wearing off soon; on leaves above with scattered spreading antrorse simple hairs becoming longer towards the margins, often wearing off; on leaves below with few scattered hairs as above on the revolute margins but not on the central vein, wearing off; on bracts with finer but similar hairs to leaves; on outer calyx lobes 8 | Notes on Hibbertia 8 (Dilleniaceae) outside moderate to dense, with erect short hooked hairs overtopped by longer tubercled straight hairs up to 1.3 mm long, often becoming bristle-like particularly on the margins and the base and receptacle, persisting, inside dense, with fine, often silky appressed antrorse hairs; on inner calyx lobes outside and inside usually similar to the outer lobes, but hairs finer and decreasing in number and size towards the glabrous, membranous margins. Leaves usually with dense intrapetiolar tuft spilling over into grooves between flanges; petiole O-0.6 mm long, + flattened; /amina \inear-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate or oblong-elliptic, (1.2—) 2.8—5 (—7.6) x (0.5—) 0.7-1 (—1.2) mm, + abruptly constricted into petiole, acute and usually with a terminal tuft of hairs wearing off soon, often becoming obtuse, above + flat and sparsely pilose to glabrescent, below revolute margins and recessed to bulging broader central vein obscuring the undersurface, sparsely pilose to glabrous on the margins. Flowers single and terminal, rarely in clusters of up to three from subtending axils; pedicel 0-3 mm long; bracts linear-elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, (2.9-) 3.2-3.8 (4.2) x (0.4—) 0.6—0.8 (—0.9) mm, leaf-like but flatted with central vein + visible, short pilose, rarely glabrous. Calyx distinctly accrescent; outer calyx lobes lanceolate to ovate, (5.3—) 6-8 (-11.7) x (1.6—) 2-3 (4.2) mm, frequently longer than inner lobes, acute to beaked, usually with raised ridge and recurved distal margins, hirsute, strigose, rarely pubescent to glabrescent; inner calyx lobes oblong-ovate to oblong-elliptic, (4.6—) 5—8 (—11.6) x (2.1—) 2.5—3.5 (—3.7) mm, acute to cuspidate and with lateral membranous margins rarely up to the apex when obtuse and mucronate, hirsute to finely pilose, decreasing towards the margins. Petals broadly obovate to oblanceolate, or rarely oblong-oblanceolate, 5.5—10.6 mm long, + bilobed. Stamens (4—) 10—14 (-18); filaments (0.6—) 1.4—1.7 (—1.9) mm long, up to one-third connate basally; anthers obloid, (0.8—) 1.4—1.8 (-2.1) mm long, subequal, rarely unequal, abruptly constricted above and below. Pistils 2; ovaries erect-obloid and usually horizontally truncate, (4-) 6 (-8) ovules, puberulous, rarely shortly pubescent, with style attached apically, rarely laterally, then curved back- and upwards on either side of the anthers with style well above or rarely at the apex of anthers. Fruit puberulous to glabrescent with simple hairs. Seeds oblong-obovoid to almost obloid, 1.6—1.8 < (1.2—) 1.3—1.4 mm, brown; aril with fleshy base surmounted by one-sided membranous cup covering one-third to half of seed. Notes. The extra specimens now available introduced a much wider range of variation in the H. puberula complex. Specimens from the Central Coast can frequently be recognized by almost sessile leaves, broadly ovoid to ellipsoidal buds with apices of the calyx erect to incurved, and often more than one flower is born terminally on branches, while plants from more inland localities have usually petiolate leaves, slender ovoid to ellipsoidal buds with more or less recurved apices of the calyx and a single terminal flower on branches. None H.R. Toelken & R.T. Miller of these characters can be decisively used to distinguish these forms. The terminal flower clusters are formed by axillary erowth from one or two leaves below the bract of the terminal flower and, in keeping with other species of the H. sericea group with fascicled hairs (Toelken 2000, fig. 1), immediately develop a terminal flower after usually two nodes with distinct internodes between, so that it becomes a more or less corymbiform cluster. (This is also a distinction from H. stricta s.|., which has usually spikiform (pyramidal) terminal clusters). Similar, but loosely branched cymbiform terminal inflorescences have been observed on only one collection (Turpentine Road, Flat Rock Creek, R. 7! & J. Miller 22/30.x.2010). The most southern population of H. puberula, as represented by this and other mass collections, as well as R.D.Hoogland 11702 and E.Gauba NBG47S84, is a particularly interesting extension of the species, as most of the flowers, though large, show a distinct reduction of hairs on the calyx and, more significantly, the styles tend to be laterally attached to the ovaries, similar to those of A. cistiflora in the H. stricta group. However, this phenomenon, indicative of a convergent development, can be observed in different stages on different plants, varying from an apically attached style curving down- and backwards to being attached laterally. The calyx lobes of most of the specimens identified as belonging to the H. puberula complex are hirsute to strigose (cf. Toelken 2000, fig.7E, F) on the outer surface, but in a few specimens both the shorter hooked hairs as well as the straight overtopping longer ones are very short or absent on plants from a few different localities (cf. variation under subsp. g/abrescens). Among these, the plants from Bankstown Airport are smaller with thread-like branches and have consistently smaller calyx lobes, which are up to 2.7 mm broad, so that they are here described as subsp. glabrescens. The calyx of some flowers of subsp. puberula from Voyager Point (RX. 7) Miller & C.P-Gibson 52/20.x.2006) are of similar size, but hirsute and with a distinct terminal ridge on the outer calyx lobes. Furthermore, the flowering calyx of one plant must always be compared with other specimens at a similar stage, as the calyx (accrescent) elongates after flowering. Specimens from Lucas Heights are an extreme example, as the outer calyx lobes of a flower are 7.2 mm long and those of a fruit on the same specimen (R. T’ Miller 3/16.x.2007) are 11.6 mm long. Of all the variation observed, H. puberula subsp. extensa 1S very unusual, as its androecium of commonly six stamens was previously unknown in AH. puberula, which has ten or more stamens. There is a distinct gap between the two types of stamen numbers, as, unlike specimens of the typical subspecies from Simmos Beach Recreation Reserve (R. T’ Miller 24—32/2.xi.2007), which has a range of stamens from 15—18, no specimen has as yet been recorded to complete the range from (4—) 6 or 7 stamens of the subsp. extensa. However, the wide 82 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) variation recorded for the typical subspecies suggests this new form should be recognized at subspecific level. The anthers of subsp. extensa also tend to be smaller like those of the subsp. glabrescens, and their cuneate base into the filaments 1s rarely observed in the other subspecies. Key to subspecies of the H. puberula complex 1. Stamens (4—) 6 or 7; lateral branches usually spreading up to about right angles to the main axis ................ Hi. puberula subsp. extensa 1: Stamens (9) 10-14 (—18); irregularly and commonly untidily branched 2. Anthers (1.3—) 1.4-2.1 mm long; outer calyx lobes distinctly ridged toward the apex, strigose to hirsute or if pubescent to glabrescent then (2.5—) 2.6—3.0 (—3.8) mm broad when flowering Hi, puberula subsp. puberula 2: Anthers 0.9-1.3 mm long; outer calyx lobes 1.6—2.1 mm broad when flowering, scarcely ridged towards the apex, puberulous to glabrescent Hi, puberula subsp. glabrescens Aibbertia puberula subsp. puberula Branches wiry to stiff-woody from woody stems. Leaf lamina mainly lanceolate. Outer calyx lobes lanceolate to ovate, (7.3—) 7.89.3 (—11.6) x (2.5—) 2.6— 3.0 (—3.8) mm, acute to beaked with strongly recurved margins and distinctly raised central ridge towards the apex, strigose or hirsute to rarely puberulous; inner calyx lobes broadly elliptic to oblong-ovate, (6.9—) 7.3-— 7.8 (—10.1) x (2.8—) 3.15-3.3 (—3.7) mm, with innermost two acute to + cuspidate above broad membranous margins, hirsute to strigose, rarely pubescent along the central ridge becoming smaller to glabrous towards the margins. Stamens (9—) 10—14 (—18); anthers (1.3—) 1.4— 2.1 mm long. Flowering: October-December (January). Distribution and ecology. Occurs in a wide range of habitats, but usually low heath, on sandy soil or rarely in clay, with or without rocks underneath; known in New South Wales mainly from near Sydney (CC), but also from and near Morton National Park (SC, ST). Conservation status. This subspecies occurs locally occasional to frequent and is conserved in a number of parks (cf. Specimens examined), 1.e. it seems to be adequately conserved. Variation. The few previous collections available have been disconcertingly variable, but mass collections from a few localities revealed that individual populations are often very variable in the size and number of hairs on various organs. Buds vary from almost spherical to narrow-ellipsoidal to -ovoid with lanceolate to ovate outer calyx lobes, each with an incurved, erect or recurved apex and more or less densely covered with spreading, straight and smaller hooked hairs of varying length. Flowers have usually 12-14 stamens in_ this subspecies, but the number varies locally from 9 or 10 at Wollemi National Park to 18 in one specimen J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) from Yeramba Lagoon (C\PGibson & R.T: Miller 50/14.x.1993). Specimens from Simmos_ Beach Recreation Reserve show a few flowers with 15 to 17 stamens, while other flowers of similar plants of the same population have 12 to 14 (R.T’Miller 24—32/2. xi.2007). The filaments are up to one-third basally connate. Usually the anthers are described as subequal and forming a range from the slightly smaller to larger ones, but occasionally one or two distinctly larger ones were observed. The typical obloid ovaries are surmounted by a horizontal style base and, while the style is usually attached at the apex, 1t is sometimes more or less dipping to a lateral position in a number of populations, mainly from Morton National Park. This must not be confused with fruiting specimens, where the bulging developing seeds often displace the position of the style attachment. While the ovaries are usually puberulous, they may vary from pubescent (RX. 7) Miller 111—113/20.xi.2007) to almost glabrous (R. 7. Miller 33—43/12.x.2007). Additional specimens examined New SoutH WALES. CC: C\P.Gibson 28/11.x.1990, Picnic Point at Blackwall (AD, NSW); C.PGibson 51/1.x.2006, eastern side of Yeramba Lagoon (AD, NSW); CP & H..K.J.Gibson 95, Stony Waterhole, Wollemi National Park, 23.x1.2009, (AD, NSW); CLP. & H..K.J/. Gibson 96, downstream from Stony Waterhole, Wollemi National Park, 23.x1.2009, (AD, NSW); C.P. Gibson & R.T: Miller 27/23.x.1990, Mickeys Point (AD, NSW); C_\PGibson & R.T: Miller 31/29.x.2005, near Kings Waterhole, Mellon Creek (AD, NSW); C_.P Gibson & R.TMiller 44/ 25.xi.1988, Voyager Point (AD); Picnic Point, western side of Yeramba Lagoon (AD, NSW); C.P.Gibson & R.T: Miller 52/20.x.2006, Voyager Point (AD, NSW); R.Johnstone 2689 & A.E.Orme, Warrimoo, 1.2 km along bush track from (locked) gate at the end of Greens Road, 6.xu1.2009 (AD, NSW); Rk. 7’ Miller s.n., Blackwall, Georges River, plateau top adjacent to Henry Lawson Drive, |.x1.2006 (AD, NSW); RU Miller 1—5/12.x.2007, Simmos Beach Recreation Reserve (AD, NSW); 2.7) Miller 1—3/16.x.2007, Lucas Heights (AD, NSW); R. 7’ Miller 4—12/12.x.2007, Peter Meadows Reserve (AD, NSW); 2.7) Miller 12/12.x.2010, 72.7 km S of Picton Road, E side of Hume Hwy, along Optic Fibre cable track (AD); R. 7) Miller 24—32/2.xi.2007, Simmos Beach Recreation Reserve (AD, NSW); 8.7) Miller 33—43/12.x.2007, The Basin Reserve, Kentlyn (AD, NSW); R. 7) Miller 46—58/2. xi.2007, The Basin Reserve, Kentlyn (AD, NSW); R. 7 Miller 59-64/2.xi.2007, Freres Crossing Reserve, Kentlyn (AD, NSW); RT Miller 76/9.1.2007, Heathcote Road (AD); R.T-Miller 80, 82, 83/23.x.2008, Crownland off Sackville Road (AD); &.7:Miller 88, Marley Head, Royal National Park, 14.x.2007 (AD); R.T-Miller 111—113/20.xi.2007, Little Forest, Lucas Heights (AD, NSW) 2.7) Miller & C.P.Gibson s.n., Picnic Point, Yeramba Lagoon. 12.x.2006 (AD, NSW); R.T! & J.Miller 19a, b/9.xi.2010, near Lucas Heights, near walk marker 7 (AD, NSW); R.T. & J. Miller 50A—T/8.xii.2010, The Basin Reserve, Kentlyn (AD); R.7.& J Miller 51A—-N/S. xii.2010, Old Kent Road, Kentlyn (AD); R. 7) Miller & J.Peters s.n., Voyager Point, 1.x.1996 (AD, NSW); 4.£.Orme 732 & 733, Warrimoo, 250 m along SE fork of Greens Road firetraul. The fork is 1.5 km from the beginning of Greens Road and Waratah Road, 7.x1.2009, (AD, NSW). SC: R.T. & J Miller 13A—D/30.x.2010, Turpentine Road, near Flat Rock Creek, 30.x.2010 (AD, NSW); RT & J Miller 16—22/30.x.2010, Turpentine Road, Flat Rock Creek, (AD, NSW); R&.7) & 83 Notes on Hibbertia 8 (Dilleniaceae) J. Miller 21A, B/30.x.2010, Turpentine Road, c. 100 m E Flat Rock Creek (AD, NSW); R.T. & J Miller 23, 24/30.x.2010, near Wandean Road, power-line easement, (AD, NSW) R&.7. & J. Miller 29A—-E/7.xi.2010, eastern side of Flat Rock Creek Dam, Mundamia (AD); R.T) & J.Miller 28A—C/7.xi.2010, Triplarina, S Mundamia Road, (AD, NSW); R.7) & J Miller 70/10.x.2010, Wandean Road, powerline easement (AD); RT? & J.Miller 72/10.x.2010, Wandean Road (AD). CT: E.Gauba NBG4784, Marulan to Berrima, |.x11.1950 (CANB). ST: R.D.Hoogland 11702, between Sassafras and Tianjara Falls, 26.x1.1969 (NSW; CANB, n.v.); RZ? & J.Miller 15A- M/30.x.2010, Tianjara Falls car park (AD, NSW). Hibbertia puberula subsp. extensa R.T.Mill., subsp. nov. A subspeciebus aliis staminibus (4—) 6, 7 et antheris 0.8-1.2 mm _ longis ramisque_ lateralibus circiter orthogoniis expansis differt. Typus: New South Wales, south of Appin Road, upper George River catchment, R.7’Miller 102 & A. Henderson, 8.x.2007 (holo.: AD; 1so.: NSW). Branches stiff-woody and lateral ones spreading up to about right angles. Leaf lamina mainly lanceolate. Outer calyx lobes ovate, (6.1—) 66—72 (—7.9) x 3.1—3.5 (-3.8) mm, acute to beaked with + strongly recurved margins and distinctly raised ridge towards the apex, strigose to hirsute; inner calyx lobes elliptic rarely oblong-ovate, (4.2—) 4.54.8 (—5) x 2.9-3.2 (—3.4) mm, with innermost two abruptly constricted into minute terminal point continuous with broad membranous margins, hirsute to strigose with hairs becoming smaller towards the margins. Stamens (4—) 6 (7); anthers 0.8—1.2 mm long. Flowering: October, November (March, April). Fig. 2Y—BB. Distribution and ecology. Grows often in shallow soil on rock shelves or localized in upland swamps with heath on upper headwaters of the Georges River and in rock- plate heath on the Wangandery Tableland, New South Wales (CC). Conservation status. Apparently rare and localized (R. 7. & J. Miller 109/12.x.2007). Variation. In spite of their often isolated occurrence very little variation was observed in the material examined. The specimens from south of Appin had usually 6 stamens, whereas several flowers from the Wangandery Tableland had 7. The subspecies has generally very long straight hairs on the calyx and some of them are up to 1.3 mm long. Not only are the stamens shorter in this subspecies, but also the styles are short and robust and often just reach the apex of the anthers. These robust specimens are easily distinguished from superficially very similar plants with spreading branches of the typical subspecies from Lucas Heights (R. 7: Miller 111— 113/20.xi.2007) by the number and size of the anthers. While most of the specimens of this subspecies occur in a restricted area from Appin to Wedderburn, a collection from Sackville Road (R.T Miller 81/23.x.2008) seems to indicate that the taxon has a much wider geographic range. This preceding specimen exhibits in addition to H.R. Toelken & R.T. Miller six stamens also the robust spreading branching of the plants from the southern localities in spite of records of more slender forms of the typical subspecies nearby. Etymology. The epithet ‘extensa’, Latin, ‘stretched out, extended’ refers to the impression created by the lateral branches spreading at about right angles to the main branches. Specimens examined New SoutH WAtes. CC: RT: Miller s.n., ¢. 3.5—4 km SE Appin township (AD); 2.7) Miller 67/18.iii.2007, near Sarahs Knob via Woronora Dam Road (AD, NSW); R. 7’ Miller 68/21. iii.2007, Appin Road (AD, NSW); RT Miller 71/iv.2007, near Sarahs Knob (AD, NSW); R.7? Miller 81/23.x.2008, Crownland off Sackville Road (AD, NSW); R.7) & J. Miller 103—108/16.x.2007, S Appin Road (AD, NSW); R77) & J.Miller 109/12.x.2007, S Appin Road (AD, NSW); &.7 & J.Miller 44A—C/17.xi.2010, S Appin Road (AD; R.7! Miller, J.Miller and M. Krough 52A—G/ 8.x11.2010, Wedderburn, NSW Sports & Aircraft Club, walking tracks (AD). CT: R.T. & J. Miller 1/12.xi.2005,Wanganderry Tableland (AD, NSW). Hibbertia puberula subsp. glabrescens TYoelken, subsp. nov. A_ subspecie typica ramis filiformibus floribusque constanter parvioribus calice plerumque glabrecenti et usque ad 2.7 mm lato differt. Typus: New South Wales, Bankstown Airport, G.M.Cunningham s.n., 13.x11.2006 (holo.: AD200524; iso.: CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Hibbertia sp. Bankstown (R.T: Miller & C.P.Gibson s.n. 18.x.2006) N.S.W. Herbarium in Australian Plant Census database (2011). Hibbertia sp. nov. (Bankstown Airport) C.P.Gibson, Bushland Bulletin 59: 4, 6 (2009). Branches thread-like wiry from short stiff-woody stems. Leaf lamina mainly elliptic-oblong. Outer calyx lobes linear-lanceolate, (5.3—) 5.5—6.1 (—6.3) < 1.6—2.1 mm, not beaked and with scarcely recurved margins and faint central ridge towards the apex, glabrescent or sparsely pubescent; inner calyx lobes narrowly oblong- ovate, (4.6—) 4.8-5.2 (—5.6) <x 2.1-2.3 (-2.7) mm, innermost two abruptly constricted into minute terminal mucro continuous with broad membranous margins, glabrous or glabrescent along central ridge. Stamens 12-14; anthers 0.9-1.3 mm long. Flowering: October, November (December). Fig. 2CC—EE. Distribution and ecology. Subspecies glabrescens 1s known only from Tertiary alluvial soil along Airport Creek on Bankstown Airport and not from areas where subsequent fill has been deposited in between (Gibson 2007a, b). The plant assemblage is attributable to “Cooks River/Castlereagh Ironbark Forest in the Sydney Basin Bioregion and is listed as an Endangered Ecological Community under the Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995” (NSW Scientific Committee 2010). Conservation status. Hibbertia puberula subsp. glabrescens 1s endemic to New South Wales and is currently known to occur in only one population at Bankstown Airport in Sydney’s southern suburbs. The population comprises fewer than 100 individuals (NSW 84 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Scientific Committee 2010) in an area of remnant vegetation periodically mown or slashed and 1s listed as “Critically Endangered’ under the Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 and the N.S.W. Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995 (TSSC 2009a, b). Variation. The plants at Bankstown Airport are comparatively uniform, as one would expect for such a small and extremely localized population. However, the plants and especially also the calyx lobes are rarely entirely glabrous. Although specimens of some plants of the typical subspecies, especially from nearby Simmos Beach Reserve (R.T. Miller 24—32/2.xi.2007), as well as those from the much further south population along Turpentine Road near Sassafras (e.g. R.T? & J. Miller ADI5A—M), show a variation from a hirsute or strigose through to glabrescent tomentum of the calyx lobes, they are always more robust plants and in particular, the calyx lobes are larger and especially broader. Some specimens of the mass collection R.7’ Miller 16- 22/12.x.2007 are very similar to subsp. glabrescens, but can be distinguished by the shape of the calyx or by their strigose to hirsute calyx (C.P. Gibson & R.T: Miller 27/23.x.1990). Furthermore specimens from Bankstown Airport collected in subsequent years (since 2006) have not shown any significant change in morphology. Thus we must assume that a taxon has established itself here that is suited to the unusual ecological conditions artificially maintained by the Bankstown Airport management since about 1940. Etymology. Since all organs of this subspecies have very few small and delicate hairs which usually wear off soon, the epithet ‘glabrescens’, Latin, ‘glabrescent’ seemed appropriate. Specimens examined New SoutH WALES. CC: Bankstown Airport, C.P Gibson 49/6.x.2006 (AD); R. Johnstone 2646 & G.Errington, 6.x1.2009 (AD, K, NSW); R.7)Miller & C.PGibson 1—4/18.x.2006 (AD). 6. H. stricta (R.Br. ex DC.) F.Muell. group The HA. stricta species-group (segregated from Bentham’s H. stricta supercomplex: cf. Toelken 2010b) is represented here by four, often misinterpreted species. This group occurs mainly in New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia. Species are defined by the following combination of characters: very short or absent intrapetiolar tufts of hairs; usually strongly bulging central vein of leaves so that the undersurface is not visible; sessile flowers each subtended usually by one to several bracts; and usually less than 8 stamens, of which the central one/s are often distinctly longer. In contrast to the species of the H. strigosa species-group (cf. below) the hairs on the calyx are short and do not vary much in size. The broad concepts of species adopted here are similar to the interpretation Wakefield (1955) presented, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Notes on Hibbertia 8 (Dilleniaceae) “del: da oer FE Fig. 2 A-C Hibbertia strigosa: A. flowering branch; B, transverse section through mid-leaf; C flower with petals removed. D—G H. stricta subsp. stricta: D flowering branch; E leat from below; F transverse section through mid-leat; G flower with petals removed. H, | H. stricta subsp. furcatula: H leat from below; | transverse section through mid-leaf. J—L H. sulcinervis: J tlowering branch; K leaf from below; L transverse section through mid-leaf. M—O H. cistiflora subsp. cistiflora: M flowering branch; N leaf from below; O transverse section through mid-leaf. P, Q H. cistiflora subsp. guadristaminea: P leat from below; Q transverse section through mid-leaf. $, T H. cistiflora subsp. rostrata: S leat from below, T transverse section through mid-leaf. U-X H. oxycraspedota: U flowering branch, V leat from below; W transverse section through mid-leaf; X flower with petals removed. Y-BB H. puberula subsp. extensa: Y flowering branch; Z leaf from below; AA transverse section through mid-leaf; BB flowers with petals and calyx removed. CC—EE H. puberula subsp. pubescens: CC flowering branch; DD leaf from below; EE transverse section through mid-leaf. Scale bars: habits (A, D, J, M, U, Y, CC) 10 mm; leaves (E, H, K, N, P, S, V, Z, DD) 2 mm. — A-C R.Bates 11140; D-G K.O’Ryan 50 & R.Windsor, H, | A.Fairley s.n.; J-L R.G.Coveny NSW102007; M—O R.D.Hoogland 12240; P—R H.R. Toelken 9522; $, T FRobbins sub A.C.Beauglehole 3679; U-X R.T. & J.Miller 78/3. vill.2005; Y-BB R.T. & J.Miller 108/16.x.2007; CC-EE G.M.Cunningham AD200524. 85 H.R. Toelken & R.T. Miller except that more taxa are included by Toelken (2010b) and in this paper. The combination of the individual characters in different species and their juxtaposition in Table 2 will hopefully provide a clearer image of the species concerned. Wakefield (1955) also referred to the H. calycina complex (Toelken, in prep.), but this is not included as H. calycina 1s now considered to belong in the H. strigosa eroup, because it differs from the H. stricta group by the presence of long simple, or rarely forked hairs usually overtopping the short fascicled hairs on branches, leaves and particularly on the outer calyx lobes. It also has 8—12 usually subequal stamens and the ovaries are hirsute (cf. H. strigosa group). H. riparia, which is often united with A. stricta (cf. Toelken 2010b), is more similar to FH. calycina, but it is characterized by 5 to 7 subequal stamens and pronounced intrapetiolar tufts of simple hairs which are decurrent along the sides of the leat bases. H. riparia occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria and South Australia Key to species and subspecies here referred to the H. stricta species-group The primary bract often grades through a range of additional bracts into the subtending leaves, so that the bracts cannot be clearly distinguished from the leaves. The bracts in the AH. cistiflora complex are therefore defined as those which resemble the uppermost bract (primary) and have an acute apex up to as long as the basal sheath is wide. In the H. stricta complex the bracts are distinguished from leaves only by their position subtending the flower, their relative size and the absence of revolute margins. 1. Ovary hairy; hairs on leaves without obviously raised tubercles 2. Branches and calyx with simple hairs usually overtopping fascicled hairs, pubescent to hirsute HA. calycina 2: Branches and calyx with a range of only fascicled hairs, tomentose to hirsute, glabrescent or glabrous 3. Calyx with scattered fascicled hairs (2—8 arms), rarely glabrescent 4. Hairs on central upper leaf surface c. 0.1 mm long, with usually 3-5 arms; central vein of leaves touching revolute margins VER eh ia Gwk 2 ae ye ee oS H, stricta subsp. stricta 4: Hairs on central upper leaf surface c. 0.25 mm long, with (1) 2 or 3 arms; central vein of leaves usually not touching revolute margins ctests yokes ig ee Daas reg} a? a” H. stricta subsp. furcatula 3: Calyx glabrous or with few hairs at the apex with a single arm 5. Central vein of leaves distinctly recessed between revolute margins; flanks of leaves margins rounded UPR er ner er ere Ae Pr Renee, Ur ree eee A. sulcinervis 5S: Central vein of leaves bulging and overtopping revolute margins; flanks not as above Bess eee cepeye tanh ee ne Hi. oxycraspedota 1: Ovary glabrous; hairs on leaves with persistent tubercles 6. Central vein protruding beyond apex of leaves up to 0.6 mm; Grampians, Victoria SEAMS and os oe ioe AM rae tee MU 5 H., cistiflora subsp. rostrata 6: Central vein not visibly overtopping leaf apex; New South Wales, central coast and tableland 86 J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) 7. Stamens 6; leaves, at least below, with scattered tubercles H., cistiflora subsp. cistiflora 7: Stamens 4 (5); leaves smooth or with tubercles along the margins and towards the apex H. cistiflora subsp. quadristaminea Aibbertia cistiflora N.A.Wakef. Victorian Naturalist 72: 119 (1955); N.C.W.Beadle et al., Vasc. Pl. Sydney edn 2: 230 (1972); H.J.Willis, Handb. Victorian PI. 2: 388 (1973); Hoogland, Austral. Syst. Bot. Soc. Newsletter 34: 4 (1983); G.J.Harden & J.Everett in G.J.Harden (ed.), Fl. New South Wales 1: 301 (1990); R.Carolin & M.Tindale, Fl. Sydney Region rev. edn.: 274 (1994); Toelken in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle (eds) 2: 307 (1996). — Pleurandra cistiflora Sieber ex Spreng., Linn. Syst Veg. edn 16 4(2) (Cur. Post.): 191 (Jan.—June 1827), nom. ileg. non P. cistiflora Reichb. (1825); G.Don, Gen. Hist. 1: 74 (1831); Steud., Nomencl. Bot. edn 2, 2: 354 (1841); Heyh., Nomencl. Bot. Hort. 2: 539 (1846). — Typus: “Nov. Holl.”, F’ W.Sieber 148 (holo.: MEL1003802; iso.: G, K). Pleurandra cistiflora Reichb., Iconogr. Bot. Exot. I, t. 79 (1825) & xvi, 57 (Jan.—June 1827). — Typus: ?Iconogr. Bot. Exot. 1, t. 79. Hibbertia stricta (R.Br. ex DC.) F.Muell. var. glabriuscula auct. non Benth.: Benth. Fl. Austral. 1: 27 (1863), p.p. as for the synonomy of Pleurandra cistiflora. Shrublets to 0.3 m tall, little branched, erect, decumbent to slightly scrambling; branches wiry- woody becoming stiff-woody, up to 0.5 m long, with pronounced decurrent leaf bases + flanged, glabrous. Vestiture mainly restricted to persistent tubercles but When young + topped with fascicled hairs with 1 or 2 arms, scattered over leaves or on flanks of revolute leaf margins, rarely few non-persistent scattered simple hairs without tubercle on upper surface of leaves. Leaves without intrapetiolar tuft of hairs; petiole 0.2—1 mm long, + flattened, often sharp-edged; /amina linear-elliptic to linear-lanceolate, (1.6—) 4-10 (—14.5) < 0.8-1.2 mm, bluntly acute, + constricted into broad petiole, above flat to slightly concave and with scattered tubercles or glabrous except for a row of tubercles (rarely with 1 or 2 arms but wearing off soon) on flanks of the revolute margins, below slightly bulging central vein, but scarcely overtopping much narrower, and rarely dorsiventrally compressed, revolute margins, without undersurface being visible, tuberculate or glabrous, often clustered at the end of branches, distal ones spreading but subtending ones erect to almost appressed unless young actively growing plants. Flowers single, terminal on main and lateral branches; peduncle absent; buds ellipsoidal to ovoid; primary bract and usually 3 or 4 additional bracts usually not grading into subtending leaves, triangular to linear-triangular, 1.0—1.3 x 0.3—0.5 mm, acute to pointed, fleshy to scarious and without ridge or revolute margins, glabrous or with few hairs. Calyx not accrescent; outer calyx lobes oblong-elliptic to oblong-lanceolate, 4.5-5.1 x 1.9-2.2 mm, often longer than inner ones, acute to pointed, with or without central ridge but often folded apically, outside and inside glabrous; inner calyx lobes ovate to ovate-oblong, 4.2— 4.5 x 2.3-2.6 mm, acute to cuspidate, and sometimes J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 25 (2011) Notes on Hibbertia 8 (Dilleniaceae) Table 2. Characters of three species of the H. stricta species-group from the vicinity of Sydney. Characters Central leaf vein Flanks of revolute leaf margins Vestiture on stem Vestiture on leaves Vestiture on calyx Intrapetiolar hairs Bracts Outer calyx lobes Anthers Ovary H. oxycraspedota bulging and overtopping revolute margins sharp-edged pubescent to glabrescent puberulous, with fascicled hairs with 1 (—3) arms glabrous absent (3) 4 oblong-triangular, scarious without revolute margins smooth or apex ridged glabrous rarely few hairs 6 (7) subequal 1.4-1.5 mm long pubescent tlateral style attachment Hi. stricta sens. str. bulging to flush with revolute margins rounded pubescent, glabrescent puberulous to glabrescent, with fascicled hairs with 3—5 arms pubescent up to 0.4 mm long 1 linear to linear- elliptic, leaf-like with revolute margins ridged pubescent, glabrescent 6 unequal, 2.3—2.5 mm, and 2.7—3.0 mm long tomentose apical style attachment H. cistiflora subsp. cistiflora bulging to ove